Compare commits
3 Commits
| Author | SHA1 | Date | |
|---|---|---|---|
|
9651fde681 | ||
|
|
49cac229de | ||
|
|
4b29e0458f |
27
AUTHORS
27
AUTHORS
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Authors of XZ Utils
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils is developed and maintained by Lasse Collin
|
||||
<lasse.collin@tukaani.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
Major parts of liblzma are based on code written by Igor Pavlov,
|
||||
specifically the LZMA SDK <http://7-zip.org/sdk.html>. Without
|
||||
this code, XZ Utils wouldn't exist.
|
||||
|
||||
The SHA-256 implementation in liblzma is based on the code found from
|
||||
7-Zip <http://7-zip.org/>, which has a modified version of the SHA-256
|
||||
code found from Crypto++ <http://www.cryptopp.com/>. The SHA-256 code
|
||||
in Crypto++ was written by Kevin Springle and Wei Dai.
|
||||
|
||||
Some scripts have been adapted from gzip. The original versions
|
||||
were written by Jean-loup Gailly, Charles Levert, and Paul Eggert.
|
||||
Andrew Dudman helped adapting the scripts and their man pages for
|
||||
XZ Utils.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU Autotools-based build system contains files from many authors,
|
||||
which I'm not trying to list here.
|
||||
|
||||
Several people have contributed fixes or reported bugs. Most of them
|
||||
are mentioned in the file THANKS.
|
||||
|
||||
65
COPYING
65
COPYING
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils Licensing
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Different licenses apply to different files in this package. Here
|
||||
is a rough summary of which licenses apply to which parts of this
|
||||
package (but check the individual files to be sure!):
|
||||
|
||||
- liblzma is in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
- xz, xzdec, and lzmadec command line tools are in the public
|
||||
domain unless GNU getopt_long had to be compiled and linked
|
||||
in from the lib directory. The getopt_long code is under
|
||||
GNU LGPLv2.1+.
|
||||
|
||||
- The scripts to grep, diff, and view compressed files have been
|
||||
adapted from gzip. These scripts and their documentation are
|
||||
under GNU GPLv2+.
|
||||
|
||||
- All the documentation in the doc directory and most of the
|
||||
XZ Utils specific documentation files in other directories
|
||||
are in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
- Translated messages are in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
- The build system contains public domain files, and files that
|
||||
are under GNU GPLv2+ or GNU GPLv3+. None of these files end up
|
||||
in the binaries being built.
|
||||
|
||||
- Test files and test code in the tests directory, and debugging
|
||||
utilities in the debug directory are in the public domain.
|
||||
|
||||
- The extra directory may contain public domain files, and files
|
||||
that are under various free software licenses.
|
||||
|
||||
You can do whatever you want with the files that have been put into
|
||||
the public domain. If you find public domain legally problematic,
|
||||
take the previous sentence as a license grant. If you still find
|
||||
the lack of copyright legally problematic, you have too many
|
||||
lawyers.
|
||||
|
||||
As usual, this software is provided "as is", without any warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
If you copy significant amounts of public domain code from XZ Utils
|
||||
into your project, acknowledging this somewhere in your software is
|
||||
polite (especially if it is proprietary, non-free software), but
|
||||
naturally it is not legally required. Here is an example of a good
|
||||
notice to put into "about box" or into documentation:
|
||||
|
||||
This software includes code from XZ Utils <http://tukaani.org/xz/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The following license texts are included in the following files:
|
||||
- COPYING.LGPLv2.1: GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1
|
||||
- COPYING.GPLv2: GNU General Public License version 2
|
||||
- COPYING.GPLv3: GNU General Public License version 3
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the toolchain (compiler, linker etc.) may add some code
|
||||
pieces that are copyrighted. Thus, it is possible that e.g. liblzma
|
||||
binary wouldn't actually be in the public domain in its entirety
|
||||
even though it contains no copyrighted code from the XZ Utils source
|
||||
package.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have questions, don't hesitate to ask the author(s) for more
|
||||
information.
|
||||
|
||||
339
COPYING.GPLv2
339
COPYING.GPLv2
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
|
||||
with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
674
COPYING.GPLv3
674
COPYING.GPLv3
@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
|
||||
software and other kinds of works.
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
|
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
|
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
|
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
|
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
|
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
|
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
|
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
|
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
|
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
|
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
|
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
|
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
|
||||
know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
|
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
|
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
|
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
|
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
|
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
|
||||
authors of previous versions.
|
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
|
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
|
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
|
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
|
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
|
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
|
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
|
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
|
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
|
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
|
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
|
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
|
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
|
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
|
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions.
|
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
|
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks.
|
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
|
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
|
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
|
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
|
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
|
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
|
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
|
||||
on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
|
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
|
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
|
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
|
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
|
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
|
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
|
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
|
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
|
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
|
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
|
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
|
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
|
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
|
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
|
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
|
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code.
|
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
|
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
|
||||
form of a work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
|
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
|
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
|
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language.
|
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
|
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
|
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
|
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
|
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
|
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
|
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
|
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
|
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
|
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
|
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
|
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
|
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
|
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
|
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
|
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
|
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
|
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
|
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
|
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
|
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
|
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
|
||||
Source.
|
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
|
||||
same work.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
|
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
|
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
|
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
|
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
|
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
|
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
|
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
|
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
|
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
|
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
|
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
|
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
|
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
|
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
|
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
|
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
|
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
|
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
|
||||
makes it unnecessary.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
|
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
|
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
|
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
|
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
|
||||
measures.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
|
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
|
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
|
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
|
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
|
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
|
||||
technological measures.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
|
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
|
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
|
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
|
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
|
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
|
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
|
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
|
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
|
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
|
||||
it, and giving a relevant date.
|
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
|
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section
|
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
|
||||
"keep intact all notices".
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
|
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
|
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
|
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
|
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
|
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
|
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
|
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
|
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
|
||||
work need not make them do so.
|
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
|
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
|
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
|
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
|
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
|
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
|
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
|
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
|
||||
parts of the aggregate.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
|
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
|
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
|
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
|
||||
in one of these ways:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
|
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
|
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
|
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
|
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
|
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
|
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
|
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
|
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
|
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
|
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
|
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
|
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
|
||||
with subsection 6b.
|
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
|
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
|
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
|
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
|
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
|
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
|
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
|
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
|
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
|
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
|
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
|
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
|
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
|
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
|
||||
charge under subsection 6d.
|
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
|
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
|
||||
included in conveying the object code work.
|
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
|
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
|
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
|
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
|
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
|
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
|
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
|
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
|
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
|
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
|
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
|
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product.
|
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
|
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
|
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
|
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
|
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
|
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
|
||||
modification has been made.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
|
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
|
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
|
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
|
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
|
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
|
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
|
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
|
||||
been installed in ROM).
|
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
|
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
|
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
|
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
|
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
|
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
|
||||
protocols for communication across the network.
|
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
|
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
|
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
|
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
|
||||
unpacking, reading or copying.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms.
|
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
|
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
|
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
|
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
|
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
|
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
|
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
|
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
|
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
|
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
|
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
|
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
|
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
|
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
|
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
|
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
|
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
|
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
|
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
|
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
|
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
|
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
|
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
|
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
|
||||
authors of the material; or
|
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
|
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
|
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
|
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
|
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
|
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
|
||||
those licensors and authors.
|
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
|
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
|
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
|
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
|
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
|
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
|
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
|
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
|
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
|
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
|
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
|
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
|
||||
where to find the applicable terms.
|
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
|
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
|
||||
the above requirements apply either way.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Termination.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
|
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
|
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
|
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
|
||||
paragraph of section 11).
|
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
|
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
|
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
|
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
|
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
|
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
|
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
|
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
|
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
|
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
|
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
|
||||
your receipt of the notice.
|
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
|
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
|
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
|
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
|
||||
material under section 10.
|
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
|
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
|
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
|
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
|
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
|
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
|
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
|
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
|
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
|
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
|
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
|
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
|
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
|
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
|
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
|
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
|
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
|
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
|
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
|
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
|
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
|
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
|
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
|
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
|
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
|
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
|
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
|
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
|
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
|
||||
|
||||
11. Patents.
|
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
|
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
|
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
|
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
|
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
|
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
|
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
|
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
|
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
|
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
|
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
|
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
|
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
|
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
|
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
|
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
|
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
|
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
|
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
|
||||
patent against the party.
|
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
|
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
|
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
|
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
|
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
|
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
|
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
|
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
|
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
|
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
|
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
|
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
|
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
|
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
|
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
|
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
|
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
|
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
|
||||
work and works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
|
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
|
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
|
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
|
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
|
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
|
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
|
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
|
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
|
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
|
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
|
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
|
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
|
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
|
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
|
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
|
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
|
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
|
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
|
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
|
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
|
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
|
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
|
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
|
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
|
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
|
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
|
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
|
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
|
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
|
||||
combination as such.
|
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
|
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
|
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
|
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
|
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
|
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
|
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
|
||||
by the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
|
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
|
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
|
||||
to choose that version for the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different
|
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
|
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
|
||||
later version.
|
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
|
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
|
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
|
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
|
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
|
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
|
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
|
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
|
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
|
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
|
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
|
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
|
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
|
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
||||
SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
|
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
|
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
|
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
|
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
|
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
|
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
|
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
|
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
|
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
|
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
|
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
|
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
|
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
|
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
|
||||
502
COPYING.LGPLv2.1
502
COPYING.LGPLv2.1
@@ -1,502 +0,0 @@
|
||||
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2.1, February 1999
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
|
||||
[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts
|
||||
as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence
|
||||
the version number 2.1.]
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change
|
||||
free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.
|
||||
|
||||
This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some
|
||||
specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the
|
||||
Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You
|
||||
can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether
|
||||
this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better
|
||||
strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use,
|
||||
not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that
|
||||
you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge
|
||||
for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get
|
||||
it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of
|
||||
it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do
|
||||
these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these
|
||||
rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for
|
||||
you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis
|
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave
|
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source
|
||||
code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide
|
||||
complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them
|
||||
with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling
|
||||
it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the
|
||||
library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal
|
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that
|
||||
there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is
|
||||
modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know
|
||||
that what they have is not the original version, so that the original
|
||||
author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be
|
||||
introduced by others.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of
|
||||
any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot
|
||||
effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a
|
||||
restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that
|
||||
any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be
|
||||
consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license.
|
||||
|
||||
Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser
|
||||
General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and
|
||||
is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use
|
||||
this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those
|
||||
libraries into non-free programs.
|
||||
|
||||
When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using
|
||||
a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a
|
||||
combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary
|
||||
General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the
|
||||
entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General
|
||||
Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with
|
||||
the library.
|
||||
|
||||
We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it
|
||||
does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General
|
||||
Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less
|
||||
of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages
|
||||
are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many
|
||||
libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain
|
||||
special circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to
|
||||
encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes
|
||||
a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be
|
||||
allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free
|
||||
library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this
|
||||
case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free
|
||||
software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License.
|
||||
|
||||
In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free
|
||||
programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of
|
||||
free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in
|
||||
non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU
|
||||
operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the
|
||||
users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is
|
||||
linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run
|
||||
that program using a modified version of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a
|
||||
"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The
|
||||
former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must
|
||||
be combined with the library in order to run.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other
|
||||
program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or
|
||||
other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of
|
||||
this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License").
|
||||
Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data
|
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs
|
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.
|
||||
|
||||
The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work
|
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the
|
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under
|
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a
|
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated
|
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is
|
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)
|
||||
|
||||
"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means
|
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated
|
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation
|
||||
and installation of the library.
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from
|
||||
such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based
|
||||
on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for
|
||||
writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does
|
||||
and what the program that uses the Library does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's
|
||||
complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that
|
||||
you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
|
||||
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact
|
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any
|
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the
|
||||
Library.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy,
|
||||
and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a
|
||||
fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) The modified work must itself be a software library.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no
|
||||
charge to all third parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a
|
||||
table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses
|
||||
the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility
|
||||
is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that,
|
||||
in the event an application does not supply such function or
|
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of
|
||||
its purpose remains meaningful.
|
||||
|
||||
(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has
|
||||
a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the
|
||||
application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any
|
||||
application-supplied function or table used by this function must
|
||||
be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square
|
||||
root function must still compute square roots.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote
|
||||
it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library
|
||||
with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public
|
||||
License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do
|
||||
this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so
|
||||
that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2,
|
||||
instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the
|
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify
|
||||
that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in
|
||||
these notices.
|
||||
|
||||
Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for
|
||||
that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all
|
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.
|
||||
|
||||
This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of
|
||||
the Library into a program that is not a library.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or
|
||||
derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form
|
||||
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany
|
||||
it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which
|
||||
must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a
|
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
|
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to
|
||||
distribute the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the
|
||||
Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or
|
||||
linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a
|
||||
work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and
|
||||
therefore falls outside the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library
|
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it
|
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the
|
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License.
|
||||
Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables.
|
||||
|
||||
When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file
|
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a
|
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not.
|
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be
|
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The
|
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.
|
||||
|
||||
If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data
|
||||
structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline
|
||||
functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object
|
||||
file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative
|
||||
work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the
|
||||
Library will still fall under Section 6.)
|
||||
|
||||
Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may
|
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6.
|
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6,
|
||||
whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.
|
||||
|
||||
6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or
|
||||
link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a
|
||||
work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work
|
||||
under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit
|
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse
|
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.
|
||||
|
||||
You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the
|
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by
|
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work
|
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the
|
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference
|
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one
|
||||
of these things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding
|
||||
machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever
|
||||
changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked
|
||||
with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that
|
||||
uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the
|
||||
user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified
|
||||
executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood
|
||||
that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the
|
||||
Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application
|
||||
to use the modified definitions.)
|
||||
|
||||
b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the
|
||||
Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a
|
||||
copy of the library already present on the user's computer system,
|
||||
rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2)
|
||||
will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if
|
||||
the user installs one, as long as the modified version is
|
||||
interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with.
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at
|
||||
least three years, to give the same user the materials
|
||||
specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more
|
||||
than the cost of performing this distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy
|
||||
from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above
|
||||
specified materials from the same place.
|
||||
|
||||
e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these
|
||||
materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.
|
||||
|
||||
For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the
|
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for
|
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception,
|
||||
the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is
|
||||
normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major
|
||||
components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on
|
||||
which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies
|
||||
the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license
|
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally
|
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot
|
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you
|
||||
distribute.
|
||||
|
||||
7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the
|
||||
Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library
|
||||
facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined
|
||||
library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on
|
||||
the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise
|
||||
permitted, and provided that you do these two things:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work
|
||||
based on the Library, uncombined with any other library
|
||||
facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the
|
||||
Sections above.
|
||||
|
||||
b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact
|
||||
that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining
|
||||
where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work.
|
||||
|
||||
8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute
|
||||
the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any
|
||||
attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or
|
||||
distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your
|
||||
rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies,
|
||||
or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses
|
||||
terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Library or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the
|
||||
Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library
|
||||
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
|
||||
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply,
|
||||
and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add
|
||||
an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries,
|
||||
so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus
|
||||
excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if
|
||||
written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new
|
||||
versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time.
|
||||
Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version,
|
||||
but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and
|
||||
"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and
|
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a
|
||||
license version number, you may choose any version ever published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these,
|
||||
write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
|
||||
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our
|
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status
|
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing
|
||||
and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO
|
||||
WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
|
||||
EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR
|
||||
OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
|
||||
KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
|
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE
|
||||
LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME
|
||||
THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN
|
||||
WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY
|
||||
AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU
|
||||
FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
|
||||
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE
|
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
|
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A
|
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF
|
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
|
||||
DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that
|
||||
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting
|
||||
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the
|
||||
ordinary General Public License).
|
||||
|
||||
To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is
|
||||
safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
|
||||
"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
|
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
|
||||
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
|
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
|
||||
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the
|
||||
library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
That's all there is to it!
|
||||
2634
ChangeLog.1999
Normal file
2634
ChangeLog.1999
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
2539
ChangeLog.2000
Normal file
2539
ChangeLog.2000
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
3629
ChangeLog.2001
Normal file
3629
ChangeLog.2001
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
4741
ChangeLog.2002
Normal file
4741
ChangeLog.2002
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
3349
ChangeLog.2003
Normal file
3349
ChangeLog.2003
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
4619
ChangeLog.2004
Normal file
4619
ChangeLog.2004
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
3822
ChangeLog.2005
Normal file
3822
ChangeLog.2005
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
5921
ChangeLog.2007
Normal file
5921
ChangeLog.2007
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1529
ChangeLog.2008
Normal file
1529
ChangeLog.2008
Normal file
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
1234
Doxyfile.in
1234
Doxyfile.in
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
554
INSTALL
554
INSTALL
@@ -1,554 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils Installation
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
0. Preface
|
||||
1. Supported platforms
|
||||
1.1. Compilers
|
||||
1.2. Platform-specific notes
|
||||
1.2.1. AIX
|
||||
1.2.2. IRIX
|
||||
1.2.3. MINIX 3
|
||||
1.2.4. OpenVMS
|
||||
1.2.5. Solaris, OpenSolaris, and derivatives
|
||||
1.2.6. Tru64
|
||||
1.2.7. Windows
|
||||
1.2.8. DOS
|
||||
1.3. Adding support for new platforms
|
||||
2. configure options
|
||||
2.1. Static vs. dynamic linking of liblzma
|
||||
2.2. Optimizing xzdec and lzmadec
|
||||
3. xzgrep and other scripts
|
||||
3.1. Dependencies
|
||||
3.2. PATH
|
||||
4. Troubleshooting
|
||||
4.1. "No C99 compiler was found."
|
||||
4.2. "No POSIX conforming shell (sh) was found."
|
||||
4.3. configure works but build fails at crc32_x86.S
|
||||
4.4. Lots of warnings about symbol visibility
|
||||
4.5. "make check" fails
|
||||
4.6. liblzma.so (or similar) not found when running xz
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
0. Preface
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
If you aren't familiar with building packages that use GNU Autotools,
|
||||
see the file INSTALL.generic for generic instructions before reading
|
||||
further.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are going to build a package for distribution, see also the
|
||||
file PACKAGERS. It contains information that should help making the
|
||||
binary packages as good as possible, but the information isn't very
|
||||
interesting to those making local builds for private use or for use
|
||||
in special situations like embedded systems.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Supported platforms
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils are developed on GNU/Linux, but they should work on many
|
||||
POSIX-like operating systems like *BSDs and Solaris, and even on
|
||||
a few non-POSIX operating systems.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.1. Compilers
|
||||
|
||||
A C99 compiler is required to compile XZ Utils. If you use GCC, you
|
||||
need at least version 3.x.x. GCC version 2.xx.x doesn't support some
|
||||
C99 features used in XZ Utils source code, thus GCC 2 won't compile
|
||||
XZ Utils.
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils takes advantage of some GNU C extensions when building
|
||||
with GCC. Because these extensions are used only when building
|
||||
with GCC, it should be possible to use any C99 compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2. Platform-specific notes
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.1. AIX
|
||||
|
||||
If you use IBM XL C compiler, pass CC=xlc_r to configure. If
|
||||
you use CC=xlc instead, you must disable threading support
|
||||
with --disable-threads (usually not recommended).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.2. IRIX
|
||||
|
||||
MIPSpro 7.4.4m has been reported to produce broken code if using
|
||||
the -O2 optimization flag ("make check" fails). Using -O1 should
|
||||
work.
|
||||
|
||||
A problem has been reported when using shared liblzma. Passing
|
||||
--disable-shared to configure works around this. Alternatively,
|
||||
putting "-64" to CFLAGS to build a 64-bit version might help too.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.3. MINIX 3
|
||||
|
||||
The default install of MINIX 3 includes Amsterdam Compiler Kit (ACK),
|
||||
which doesn't support C99. Install GCC to compile XZ Utils.
|
||||
|
||||
MINIX 3.1.8 and older have bugs in /usr/include/stdint.h, which has
|
||||
to be patched before XZ Utils can be compiled correctly. See
|
||||
<http://gforge.cs.vu.nl/gf/project/minix/tracker/?action=TrackerItemEdit&tracker_item_id=537>.
|
||||
|
||||
MINIX 3.2.0 and later use a different libc and aren't affected by
|
||||
the above bug.
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils doesn't have code to detect the amount of physical RAM and
|
||||
number of CPU cores on MINIX 3.
|
||||
|
||||
See section 4.4 in this file about symbol visibility warnings (you
|
||||
may want to pass gl_cv_cc_visibility=no to configure).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.4. OpenVMS
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils can be built for OpenVMS, but the build system files
|
||||
are not included in the XZ Utils source package. The required
|
||||
OpenVMS-specific files are maintained by Jouk Jansen and can be
|
||||
downloaded here:
|
||||
|
||||
http://nchrem.tnw.tudelft.nl/openvms/software2.html#xzutils
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.5. Solaris, OpenSolaris, and derivatives
|
||||
|
||||
The following linker error has been reported on some x86 systems:
|
||||
|
||||
ld: fatal: relocation error: R_386_GOTOFF: ...
|
||||
|
||||
This can be worked around by passing gl_cv_cc_visibility=no
|
||||
as an argument to the configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
test_scripts.sh in "make check" may fail if good enough tools are
|
||||
missing from PATH (/usr/xpg4/bin or /usr/xpg6/bin). See sections
|
||||
4.5 and 3.2 for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.6. Tru64
|
||||
|
||||
If you try to use the native C compiler on Tru64 (passing CC=cc to
|
||||
configure), you may need the workaround mention in section 4.1 in
|
||||
this file (pass also ac_cv_prog_cc_c99= to configure).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.7. Windows
|
||||
|
||||
Building XZ Utils on Windows is supported under the following
|
||||
environments:
|
||||
|
||||
- MinGW-w64 + MSYS (32-bit and 64-bit x86): This is used
|
||||
for building the official binary packages for Windows.
|
||||
There is windows/build.bash to ease packaging XZ Utils with
|
||||
MinGW(-w64) + MSYS into a redistributable .zip or .7z file.
|
||||
See windows/INSTALL-MinGW.txt for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
- MinGW + MSYS (32-bit x86): I haven't recently tested this.
|
||||
|
||||
- Cygwin 1.7.35 and later: NOTE that using XZ Utils >= 5.2.0
|
||||
under Cygwin older than 1.7.35 can lead to DATA LOSS! If
|
||||
you must use an old Cygwin version, stick to XZ Utils 5.0.x
|
||||
which is safe under older Cygwin versions. You can check
|
||||
the Cygwin version with the command "cygcheck -V".
|
||||
|
||||
- Microsoft Visual Studio 2013 update 2 or later (MSVC for short):
|
||||
See windows/INSTALL-MSVC.txt for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
It may be possible to build liblzma with other toolchains too, but
|
||||
that will probably require writing a separate makefile. Building
|
||||
the command line tools with non-GNU toolchains will be harder than
|
||||
building only liblzma.
|
||||
|
||||
Even if liblzma is built with MinGW(-w64), the resulting DLL can
|
||||
be used by other compilers and linkers, including MSVC. See
|
||||
windows/README-Windows.txt for details.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2.8. DOS
|
||||
|
||||
There is an experimental Makefile in the "dos" directory to build
|
||||
XZ Utils on DOS using DJGPP. Support for long file names (LFN) is
|
||||
needed. See dos/README for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU Autotools based build hasn't been tried on DOS. If you try, I
|
||||
would like to hear if it worked.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.3. Adding support for new platforms
|
||||
|
||||
If you have written patches to make XZ Utils to work on previously
|
||||
unsupported platform, please send the patches to me! I will consider
|
||||
including them to the official version. It's nice to minimize the
|
||||
need of third-party patching.
|
||||
|
||||
One exception: Don't request or send patches to change the whole
|
||||
source package to C89. I find C99 substantially nicer to write and
|
||||
maintain. However, the public library headers must be in C89 to
|
||||
avoid frustrating those who maintain programs, which are strictly
|
||||
in C89 or C++.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. configure options
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
In most cases, the defaults are what you want. Many of the options
|
||||
below are useful only when building a size-optimized version of
|
||||
liblzma or command line tools.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-encoders=LIST
|
||||
--disable-encoders
|
||||
Specify a comma-separated LIST of filter encoders to
|
||||
build. See "./configure --help" for exact list of
|
||||
available filter encoders. The default is to build all
|
||||
supported encoders.
|
||||
|
||||
If LIST is empty or --disable-encoders is used, no filter
|
||||
encoders will be built and also the code shared between
|
||||
encoders will be omitted.
|
||||
|
||||
Disabling encoders will remove some symbols from the
|
||||
liblzma ABI, so this option should be used only when it
|
||||
is known to not cause problems.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-decoders=LIST
|
||||
--disable-decoders
|
||||
This is like --enable-encoders but for decoders. The
|
||||
default is to build all supported decoders.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-match-finders=LIST
|
||||
liblzma includes two categories of match finders:
|
||||
hash chains and binary trees. Hash chains (hc3 and hc4)
|
||||
are quite fast but they don't provide the best compression
|
||||
ratio. Binary trees (bt2, bt3 and bt4) give excellent
|
||||
compression ratio, but they are slower and need more
|
||||
memory than hash chains.
|
||||
|
||||
You need to enable at least one match finder to build the
|
||||
LZMA1 or LZMA2 filter encoders. Usually hash chains are
|
||||
used only in the fast mode, while binary trees are used to
|
||||
when the best compression ratio is wanted.
|
||||
|
||||
The default is to build all the match finders if LZMA1
|
||||
or LZMA2 filter encoders are being built.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-checks=LIST
|
||||
liblzma support multiple integrity checks. CRC32 is
|
||||
mandatory, and cannot be omitted. See "./configure --help"
|
||||
for exact list of available integrity check types.
|
||||
|
||||
liblzma and the command line tools can decompress files
|
||||
which use unsupported integrity check type, but naturally
|
||||
the file integrity cannot be verified in that case.
|
||||
|
||||
Disabling integrity checks may remove some symbols from
|
||||
the liblzma ABI, so this option should be used only when
|
||||
it is known to not cause problems.
|
||||
|
||||
--disable-xz
|
||||
--disable-xzdec
|
||||
--disable-lzmadec
|
||||
--disable-lzmainfo
|
||||
Don't build and install the command line tool mentioned
|
||||
in the option name.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: Disabling xz will skip some tests in "make check".
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: If xzdec is disabled and lzmadec is left enabled,
|
||||
a dangling man page symlink lzmadec.1 -> xzdec.1 is
|
||||
created.
|
||||
|
||||
--disable-lzma-links
|
||||
Don't create symlinks for LZMA Utils compatibility.
|
||||
This includes lzma, unlzma, and lzcat. If scripts are
|
||||
installed, also lzdiff, lzcmp, lzgrep, lzegrep, lzfgrep,
|
||||
lzmore, and lzless will be omitted if this option is used.
|
||||
|
||||
--disable-scripts
|
||||
Don't install the scripts xzdiff, xzgrep, xzmore, xzless,
|
||||
and their symlinks.
|
||||
|
||||
--disable-doc
|
||||
Don't install the documentation files to $docdir
|
||||
(often /usr/doc/xz or /usr/local/doc/xz). Man pages
|
||||
will still be installed. The $docdir can be changed
|
||||
with --docdir=DIR.
|
||||
|
||||
--disable-assembler
|
||||
liblzma includes some assembler optimizations. Currently
|
||||
there is only assembler code for CRC32 and CRC64 for
|
||||
32-bit x86.
|
||||
|
||||
All the assembler code in liblzma is position-independent
|
||||
code, which is suitable for use in shared libraries and
|
||||
position-independent executables. So far only i386
|
||||
instructions are used, but the code is optimized for i686
|
||||
class CPUs. If you are compiling liblzma exclusively for
|
||||
pre-i686 systems, you may want to disable the assembler
|
||||
code.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-unaligned-access
|
||||
Allow liblzma to use unaligned memory access for 16-bit
|
||||
and 32-bit loads and stores. This should be enabled only
|
||||
when the hardware supports this, i.e. when unaligned
|
||||
access is fast. Some operating system kernels emulate
|
||||
unaligned access, which is extremely slow. This option
|
||||
shouldn't be used on systems that rely on such emulation.
|
||||
|
||||
Unaligned access is enabled by default on x86, x86-64,
|
||||
and big endian PowerPC.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-small
|
||||
Reduce the size of liblzma by selecting smaller but
|
||||
semantically equivalent version of some functions, and
|
||||
omit precomputed lookup tables. This option tends to
|
||||
make liblzma slightly slower.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that while omitting the precomputed tables makes
|
||||
liblzma smaller on disk, the tables are still needed at
|
||||
run time, and need to be computed at startup. This also
|
||||
means that the RAM holding the tables won't be shared
|
||||
between applications linked against shared liblzma.
|
||||
|
||||
This option doesn't modify CFLAGS to tell the compiler
|
||||
to optimize for size. You need to add -Os or equivalent
|
||||
flag(s) to CFLAGS manually.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-assume-ram=SIZE
|
||||
On the most common operating systems, XZ Utils is able to
|
||||
detect the amount of physical memory on the system. This
|
||||
information is used by the options --memlimit-compress,
|
||||
--memlimit-decompress, and --memlimit when setting the
|
||||
limit to a percentage of total RAM.
|
||||
|
||||
On some systems, there is no code to detect the amount of
|
||||
RAM though. Using --enable-assume-ram one can set how much
|
||||
memory to assume on these systems. SIZE is given as MiB.
|
||||
The default is 128 MiB.
|
||||
|
||||
Feel free to send patches to add support for detecting
|
||||
the amount of RAM on the operating system you use. See
|
||||
src/common/tuklib_physmem.c for details.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-threads=METHOD
|
||||
Threading support is enabled by default so normally there
|
||||
is no need to specify this option.
|
||||
|
||||
Supported values for METHOD:
|
||||
|
||||
yes Autodetect the threading method. If none
|
||||
is found, configure will give an error.
|
||||
|
||||
posix Use POSIX pthreads. This is the default
|
||||
except on Windows outside Cygwin.
|
||||
|
||||
win95 Use Windows 95 compatible threads. This
|
||||
is compatible with Windows XP and later
|
||||
too. This is the default for 32-bit x86
|
||||
Windows builds. The `win95' threading is
|
||||
incompatible with --enable-small.
|
||||
|
||||
vista Use Windows Vista compatible threads. The
|
||||
resulting binaries won't run on Windows XP
|
||||
or older. This is the default for Windows
|
||||
excluding 32-bit x86 builds (that is, on
|
||||
x86-64 the default is `vista').
|
||||
|
||||
no Disable threading support. This is the
|
||||
same as using --disable-threads.
|
||||
NOTE: If combined with --enable-small, the
|
||||
resulting liblzma won't be thread safe,
|
||||
that is, if a multi-threaded application
|
||||
calls any liblzma functions from more than
|
||||
one thread, something bad may happen.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-symbol-versions
|
||||
Use symbol versioning for liblzma. This is enabled by
|
||||
default on GNU/Linux, other GNU-based systems, and
|
||||
FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-debug
|
||||
This enables the assert() macro and possibly some other
|
||||
run-time consistency checks. It makes the code slower, so
|
||||
you normally don't want to have this enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-werror
|
||||
If building with GCC, make all compiler warnings an error,
|
||||
that abort the compilation. This may help catching bugs,
|
||||
and should work on most systems. This has no effect on the
|
||||
resulting binaries.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.1. Static vs. dynamic linking of liblzma
|
||||
|
||||
On 32-bit x86, linking against static liblzma can give a minor
|
||||
speed improvement. Static libraries on x86 are usually compiled as
|
||||
position-dependent code (non-PIC) and shared libraries are built as
|
||||
position-independent code (PIC). PIC wastes one register, which can
|
||||
make the code slightly slower compared to a non-PIC version. (Note
|
||||
that this doesn't apply to x86-64.)
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to link xz against static liblzma, the simplest way
|
||||
is to pass --disable-shared to configure. If you want also shared
|
||||
liblzma, run configure again and run "make install" only for
|
||||
src/liblzma.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2.2. Optimizing xzdec and lzmadec
|
||||
|
||||
xzdec and lzmadec are intended to be relatively small instead of
|
||||
optimizing for the best speed. Thus, it is a good idea to build
|
||||
xzdec and lzmadec separately:
|
||||
|
||||
- To link the tools against static liblzma, pass --disable-shared
|
||||
to configure.
|
||||
|
||||
- To select somewhat size-optimized variant of some things in
|
||||
liblzma, pass --enable-small to configure.
|
||||
|
||||
- Tell the compiler to optimize for size instead of speed.
|
||||
E.g. with GCC, put -Os into CFLAGS.
|
||||
|
||||
- xzdec and lzmadec will never use multithreading capabilities of
|
||||
liblzma. You can avoid dependency on libpthread by passing
|
||||
--disable-threads to configure.
|
||||
|
||||
- There are and will be no translated messages for xzdec and
|
||||
lzmadec, so it is fine to pass also --disable-nls to configure.
|
||||
|
||||
- Only decoder code is needed, so you can speed up the build
|
||||
slightly by passing --disable-encoders to configure. This
|
||||
shouldn't affect the final size of the executables though,
|
||||
because the linker is able to omit the encoder code anyway.
|
||||
|
||||
If you have no use for xzdec or lzmadec, you can disable them with
|
||||
--disable-xzdec and --disable-lzmadec.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. xzgrep and other scripts
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
3.1. Dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
POSIX shell (sh) and bunch of other standard POSIX tools are required
|
||||
to run the scripts. The configure script tries to find a POSIX
|
||||
compliant sh, but if it fails, you can force the shell by passing
|
||||
gl_cv_posix_shell=/path/to/posix-sh as an argument to the configure
|
||||
script.
|
||||
|
||||
xzdiff (xzcmp/lzdiff/lzcmp) may use mktemp if it is available. As
|
||||
a fallback xzdiff will use mkdir to securely create a temporary
|
||||
directory. Having mktemp available is still recommended since the
|
||||
mkdir fallback method isn't as robust as mktemp is. The original
|
||||
mktemp can be found from <http://www.mktemp.org/>. On GNU, most will
|
||||
use the mktemp program from GNU coreutils instead of the original
|
||||
implementation. Both mktemp versions are fine.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition to using xz to decompress .xz files, xzgrep and xzdiff
|
||||
use gzip, bzip2, and lzop to support .gz, bz2, and .lzo files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3.2. PATH
|
||||
|
||||
The scripts assume that the required tools (standard POSIX utilities,
|
||||
mktemp, and xz) are in PATH; the scripts don't set the PATH themselves.
|
||||
Some people like this while some think this is a bug. Those in the
|
||||
latter group can easily patch the scripts before running the configure
|
||||
script by taking advantage of a placeholder line in the scripts.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, to make the scripts prefix /usr/bin:/bin to PATH:
|
||||
|
||||
perl -pi -e 's|^#SET_PATH.*$|PATH=/usr/bin:/bin:\$PATH|' \
|
||||
src/scripts/xz*.in
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Troubleshooting
|
||||
------------------
|
||||
|
||||
4.1. "No C99 compiler was found."
|
||||
|
||||
You need a C99 compiler to build XZ Utils. If the configure script
|
||||
cannot find a C99 compiler and you think you have such a compiler
|
||||
installed, set the compiler command by passing CC=/path/to/c99 as
|
||||
an argument to the configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
If you get this error even when you think your compiler supports C99,
|
||||
you can override the test by passing ac_cv_prog_cc_c99= as an argument
|
||||
to the configure script. The test for C99 compiler is not perfect (and
|
||||
it is not as easy to make it perfect as it sounds), so sometimes this
|
||||
may be needed. You will get a compile error if your compiler doesn't
|
||||
support enough C99.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.2. "No POSIX conforming shell (sh) was found."
|
||||
|
||||
xzgrep and other scripts need a shell that (roughly) conforms
|
||||
to POSIX. The configure script tries to find such a shell. If
|
||||
it fails, you can force the shell to be used by passing
|
||||
gl_cv_posix_shell=/path/to/posix-sh as an argument to the configure
|
||||
script. Alternatively you can omit the installation of scripts and
|
||||
this error by passing --disable-scripts to configure.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.3. configure works but build fails at crc32_x86.S
|
||||
|
||||
The easy fix is to pass --disable-assembler to the configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
The configure script determines if assembler code can be used by
|
||||
looking at the configure triplet; there is currently no check if
|
||||
the assembler code can actually actually be built. The x86 assembler
|
||||
code should work on x86 GNU/Linux, *BSDs, Solaris, Darwin, MinGW,
|
||||
Cygwin, and DJGPP. On other x86 systems, there may be problems and
|
||||
the assembler code may need to be disabled with the configure option.
|
||||
|
||||
If you get this error when building for x86-64, you have specified or
|
||||
the configure script has misguessed your architecture. Pass the
|
||||
correct configure triplet using the --build=CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM option
|
||||
(see INSTALL.generic).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.4. Lots of warnings about symbol visibility
|
||||
|
||||
On some systems where symbol visibility isn't supported, GCC may
|
||||
still accept the visibility options and attributes, which will make
|
||||
configure think that visibility is supported. This will result in
|
||||
many compiler warnings. You can avoid the warnings by forcing the
|
||||
visibility support off by passing gl_cv_cc_visibility=no as an
|
||||
argument to the configure script. This has no effect on the
|
||||
resulting binaries, but fewer warnings looks nicer and may allow
|
||||
using --enable-werror.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.5. "make check" fails
|
||||
|
||||
If the other tests pass but test_scripts.sh fails, then the problem
|
||||
is in the scripts in src/scripts. Comparing the contents of
|
||||
tests/xzgrep_test_output to tests/xzgrep_expected_output might
|
||||
give a good idea about problems in xzgrep. One possibility is that
|
||||
some tools are missing from the current PATH or the tools lack
|
||||
support for some POSIX features. This can happen at least on
|
||||
Solaris where the tools in /bin may be ancient but good enough
|
||||
tools are available in /usr/xpg4/bin or /usr/xpg6/bin. One fix
|
||||
for this problem is described in section 3.2 of this file.
|
||||
|
||||
If tests other than test_scripts.sh fail, a likely reason is that
|
||||
libtool links the test programs against an installed version of
|
||||
liblzma instead of the version that was just built. This is
|
||||
obviously a bug which seems to happen on some platforms.
|
||||
A workaround is to uninstall the old liblzma versions first.
|
||||
|
||||
If the problem isn't any of those described above, then it's likely
|
||||
a bug in XZ Utils or in the compiler. See the platform-specific
|
||||
notes in this file for possible known problems. Please report
|
||||
a bug if you cannot solve the problem. See README for contact
|
||||
information.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4.6. liblzma.so (or similar) not found when running xz
|
||||
|
||||
If you installed the package with "make install" and get an error
|
||||
about liblzma.so (or a similarly named file) being missing, try
|
||||
running "ldconfig" to update the run-time linker cache (if your
|
||||
operating system has such a command).
|
||||
|
||||
365
INSTALL.generic
365
INSTALL.generic
@@ -1,365 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Installation Instructions
|
||||
*************************
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
|
||||
2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
|
||||
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
|
||||
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
|
||||
without warranty of any kind.
|
||||
|
||||
Basic Installation
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
|
||||
configure, build, and install this package. The following
|
||||
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
|
||||
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
|
||||
`INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
|
||||
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
|
||||
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
|
||||
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
|
||||
|
||||
The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
|
||||
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
|
||||
those values to create a `Makefile' in each directory of the package.
|
||||
It may also create one or more `.h' files containing system-dependent
|
||||
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script `config.status' that
|
||||
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
|
||||
file `config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
|
||||
debugging `configure').
|
||||
|
||||
It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
|
||||
and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
|
||||
the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is
|
||||
disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
|
||||
cache files.
|
||||
|
||||
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
|
||||
to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
|
||||
diffs or instructions to the address given in the `README' so they can
|
||||
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
|
||||
some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
|
||||
may remove or edit it.
|
||||
|
||||
The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
|
||||
`configure' by a program called `autoconf'. You need `configure.ac' if
|
||||
you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
|
||||
of `autoconf'.
|
||||
|
||||
The simplest way to compile this package is:
|
||||
|
||||
1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
|
||||
`./configure' to configure the package for your system.
|
||||
|
||||
Running `configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
|
||||
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Type `make' to compile the package.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Optionally, type `make check' to run any self-tests that come with
|
||||
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
|
||||
|
||||
4. Type `make install' to install the programs and any data files and
|
||||
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
|
||||
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
|
||||
user, and only the `make install' phase executed with root
|
||||
privileges.
|
||||
|
||||
5. Optionally, type `make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
|
||||
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
|
||||
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
|
||||
regular user, particularly if the prior `make install' required
|
||||
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
|
||||
correctly.
|
||||
|
||||
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
|
||||
source code directory by typing `make clean'. To also remove the
|
||||
files that `configure' created (so you can compile the package for
|
||||
a different kind of computer), type `make distclean'. There is
|
||||
also a `make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
|
||||
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
|
||||
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
|
||||
with the distribution.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
|
||||
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
|
||||
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
|
||||
GNU Coding Standards.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide `make
|
||||
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
|
||||
targets like `make install' and `make uninstall' work correctly.
|
||||
This target is generally not run by end users.
|
||||
|
||||
Compilers and Options
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
|
||||
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
|
||||
the `configure' script does not know about. Run `./configure --help'
|
||||
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
|
||||
|
||||
You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
|
||||
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here
|
||||
is an example:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
|
||||
|
||||
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
|
||||
====================================
|
||||
|
||||
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
|
||||
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
|
||||
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU `make'. `cd' to the
|
||||
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
|
||||
the `configure' script. `configure' automatically checks for the
|
||||
source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'. This
|
||||
is known as a "VPATH" build.
|
||||
|
||||
With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
|
||||
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
|
||||
installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
|
||||
reconfiguring for another architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
|
||||
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
|
||||
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple `-arch' options to the
|
||||
compiler but only a single `-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
|
||||
this:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
|
||||
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
|
||||
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
|
||||
|
||||
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
|
||||
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
|
||||
using the `lipo' tool if you have problems.
|
||||
|
||||
Installation Names
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
|
||||
`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc. You
|
||||
can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
|
||||
`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
|
||||
absolute file name.
|
||||
|
||||
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
|
||||
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
|
||||
pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
|
||||
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
|
||||
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
|
||||
options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
|
||||
kinds of files. Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
|
||||
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the
|
||||
default for these options is expressed in terms of `${prefix}', so that
|
||||
specifying just `--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
|
||||
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
|
||||
|
||||
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
|
||||
correct locations to `configure'; however, many packages provide one or
|
||||
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
|
||||
`make install' command line to change installation locations without
|
||||
having to reconfigure or recompile.
|
||||
|
||||
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
|
||||
affected directory. For example, `make install
|
||||
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
|
||||
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
|
||||
`${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during `configure',
|
||||
but not in terms of `${prefix}', must each be overridden at install
|
||||
time for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of
|
||||
makefile variable overrides for each directory variable is required by
|
||||
the GNU Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation.
|
||||
However, some platforms have known limitations with the semantics of
|
||||
shared libraries that end up requiring recompilation when using this
|
||||
method, particularly noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
|
||||
|
||||
The second method involves providing the `DESTDIR' variable. For
|
||||
example, `make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
|
||||
`/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
|
||||
`DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
|
||||
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
|
||||
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
|
||||
when some directory options were not specified in terms of `${prefix}'
|
||||
at `configure' time.
|
||||
|
||||
Optional Features
|
||||
=================
|
||||
|
||||
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
|
||||
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving `configure' the
|
||||
option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
|
||||
|
||||
Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
|
||||
`configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
|
||||
They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
|
||||
is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System). The
|
||||
`README' should mention any `--enable-' and `--with-' options that the
|
||||
package recognizes.
|
||||
|
||||
For packages that use the X Window System, `configure' can usually
|
||||
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
|
||||
you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
|
||||
`--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
|
||||
|
||||
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
|
||||
execution of `make' will be. For these packages, running `./configure
|
||||
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
|
||||
overridden with `make V=1'; while running `./configure
|
||||
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
|
||||
overridden with `make V=0'.
|
||||
|
||||
Particular systems
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU
|
||||
CC is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
|
||||
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
|
||||
|
||||
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
|
||||
|
||||
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
|
||||
parse its `<wchar.h>' header file. The option `-nodtk' can be used as
|
||||
a workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended
|
||||
to try
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="cc"
|
||||
|
||||
and if that doesn't work, try
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
|
||||
|
||||
On Solaris, don't put `/usr/ucb' early in your `PATH'. This
|
||||
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
|
||||
these programs are available in `/usr/bin'. So, if you need `/usr/ucb'
|
||||
in your `PATH', put it _after_ `/usr/bin'.
|
||||
|
||||
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in `/boot/common',
|
||||
not `/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
|
||||
|
||||
Specifying the System Type
|
||||
==========================
|
||||
|
||||
There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
|
||||
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
|
||||
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
|
||||
_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
|
||||
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
|
||||
`--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
|
||||
type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
|
||||
|
||||
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
|
||||
|
||||
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
|
||||
|
||||
OS
|
||||
KERNEL-OS
|
||||
|
||||
See the file `config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
|
||||
`config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
|
||||
need to know the machine type.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
|
||||
use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
|
||||
produce code for.
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
|
||||
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
|
||||
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
|
||||
eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
|
||||
|
||||
Sharing Defaults
|
||||
================
|
||||
|
||||
If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
|
||||
you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
|
||||
default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
|
||||
`configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
|
||||
`PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
|
||||
`CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
|
||||
A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
|
||||
|
||||
Defining Variables
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
|
||||
environment passed to `configure'. However, some packages may run
|
||||
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
|
||||
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
|
||||
them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'. For example:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
|
||||
|
||||
causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
|
||||
overridden in the site shell script).
|
||||
|
||||
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
|
||||
an Autoconf bug. Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
|
||||
|
||||
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' Invocation
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
|
||||
operates.
|
||||
|
||||
`--help'
|
||||
`-h'
|
||||
Print a summary of all of the options to `configure', and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`--help=short'
|
||||
`--help=recursive'
|
||||
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
|
||||
`configure', and exit. The `short' variant lists options used
|
||||
only in the top level, while the `recursive' variant lists options
|
||||
also present in any nested packages.
|
||||
|
||||
`--version'
|
||||
`-V'
|
||||
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the `configure'
|
||||
script, and exit.
|
||||
|
||||
`--cache-file=FILE'
|
||||
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
|
||||
traditionally `config.cache'. FILE defaults to `/dev/null' to
|
||||
disable caching.
|
||||
|
||||
`--config-cache'
|
||||
`-C'
|
||||
Alias for `--cache-file=config.cache'.
|
||||
|
||||
`--quiet'
|
||||
`--silent'
|
||||
`-q'
|
||||
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
|
||||
suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
|
||||
messages will still be shown).
|
||||
|
||||
`--srcdir=DIR'
|
||||
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
|
||||
`configure' can determine that directory automatically.
|
||||
|
||||
`--prefix=DIR'
|
||||
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names::
|
||||
for more details, including other options available for fine-tuning
|
||||
the installation locations.
|
||||
|
||||
`--no-create'
|
||||
`-n'
|
||||
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
|
||||
files.
|
||||
|
||||
`configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
|
||||
`configure --help' for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
109
Makefile.am
109
Makefile.am
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
|
||||
##
|
||||
## Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
##
|
||||
## This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
## You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
##
|
||||
|
||||
# Use -n to prevent gzip from adding a timestamp to the .gz headers.
|
||||
GZIP_ENV = -9n
|
||||
|
||||
DIST_SUBDIRS = lib src po tests debug
|
||||
SUBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
if COND_GNULIB
|
||||
SUBDIRS += lib
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
SUBDIRS += src po tests
|
||||
|
||||
if COND_DOC
|
||||
dist_doc_DATA = \
|
||||
AUTHORS \
|
||||
COPYING \
|
||||
COPYING.GPLv2 \
|
||||
NEWS \
|
||||
README \
|
||||
THANKS \
|
||||
TODO \
|
||||
doc/faq.txt \
|
||||
doc/history.txt \
|
||||
doc/xz-file-format.txt \
|
||||
doc/lzma-file-format.txt
|
||||
|
||||
examplesdir = $(docdir)/examples
|
||||
dist_examples_DATA = \
|
||||
doc/examples/00_README.txt \
|
||||
doc/examples/01_compress_easy.c \
|
||||
doc/examples/02_decompress.c \
|
||||
doc/examples/03_compress_custom.c \
|
||||
doc/examples/04_compress_easy_mt.c \
|
||||
doc/examples/Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
examplesolddir = $(docdir)/examples_old
|
||||
dist_examplesold_DATA = \
|
||||
doc/examples_old/xz_pipe_comp.c \
|
||||
doc/examples_old/xz_pipe_decomp.c
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = \
|
||||
extra \
|
||||
dos \
|
||||
windows \
|
||||
macosx \
|
||||
autogen.sh \
|
||||
Doxyfile.in \
|
||||
COPYING.GPLv2 \
|
||||
COPYING.GPLv3 \
|
||||
COPYING.LGPLv2.1 \
|
||||
INSTALL.generic \
|
||||
PACKAGERS \
|
||||
build-aux/manconv.sh \
|
||||
build-aux/version.sh
|
||||
|
||||
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
|
||||
|
||||
# List of man pages to conver to PDF and plain text in the dist-hook target.
|
||||
manfiles = \
|
||||
src/xz/xz.1 \
|
||||
src/xzdec/xzdec.1 \
|
||||
src/lzmainfo/lzmainfo.1 \
|
||||
src/scripts/xzdiff.1 \
|
||||
src/scripts/xzgrep.1 \
|
||||
src/scripts/xzless.1 \
|
||||
src/scripts/xzmore.1
|
||||
|
||||
# Create ChangeLog from output of "git log --date=iso --stat".
|
||||
# Convert the man pages to PDF and plain text (ASCII only) formats.
|
||||
dist-hook:
|
||||
if test -d "$(srcdir)/.git" && type git > /dev/null 2>&1; then \
|
||||
( cd "$(srcdir)" && git log --date=iso --stat ) \
|
||||
> "$(distdir)/ChangeLog"; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if type groff > /dev/null 2>&1 && type ps2pdf > /dev/null 2>&1; then \
|
||||
dest="$(distdir)/doc/man" && \
|
||||
$(MKDIR_P) "$$dest/pdf-a4" "$$dest/pdf-letter" "$$dest/txt" && \
|
||||
for FILE in $(manfiles); do \
|
||||
BASE=`basename $$FILE .1` && \
|
||||
sh "$(srcdir)/build-aux/manconv.sh" pdf a4 \
|
||||
< "$(srcdir)/$$FILE" \
|
||||
> "$$dest/pdf-a4/$$BASE-a4.pdf" && \
|
||||
sh "$(srcdir)/build-aux/manconv.sh" pdf letter \
|
||||
< "$(srcdir)/$$FILE" \
|
||||
> "$$dest/pdf-letter/$$BASE-letter.pdf" && \
|
||||
sh "$(srcdir)/build-aux/manconv.sh" ascii \
|
||||
< "$(srcdir)/$$FILE" \
|
||||
> "$$dest/txt/$$BASE.txt"; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# This works with GNU tar and gives cleaner package than normal 'make dist'.
|
||||
mydist:
|
||||
sh "$(srcdir)/src/liblzma/validate_map.sh"
|
||||
VERSION=$(VERSION); \
|
||||
if test -d "$(srcdir)/.git" && type git > /dev/null 2>&1; then \
|
||||
SNAPSHOT=`cd "$(srcdir)" && git describe --abbrev=4 | cut -b2-`; \
|
||||
test -n "$$SNAPSHOT" && VERSION=$$SNAPSHOT; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
TAR_OPTIONS='--owner=0 --group=0 --numeric-owner --mode=u+rw,go+r-w' \
|
||||
$(MAKE) VERSION="$$VERSION" dist-gzip
|
||||
1079
Makefile.in
1079
Makefile.in
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
505
NEWS
505
NEWS
@@ -1,505 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils Release Notes
|
||||
======================
|
||||
|
||||
5.2.2 (2015-09-29)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed bugs in QNX-specific code.
|
||||
|
||||
* Omitted the use of pipe2() even if it is available to avoid
|
||||
portability issues with some old Linux and glibc combinations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Updated German translation.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added project files to build static and shared liblzma (not the
|
||||
whole XZ Utils) with Visual Studio 2013 update 2 or later.
|
||||
|
||||
* Documented that threaded decompression hasn't been implemented
|
||||
yet. A 5.2.0 NEWS entry describing multi-threading support had
|
||||
incorrectly said "decompression" when it should have said
|
||||
"compression".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.2.1 (2015-02-26)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed a compression-ratio regression in fast mode of LZMA1 and
|
||||
LZMA2. The bug is present in 5.1.4beta and 5.2.0 releases.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed a portability problem in xz that affected at least OpenBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed xzdiff to be compatible with FreeBSD's mktemp which differs
|
||||
from most other mktemp implementations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Changed CPU core count detection to use cpuset_getaffinity() on
|
||||
FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.2.0 (2014-12-21)
|
||||
|
||||
Since 5.1.4beta:
|
||||
|
||||
* All fixes from 5.0.8
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma: Fixed lzma_stream_encoder_mt_memusage() when a preset
|
||||
was used.
|
||||
|
||||
* xzdiff: If mktemp isn't installed, mkdir will be used as
|
||||
a fallback to create a temporary directory. Installing mktemp
|
||||
is still recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
* Updated French, German, Italian, Polish, and Vietnamese
|
||||
translations.
|
||||
|
||||
Summary of fixes and new features added in the 5.1.x development
|
||||
releases:
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma:
|
||||
|
||||
- Added support for multi-threaded compression. See the
|
||||
lzma_mt structure, lzma_stream_encoder_mt(), and
|
||||
lzma_stream_encoder_mt_memusage() in <lzma/container.h>,
|
||||
lzma_get_progress() in <lzma/base.h>, and lzma_cputhreads()
|
||||
in <lzma/hardware.h> for details.
|
||||
|
||||
- Made the uses of lzma_allocator const correct.
|
||||
|
||||
- Added lzma_block_uncomp_encode() to create uncompressed
|
||||
.xz Blocks using LZMA2 uncompressed chunks.
|
||||
|
||||
- Added support for LZMA_IGNORE_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
- A few speed optimizations were made.
|
||||
|
||||
- Added support for symbol versioning. It is enabled by default
|
||||
on GNU/Linux, other GNU-based systems, and FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
- liblzma (not the whole XZ Utils) should now be buildable
|
||||
with MSVC 2013 update 2 or later using windows/config.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* xz:
|
||||
|
||||
- Fixed a race condition in the signal handling. It was
|
||||
possible that e.g. the first SIGINT didn't make xz exit
|
||||
if reading or writing blocked and one had bad luck. The fix
|
||||
is non-trivial, so as of writing it is unknown if it will be
|
||||
backported to the v5.0 branch.
|
||||
|
||||
- Multi-threaded compression can be enabled with the
|
||||
--threads (-T) option.
|
||||
[Fixed: This originally said "decompression".]
|
||||
|
||||
- New command line options in xz: --single-stream,
|
||||
--block-size=SIZE, --block-list=SIZES,
|
||||
--flush-timeout=TIMEOUT, and --ignore-check.
|
||||
|
||||
- xz -lvv now shows the minimum xz version that is required to
|
||||
decompress the file. Currently it is 5.0.0 for all supported
|
||||
.xz files except files with empty LZMA2 streams require 5.0.2.
|
||||
|
||||
* xzdiff and xzgrep now support .lzo files if lzop is installed.
|
||||
The .tzo suffix is also recognized as a shorthand for .tar.lzo.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.1.4beta (2014-09-14)
|
||||
|
||||
* All fixes from 5.0.6
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma: Fixed the use of presets in threaded encoder
|
||||
initialization.
|
||||
|
||||
* xz --block-list and --block-size can now be used together
|
||||
in single-threaded mode. Previously the combination only
|
||||
worked in multi-threaded mode.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added support for LZMA_IGNORE_CHECK to liblzma and made it
|
||||
available in xz as --ignore-check.
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma speed optimizations:
|
||||
|
||||
- Initialization of a new LZMA1 or LZMA2 encoder has been
|
||||
optimized. (The speed of reinitializing an already-allocated
|
||||
encoder isn't affected.) This helps when compressing many
|
||||
small buffers with lzma_stream_buffer_encode() and other
|
||||
similar situations where an already-allocated encoder state
|
||||
isn't reused. This speed-up is visible in xz too if one
|
||||
compresses many small files one at a time instead running xz
|
||||
once and giving all files as command-line arguments.
|
||||
|
||||
- Buffer comparisons are now much faster when unaligned access
|
||||
is allowed (configured with --enable-unaligned-access). This
|
||||
speeds up encoding significantly. There is arch-specific code
|
||||
for 32-bit and 64-bit x86 (32-bit needs SSE2 for the best
|
||||
results and there's no run-time CPU detection for now).
|
||||
For other archs there is only generic code which probably
|
||||
isn't as optimal as arch-specific solutions could be.
|
||||
|
||||
- A few speed optimizations were made to the SHA-256 code.
|
||||
(Note that the builtin SHA-256 code isn't used on all
|
||||
operating systems.)
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma can now be built with MSVC 2013 update 2 or later
|
||||
using windows/config.h.
|
||||
|
||||
* Vietnamese translation was added.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.1.3alpha (2013-10-26)
|
||||
|
||||
* All fixes from 5.0.5
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma:
|
||||
|
||||
- Fixed a deadlock in the threaded encoder.
|
||||
|
||||
- Made the uses of lzma_allocator const correct.
|
||||
|
||||
- Added lzma_block_uncomp_encode() to create uncompressed
|
||||
.xz Blocks using LZMA2 uncompressed chunks.
|
||||
|
||||
- Added support for native threads on Windows and the ability
|
||||
to detect the number of CPU cores.
|
||||
|
||||
* xz:
|
||||
|
||||
- Fixed a race condition in the signal handling. It was
|
||||
possible that e.g. the first SIGINT didn't make xz exit
|
||||
if reading or writing blocked and one had bad luck. The fix
|
||||
is non-trivial, so as of writing it is unknown if it will be
|
||||
backported to the v5.0 branch.
|
||||
|
||||
- Made the progress indicator work correctly in threaded mode.
|
||||
|
||||
- Threaded encoder now works together with --block-list=SIZES.
|
||||
|
||||
- Added preliminary support for --flush-timeout=TIMEOUT.
|
||||
It can be useful for (somewhat) real-time streaming. For
|
||||
now the decompression side has to be done with something
|
||||
else than the xz tool due to how xz does buffering, but this
|
||||
should be fixed.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.1.2alpha (2012-07-04)
|
||||
|
||||
* All fixes from 5.0.3 and 5.0.4
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma:
|
||||
|
||||
- Fixed a deadlock and an invalid free() in the threaded encoder.
|
||||
|
||||
- Added support for symbol versioning. It is enabled by default
|
||||
on GNU/Linux, other GNU-based systems, and FreeBSD.
|
||||
|
||||
- Use SHA-256 implementation from the operating system if one is
|
||||
available in libc, libmd, or libutil. liblzma won't use e.g.
|
||||
OpenSSL or libgcrypt to avoid introducing new dependencies.
|
||||
|
||||
- Fixed liblzma.pc for static linking.
|
||||
|
||||
- Fixed a few portability bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
* xz --decompress --single-stream now fixes the input position after
|
||||
successful decompression. Now the following works:
|
||||
|
||||
echo foo | xz > foo.xz
|
||||
echo bar | xz >> foo.xz
|
||||
( xz -dc --single-stream ; xz -dc --single-stream ) < foo.xz
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it doesn't work if the input is not seekable
|
||||
or if there is Stream Padding between the concatenated
|
||||
.xz Streams.
|
||||
|
||||
* xz -lvv now shows the minimum xz version that is required to
|
||||
decompress the file. Currently it is 5.0.0 for all supported .xz
|
||||
files except files with empty LZMA2 streams require 5.0.2.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added an *incomplete* implementation of --block-list=SIZES to xz.
|
||||
It only works correctly in single-threaded mode and when
|
||||
--block-size isn't used at the same time. --block-list allows
|
||||
specifying the sizes of Blocks which can be useful e.g. when
|
||||
creating files for random-access reading.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.1.1alpha (2011-04-12)
|
||||
|
||||
* All fixes from 5.0.2
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma fixes that will also be included in 5.0.3:
|
||||
|
||||
- A memory leak was fixed.
|
||||
|
||||
- lzma_stream_buffer_encode() no longer creates an empty .xz
|
||||
Block if encoding an empty buffer. Such an empty Block with
|
||||
LZMA2 data would trigger a bug in 5.0.1 and older (see the
|
||||
first bullet point in 5.0.2 notes). When releasing 5.0.2,
|
||||
I thought that no encoder creates this kind of files but
|
||||
I was wrong.
|
||||
|
||||
- Validate function arguments better in a few functions. Most
|
||||
importantly, specifying an unsupported integrity check to
|
||||
lzma_stream_buffer_encode() no longer creates a corrupt .xz
|
||||
file. Probably no application tries to do that, so this
|
||||
shouldn't be a big problem in practice.
|
||||
|
||||
- Document that lzma_block_buffer_encode(),
|
||||
lzma_easy_buffer_encode(), lzma_stream_encoder(), and
|
||||
lzma_stream_buffer_encode() may return LZMA_UNSUPPORTED_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
- The return values of the _memusage() functions are now
|
||||
documented better.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support for multithreaded compression was added using the simplest
|
||||
method, which splits the input data into blocks and compresses
|
||||
them independently. Other methods will be added in the future.
|
||||
The current method has room for improvement, e.g. it is possible
|
||||
to reduce the memory usage.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added the options --single-stream and --block-size=SIZE to xz.
|
||||
|
||||
* xzdiff and xzgrep now support .lzo files if lzop is installed.
|
||||
The .tzo suffix is also recognized as a shorthand for .tar.lzo.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support for short 8.3 filenames under DOS was added to xz. It is
|
||||
experimental and may change before it gets into a stable release.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.8 (2014-12-21)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fixed an old bug in xzgrep that affected OpenBSD and probably
|
||||
a few other operating systems too.
|
||||
|
||||
* Updated French and German translations.
|
||||
|
||||
* Added support for detecting the amount of RAM on AmigaOS/AROS.
|
||||
|
||||
* Minor build system updates.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.7 (2014-09-20)
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix regressions introduced in 5.0.6:
|
||||
|
||||
- Fix building with non-GNU make.
|
||||
|
||||
- Fix invalid Libs.private value in liblzma.pc which broke
|
||||
static linking against liblzma if the linker flags were
|
||||
taken from pkg-config.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.6 (2014-09-14)
|
||||
|
||||
* xzgrep now exits with status 0 if at least one file matched.
|
||||
|
||||
* A few minor portability and build system fixes
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.5 (2013-06-30)
|
||||
|
||||
* lzmadec and liblzma's lzma_alone_decoder(): Support decompressing
|
||||
.lzma files that have less common settings in the headers
|
||||
(dictionary size other than 2^n or 2^n + 2^(n-1), or uncompressed
|
||||
size greater than 256 GiB). The limitations existed to avoid false
|
||||
positives when detecting .lzma files. The lc + lp <= 4 limitation
|
||||
still remains since liblzma's LZMA decoder has that limitation.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: xz's .lzma support or liblzma's lzma_auto_decoder() are NOT
|
||||
affected by this change. They still consider uncommon .lzma headers
|
||||
as not being in the .lzma format. Changing this would give way too
|
||||
many false positives.
|
||||
|
||||
* xz:
|
||||
|
||||
- Interaction of preset and custom filter chain options was
|
||||
made less illogical. This affects only certain less typical
|
||||
uses cases so few people are expected to notice this change.
|
||||
|
||||
Now when a custom filter chain option (e.g. --lzma2) is
|
||||
specified, all preset options (-0 ... -9, -e) earlier are on
|
||||
the command line are completely forgotten. Similarly, when
|
||||
a preset option is specified, all custom filter chain options
|
||||
earlier on the command line are completely forgotten.
|
||||
|
||||
Example 1: "xz -9 --lzma2=preset=5 -e" is equivalent to "xz -e"
|
||||
which is equivalent to "xz -6e". Earlier -e didn't put xz back
|
||||
into preset mode and thus the example command was equivalent
|
||||
to "xz --lzma2=preset=5".
|
||||
|
||||
Example 2: "xz -9e --lzma2=preset=5 -7" is equivalent to
|
||||
"xz -7". Earlier a custom filter chain option didn't make
|
||||
xz forget the -e option so the example was equivalent to
|
||||
"xz -7e".
|
||||
|
||||
- Fixes and improvements to error handling.
|
||||
|
||||
- Various fixes to the man page.
|
||||
|
||||
* xzless: Fixed to work with "less" versions 448 and later.
|
||||
|
||||
* xzgrep: Made -h an alias for --no-filename.
|
||||
|
||||
* Include the previously missing debug/translation.bash which can
|
||||
be useful for translators.
|
||||
|
||||
* Include a build script for Mac OS X. This has been in the Git
|
||||
repository since 2010 but due to a mistake in Makefile.am the
|
||||
script hasn't been included in a release tarball before.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.4 (2012-06-22)
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma:
|
||||
|
||||
- Fix lzma_index_init(). It could crash if memory allocation
|
||||
failed.
|
||||
|
||||
- Fix the possibility of an incorrect LZMA_BUF_ERROR when a BCJ
|
||||
filter is used and the application only provides exactly as
|
||||
much output space as is the uncompressed size of the file.
|
||||
|
||||
- Fix a bug in doc/examples_old/xz_pipe_decompress.c. It didn't
|
||||
check if the last call to lzma_code() really returned
|
||||
LZMA_STREAM_END, which made the program think that truncated
|
||||
files are valid.
|
||||
|
||||
- New example programs in doc/examples (old programs are now in
|
||||
doc/examples_old). These have more comments and more detailed
|
||||
error handling.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix "xz -lvv foo.xz". It could crash on some corrupted files.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix output of "xz --robot -lv" and "xz --robot -lvv" which
|
||||
incorrectly printed the filename also in the "foo (x/x)" format.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix exit status of "xzdiff foo.xz bar.xz".
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix exit status of "xzgrep foo binary_file".
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix portability to EBCDIC systems.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix a configure issue on AIX with the XL C compiler. See INSTALL
|
||||
for details.
|
||||
|
||||
* Update French, German, Italian, and Polish translations.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.3 (2011-05-21)
|
||||
|
||||
* liblzma fixes:
|
||||
|
||||
- A memory leak was fixed.
|
||||
|
||||
- lzma_stream_buffer_encode() no longer creates an empty .xz
|
||||
Block if encoding an empty buffer. Such an empty Block with
|
||||
LZMA2 data would trigger a bug in 5.0.1 and older (see the
|
||||
first bullet point in 5.0.2 notes). When releasing 5.0.2,
|
||||
I thought that no encoder creates this kind of files but
|
||||
I was wrong.
|
||||
|
||||
- Validate function arguments better in a few functions. Most
|
||||
importantly, specifying an unsupported integrity check to
|
||||
lzma_stream_buffer_encode() no longer creates a corrupt .xz
|
||||
file. Probably no application tries to do that, so this
|
||||
shouldn't be a big problem in practice.
|
||||
|
||||
- Document that lzma_block_buffer_encode(),
|
||||
lzma_easy_buffer_encode(), lzma_stream_encoder(), and
|
||||
lzma_stream_buffer_encode() may return LZMA_UNSUPPORTED_CHECK.
|
||||
|
||||
- The return values of the _memusage() functions are now
|
||||
documented better.
|
||||
|
||||
* Fix command name detection in xzgrep. xzegrep and xzfgrep now
|
||||
correctly use egrep and fgrep instead of grep.
|
||||
|
||||
* French translation was added.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.2 (2011-04-01)
|
||||
|
||||
* LZMA2 decompressor now correctly accepts LZMA2 streams with no
|
||||
uncompressed data. Previously it considered them corrupt. The
|
||||
bug can affect applications that use raw LZMA2 streams. It is
|
||||
very unlikely to affect .xz files because no compressor creates
|
||||
.xz files with empty LZMA2 streams. (Empty .xz files are a
|
||||
different thing than empty LZMA2 streams.)
|
||||
|
||||
* "xz --suffix=.foo filename.foo" now refuses to compress the
|
||||
file due to it already having the suffix .foo. It was already
|
||||
documented on the man page, but the code lacked the test.
|
||||
|
||||
* "xzgrep -l foo bar.xz" works now.
|
||||
|
||||
* Polish translation was added.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.1 (2011-01-29)
|
||||
|
||||
* xz --force now (de)compresses files that have setuid, setgid,
|
||||
or sticky bit set and files that have multiple hard links.
|
||||
The man page had it documented this way already, but the code
|
||||
had a bug.
|
||||
|
||||
* gzip and bzip2 support in xzdiff was fixed.
|
||||
|
||||
* Portability fixes
|
||||
|
||||
* Minor fix to Czech translation
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5.0.0 (2010-10-23)
|
||||
|
||||
Only the most important changes compared to 4.999.9beta are listed
|
||||
here. One change is especially important:
|
||||
|
||||
* The memory usage limit is now disabled by default. Some scripts
|
||||
written before this change may have used --memory=max on xz command
|
||||
line or in XZ_OPT. THESE USES OF --memory=max SHOULD BE REMOVED
|
||||
NOW, because they interfere with user's ability to set the memory
|
||||
usage limit himself. If user-specified limit causes problems to
|
||||
your script, blame the user.
|
||||
|
||||
Other significant changes:
|
||||
|
||||
* Added support for XZ_DEFAULTS environment variable. This variable
|
||||
allows users to set default options for xz, e.g. default memory
|
||||
usage limit or default compression level. Scripts that use xz
|
||||
must never set or unset XZ_DEFAULTS. Scripts should use XZ_OPT
|
||||
instead if they need a way to pass options to xz via an
|
||||
environment variable.
|
||||
|
||||
* The compression settings associated with the preset levels
|
||||
-0 ... -9 have been changed. --extreme was changed a little too.
|
||||
It is now less likely to make compression worse, but with some
|
||||
files the new --extreme may compress slightly worse than the old
|
||||
--extreme.
|
||||
|
||||
* If a preset level (-0 ... -9) is specified after a custom filter
|
||||
chain options have been used (e.g. --lzma2), the custom filter
|
||||
chain will be forgotten. Earlier the preset options were
|
||||
completely ignored after custom filter chain options had been
|
||||
seen.
|
||||
|
||||
* xz will create sparse files when decompressing if the uncompressed
|
||||
data contains long sequences of binary zeros. This is done even
|
||||
when writing to standard output that is connected to a regular
|
||||
file and certain additional conditions are met to make it safe.
|
||||
|
||||
* Support for "xz --list" was added. Combine with --verbose or
|
||||
--verbose --verbose (-vv) for detailed output.
|
||||
|
||||
* I had hoped that liblzma API would have been stable after
|
||||
4.999.9beta, but there have been a couple of changes in the
|
||||
advanced features, which don't affect most applications:
|
||||
|
||||
- Index handling code was revised. If you were using the old
|
||||
API, you will get a compiler error (so it's easy to notice).
|
||||
|
||||
- A subtle but important change was made to the Block handling
|
||||
API. lzma_block.version has to be initialized even for
|
||||
lzma_block_header_decode(). Code that doesn't do it will work
|
||||
for now, but might break in the future, which makes this API
|
||||
change easy to miss.
|
||||
|
||||
* The major soname has been bumped to 5.0.0. liblzma API and ABI
|
||||
are now stable, so the need to recompile programs linking against
|
||||
liblzma shouldn't arise soon.
|
||||
|
||||
231
PACKAGERS
231
PACKAGERS
@@ -1,231 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Information to packagers of XZ Utils
|
||||
====================================
|
||||
|
||||
0. Preface
|
||||
1. Package naming
|
||||
2. Package description
|
||||
3. License
|
||||
4. configure options
|
||||
5. Additional documentation
|
||||
6. Extra files
|
||||
7. Installing XZ Utils and LZMA Utils in parallel
|
||||
8. Example
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
0. Preface
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
This document is meant for people who create and maintain XZ Utils
|
||||
packages for operating system distributions. The focus is on GNU/Linux
|
||||
systems, but most things apply to other systems too.
|
||||
|
||||
While the standard "configure && make DESTDIR=$PKG install" should
|
||||
give a pretty good package, there are some details which packagers
|
||||
may want to tweak.
|
||||
|
||||
Packagers should also read the INSTALL file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Package naming
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
The preferred name for the XZ Utils package is "xz", because that's
|
||||
the name of the upstream tarball. Naturally you may have good reasons
|
||||
to use some other name; I won't get angry about it. ;-) It's just nice
|
||||
to be able to point people to the correct package name without asking
|
||||
what distro they have.
|
||||
|
||||
If your distro policy is to split things into small pieces, here is
|
||||
one suggestion:
|
||||
|
||||
xz xz, xzdec, scripts (xzdiff, xzgrep, etc.), docs
|
||||
xz-lzma lzma, unlzma, lzcat, lzgrep etc. symlinks and
|
||||
lzmadec binary for compatibility with LZMA Utils
|
||||
liblzma liblzma.so.*
|
||||
liblzma-devel liblzma.so, liblzma.a, API headers
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Package description
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Here is a suggestion which you may use as the package description.
|
||||
If you can use only one-line description, pick only the first line.
|
||||
Naturally, feel free to use some other description if you find it
|
||||
better, and maybe send it to me too.
|
||||
|
||||
Library and command line tools for XZ and LZMA compressed files
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils provide a general purpose data compression library
|
||||
and command line tools. The native file format is the .xz
|
||||
format, but also the legacy .lzma format is supported. The .xz
|
||||
format supports multiple compression algorithms, of which LZMA2
|
||||
is currently the primary algorithm. With typical files, XZ Utils
|
||||
create about 30 % smaller files than gzip.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are splitting XZ Utils into multiple packages, here are some
|
||||
suggestions for package descriptions:
|
||||
|
||||
xz:
|
||||
|
||||
Command line tools for XZ and LZMA compressed files
|
||||
|
||||
This package includes the xz compression tool and other command
|
||||
line tools from XZ Utils. xz has command line syntax similar to
|
||||
that of gzip. The native file format is the .xz format, but also
|
||||
the legacy .lzma format is supported. The .xz format supports
|
||||
multiple compression algorithms, of which LZMA2 is currently the
|
||||
primary algorithm. With typical files, XZ Utils create about 30 %
|
||||
smaller files than gzip.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that this package doesn't include the files needed for
|
||||
LZMA Utils 4.32.x compatibility. Install also the xz-lzma
|
||||
package to make XZ Utils emulate LZMA Utils 4.32.x.
|
||||
|
||||
xz-lzma:
|
||||
|
||||
LZMA Utils emulation with XZ Utils
|
||||
|
||||
This package includes executables and symlinks to make
|
||||
XZ Utils emulate lzma, unlzma, lzcat, and other command
|
||||
line tools found from the legacy LZMA Utils 4.32.x package.
|
||||
|
||||
liblzma:
|
||||
|
||||
Library for XZ and LZMA compressed files
|
||||
|
||||
liblzma is a general purpose data compression library with
|
||||
an API similar to that of zlib. liblzma supports multiple
|
||||
algorithms, of which LZMA2 is currently the primary algorithm.
|
||||
The native file format is .xz, but also the legacy .lzma
|
||||
format and raw streams (no headers at all) are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
This package includes the shared library.
|
||||
|
||||
liblzma-devel:
|
||||
|
||||
Library for XZ and LZMA compressed files
|
||||
|
||||
This package includes the API headers, static library, and
|
||||
other development files related to liblzma.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. License
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
If the package manager supports a license field, you probably should
|
||||
put GPLv2+ there (GNU GPL v2 or later). The interesting parts of
|
||||
XZ Utils are in the public domain, but some less important files
|
||||
ending up into the binary package are under GPLv2+. So it is simplest
|
||||
to just say GPLv2+ if you cannot specify "public domain and GPLv2+".
|
||||
|
||||
If you split XZ Utils into multiple packages as described earlier
|
||||
in this file, liblzma and liblzma-dev packages will contain only
|
||||
public domain code (from XZ Utils at least; compiler or linker may
|
||||
add some third-party code, which may be copyrighted).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. configure options
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Unless you are building a package for a distribution that is meant
|
||||
only for embedded systems, don't use the following configure options:
|
||||
|
||||
--enable-debug
|
||||
--enable-encoders (*)
|
||||
--enable-decoders
|
||||
--enable-match-finders
|
||||
--enable-checks
|
||||
--enable-small (*)
|
||||
--disable-threads (*)
|
||||
|
||||
(*) These are OK when building xzdec and lzmadec as described
|
||||
in INSTALL.
|
||||
|
||||
xzdec and lzmadec don't provide any functionality that isn't already
|
||||
available in the xz tool. Shipping xzdec and lzmadec without size
|
||||
optimization and statically-linked liblzma isn't very useful. Doing
|
||||
that would give users the xzdec man page, which may make it easier
|
||||
for people to find out that such tools exists, but the executables
|
||||
wouldn't have any advantage over the full-featured xz.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Additional documentation
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
"make install" copies some additional documentation to $docdir
|
||||
(--docdir in configure). There is a copy of the GNU GPL v2, which
|
||||
can be replaced with a symlink if your distro ships with shared
|
||||
copies of the common license texts.
|
||||
|
||||
liblzma API is currently only documented using Doxygen tags in the
|
||||
API headers. It hasn't been tested much how good results Doxygen
|
||||
is able to make from the tags (e.g. Doxyfile might need tweaking,
|
||||
the tagging may need to be improved etc.), so it might be simpler
|
||||
to just let people read docs directly from the .h files for now,
|
||||
and also save quite a bit in package size at the same time.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. Extra files
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
The "extra" directory contains some small extra tools or other files.
|
||||
The exact set of extra files can vary between XZ Utils releases. The
|
||||
extra files have only limited use or they are too dangerous to be
|
||||
put directly to $bindir (7z2lzma.sh is a good example, since it can
|
||||
silently create corrupt output if certain conditions are not met).
|
||||
|
||||
If you feel like it, you may copy the extra directory under the doc
|
||||
directory (e.g. /usr/share/doc/xz/extra). Maybe some people will find
|
||||
them useful. However, most people needing these tools probably are
|
||||
able to find them from the source package too.
|
||||
|
||||
The "debug" directory contains some tools that are useful only when
|
||||
hacking on XZ Utils. Don't package these tools.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
7. Installing XZ Utils and LZMA Utils in parallel
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils and LZMA Utils 4.32.x can be installed in parallel by
|
||||
omitting the compatibility symlinks (lzma, unlzma, lzcat, lzgrep etc.)
|
||||
from the XZ Utils package. It's probably a good idea to still package
|
||||
the symlinks into a separate package so that users may choose if they
|
||||
want to use XZ Utils or LZMA Utils for handling .lzma files.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
8. Example
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
Here is an example for i686 GNU/Linux that
|
||||
- links xz and lzmainfo against shared liblzma;
|
||||
- links size-optimized xzdec and lzmadec against static liblzma
|
||||
while avoiding libpthread dependency;
|
||||
- includes only shared liblzma in the final package; and
|
||||
- copies also the "extra" directory to the package.
|
||||
|
||||
PKG=/tmp/xz-pkg
|
||||
tar xf xz-x.y.z.tar.gz
|
||||
cd xz-x.y.z
|
||||
./configure \
|
||||
--prefix=/usr \
|
||||
--disable-static \
|
||||
--disable-xzdec \
|
||||
--disable-lzmadec \
|
||||
CFLAGS='-march=i686 -mtune=generic -O2'
|
||||
make
|
||||
make DESTDIR=$PKG install-strip
|
||||
make clean
|
||||
./configure \
|
||||
--prefix=/usr \
|
||||
--disable-shared \
|
||||
--disable-nls \
|
||||
--disable-encoders \
|
||||
--enable-small \
|
||||
--disable-threads \
|
||||
CFLAGS='-march=i686 -mtune=generic -Os'
|
||||
make -C src/liblzma
|
||||
make -C src/xzdec
|
||||
make -C src/xzdec DESTDIR=$PKG install-strip
|
||||
cp -a extra $PKG/usr/share/doc/xz
|
||||
|
||||
451
README
451
README
@@ -1,308 +1,185 @@
|
||||
README: Tcl
|
||||
This is the Tcl 8.5.19 source distribution.
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
|
||||
You can get any source release of Tcl from the URL above.
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils
|
||||
========
|
||||
Contents
|
||||
--------
|
||||
1. Introduction
|
||||
2. Documentation
|
||||
3. Compiling and installing Tcl
|
||||
4. Development tools
|
||||
5. Tcl newsgroup
|
||||
6. The Tcler's Wiki
|
||||
7. Mailing lists
|
||||
8. Support and Training
|
||||
9. Tracking Development
|
||||
10. Thank You
|
||||
|
||||
0. Overview
|
||||
1. Documentation
|
||||
1.1. Overall documentation
|
||||
1.2. Documentation for command-line tools
|
||||
1.3. Documentation for liblzma
|
||||
2. Version numbering
|
||||
3. Reporting bugs
|
||||
4. Translating the xz tool
|
||||
5. Other implementations of the .xz format
|
||||
6. Contact information
|
||||
1. Introduction
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Tcl provides a powerful platform for creating integration applications that
|
||||
tie together diverse applications, protocols, devices, and frameworks.
|
||||
When paired with the Tk toolkit, Tcl provides the fastest and most powerful
|
||||
way to create GUI applications that run on PCs, Unix, and Mac OS X.
|
||||
Tcl can also be used for a variety of web-related tasks and for creating
|
||||
powerful command languages for applications.
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl is maintained, enhanced, and distributed freely by the Tcl community.
|
||||
Source code development and tracking of bug reports and feature requests
|
||||
takes place at:
|
||||
|
||||
0. Overview
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
http://core.tcl.tk/
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils provide a general-purpose data-compression library plus
|
||||
command-line tools. The native file format is the .xz format, but
|
||||
also the legacy .lzma format is supported. The .xz format supports
|
||||
multiple compression algorithms, which are called "filters" in the
|
||||
context of XZ Utils. The primary filter is currently LZMA2. With
|
||||
typical files, XZ Utils create about 30 % smaller files than gzip.
|
||||
Tcl/Tk release and mailing list services are hosted by SourceForge:
|
||||
|
||||
To ease adapting support for the .xz format into existing applications
|
||||
and scripts, the API of liblzma is somewhat similar to the API of the
|
||||
popular zlib library. For the same reason, the command-line tool xz
|
||||
has a command-line syntax similar to that of gzip.
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
|
||||
|
||||
When aiming for the highest compression ratio, the LZMA2 encoder uses
|
||||
a lot of CPU time and may use, depending on the settings, even
|
||||
hundreds of megabytes of RAM. However, in fast modes, the LZMA2 encoder
|
||||
competes with bzip2 in compression speed, RAM usage, and compression
|
||||
ratio.
|
||||
with the Tcl Developer Xchange hosted at:
|
||||
|
||||
LZMA2 is reasonably fast to decompress. It is a little slower than
|
||||
gzip, but a lot faster than bzip2. Being fast to decompress means
|
||||
that the .xz format is especially nice when the same file will be
|
||||
decompressed very many times (usually on different computers), which
|
||||
is the case e.g. when distributing software packages. In such
|
||||
situations, it's not too bad if the compression takes some time,
|
||||
since that needs to be done only once to benefit many people.
|
||||
http://www.tcl.tk/
|
||||
|
||||
With some file types, combining (or "chaining") LZMA2 with an
|
||||
additional filter can improve the compression ratio. A filter chain may
|
||||
contain up to four filters, although usually only one or two are used.
|
||||
For example, putting a BCJ (Branch/Call/Jump) filter before LZMA2
|
||||
in the filter chain can improve compression ratio of executable files.
|
||||
Tcl is a freely available open source package. You can do virtually
|
||||
anything you like with it, such as modifying it, redistributing it,
|
||||
and selling it either in whole or in part. See the file
|
||||
"license.terms" for complete information.
|
||||
|
||||
Since the .xz format allows adding new filter IDs, it is possible that
|
||||
some day there will be a filter that is, for example, much faster to
|
||||
compress than LZMA2 (but probably with worse compression ratio).
|
||||
Similarly, it is possible that some day there is a filter that will
|
||||
compress better than LZMA2.
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils doesn't support multithreaded compression or decompression
|
||||
yet. It has been planned though and taken into account when designing
|
||||
the .xz file format.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Documentation
|
||||
2. Documentation
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
1.1. Overall documentation
|
||||
Extensive documentation is available at our website.
|
||||
The home page for this release, including new features, is
|
||||
http://www.tcl.tk/software/tcltk/8.5.html
|
||||
|
||||
README This file
|
||||
Detailed release notes can be found at the file distributions page
|
||||
by clicking on the relevant version.
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/files/Tcl/
|
||||
|
||||
INSTALL.generic Generic install instructions for those not familiar
|
||||
with packages using GNU Autotools
|
||||
INSTALL Installation instructions specific to XZ Utils
|
||||
PACKAGERS Information to packagers of XZ Utils
|
||||
Information about Tcl itself can be found at
|
||||
http://www.tcl.tk/about/
|
||||
|
||||
COPYING XZ Utils copyright and license information
|
||||
COPYING.GPLv2 GNU General Public License version 2
|
||||
COPYING.GPLv3 GNU General Public License version 3
|
||||
COPYING.LGPLv2.1 GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1
|
||||
There have been many Tcl books on the market. Many are mentioned in the Wiki:
|
||||
http://wiki.tcl.tk/_/ref?N=25206
|
||||
|
||||
AUTHORS The main authors of XZ Utils
|
||||
THANKS Incomplete list of people who have helped making
|
||||
this software
|
||||
NEWS User-visible changes between XZ Utils releases
|
||||
ChangeLog Detailed list of changes (commit log)
|
||||
TODO Known bugs and some sort of to-do list
|
||||
To view the complete set of reference manual entries for Tcl 8.5 online,
|
||||
visit the URL:
|
||||
http://www.tcl.tk/man/tcl8.5/
|
||||
|
||||
Note that only some of the above files are included in binary
|
||||
packages.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.2. Documentation for command-line tools
|
||||
|
||||
The command-line tools are documented as man pages. In source code
|
||||
releases (and possibly also in some binary packages), the man pages
|
||||
are also provided in plain text (ASCII only) and PDF formats in the
|
||||
directory "doc/man" to make the man pages more accessible to those
|
||||
whose operating system doesn't provide an easy way to view man pages.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1.3. Documentation for liblzma
|
||||
|
||||
The liblzma API headers include short docs about each function
|
||||
and data type as Doxygen tags. These docs should be quite OK as
|
||||
a quick reference.
|
||||
|
||||
I have planned to write a bunch of very well documented example
|
||||
programs, which (due to comments) should work as a tutorial to
|
||||
various features of liblzma. No such example programs have been
|
||||
written yet.
|
||||
|
||||
For now, if you have never used liblzma, libbzip2, or zlib, I
|
||||
recommend learning the *basics* of the zlib API. Once you know that,
|
||||
it should be easier to learn liblzma.
|
||||
|
||||
http://zlib.net/manual.html
|
||||
http://zlib.net/zlib_how.html
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Version numbering
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The version number format of XZ Utils is X.Y.ZS:
|
||||
|
||||
- X is the major version. When this is incremented, the library
|
||||
API and ABI break.
|
||||
|
||||
- Y is the minor version. It is incremented when new features
|
||||
are added without breaking the existing API or ABI. An even Y
|
||||
indicates a stable release and an odd Y indicates unstable
|
||||
(alpha or beta version).
|
||||
|
||||
- Z is the revision. This has a different meaning for stable and
|
||||
unstable releases:
|
||||
|
||||
* Stable: Z is incremented when bugs get fixed without adding
|
||||
any new features. This is intended to be convenient for
|
||||
downstream distributors that want bug fixes but don't want
|
||||
any new features to minimize the risk of introducing new bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
* Unstable: Z is just a counter. API or ABI of features added
|
||||
in earlier unstable releases having the same X.Y may break.
|
||||
|
||||
- S indicates stability of the release. It is missing from the
|
||||
stable releases, where Y is an even number. When Y is odd, S
|
||||
is either "alpha" or "beta" to make it very clear that such
|
||||
versions are not stable releases. The same X.Y.Z combination is
|
||||
not used for more than one stability level, i.e. after X.Y.Zalpha,
|
||||
the next version can be X.Y.(Z+1)beta but not X.Y.Zbeta.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. Reporting bugs
|
||||
-----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Naturally it is easiest for me if you already know what causes the
|
||||
unexpected behavior. Even better if you have a patch to propose.
|
||||
However, quite often the reason for unexpected behavior is unknown,
|
||||
so here are a few things to do before sending a bug report:
|
||||
|
||||
1. Try to create a small example how to reproduce the issue.
|
||||
|
||||
2. Compile XZ Utils with debugging code using configure switches
|
||||
--enable-debug and, if possible, --disable-shared. If you are
|
||||
using GCC, use CFLAGS='-O0 -ggdb3'. Don't strip the resulting
|
||||
binaries.
|
||||
|
||||
3. Turn on core dumps. The exact command depends on your shell;
|
||||
for example in GNU bash it is done with "ulimit -c unlimited",
|
||||
and in tcsh with "limit coredumpsize unlimited".
|
||||
|
||||
4. Try to reproduce the suspected bug. If you get "assertion failed"
|
||||
message, be sure to include the complete message in your bug
|
||||
report. If the application leaves a coredump, get a backtrace
|
||||
using gdb:
|
||||
$ gdb /path/to/app-binary # Load the app to the debugger.
|
||||
(gdb) core core # Open the coredump.
|
||||
(gdb) bt # Print the backtrace. Copy & paste to bug report.
|
||||
(gdb) quit # Quit gdb.
|
||||
|
||||
Report your bug via email or IRC (see Contact information below).
|
||||
Don't send core dump files or any executables. If you have a small
|
||||
example file(s) (total size less than 256 KiB), please include
|
||||
it/them as an attachment. If you have bigger test files, put them
|
||||
online somewhere and include a URL to the file(s) in the bug report.
|
||||
|
||||
Always include the exact version number of XZ Utils in the bug report.
|
||||
If you are using a snapshot from the git repository, use "git describe"
|
||||
to get the exact snapshot version. If you are using XZ Utils shipped
|
||||
in an operating system distribution, mention the distribution name,
|
||||
distribution version, and exact xz package version; if you cannot
|
||||
repeat the bug with the code compiled from unpatched source code,
|
||||
you probably need to report a bug to your distribution's bug tracking
|
||||
system.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
4. Translating the xz tool
|
||||
--------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The messages from the xz tool have been translated into a few
|
||||
languages. Before starting to translate into a new language, ask
|
||||
the author whether someone else hasn't already started working on it.
|
||||
|
||||
Test your translation. Testing includes comparing the translated
|
||||
output to the original English version by running the same commands
|
||||
in both your target locale and with LC_ALL=C. Ask someone to
|
||||
proof-read and test the translation.
|
||||
|
||||
Testing can be done e.g. by installing xz into a temporary directory:
|
||||
|
||||
./configure --disable-shared --prefix=/tmp/xz-test
|
||||
# <Edit the .po file in the po directory.>
|
||||
make -C po update-po
|
||||
make install
|
||||
bash debug/translation.bash | less
|
||||
bash debug/translation.bash | less -S # For --list outputs
|
||||
|
||||
Repeat the above as needed (no need to re-run configure though).
|
||||
|
||||
Note especially the following:
|
||||
|
||||
- The output of --help and --long-help must look nice on
|
||||
an 80-column terminal. It's OK to add extra lines if needed.
|
||||
|
||||
- In contrast, don't add extra lines to error messages and such.
|
||||
They are often preceded with e.g. a filename on the same line,
|
||||
so you have no way to predict where to put a \n. Let the terminal
|
||||
do the wrapping even if it looks ugly. Adding new lines will be
|
||||
even uglier in the generic case even if it looks nice in a few
|
||||
limited examples.
|
||||
|
||||
- Be careful with column alignment in tables and table-like output
|
||||
(--list, --list --verbose --verbose, --info-memory, --help, and
|
||||
--long-help):
|
||||
|
||||
* All descriptions of options in --help should start in the
|
||||
same column (but it doesn't need to be the same column as
|
||||
in the English messages; just be consistent if you change it).
|
||||
Check that both --help and --long-help look OK, since they
|
||||
share several strings.
|
||||
|
||||
* --list --verbose and --info-memory print lines that have
|
||||
the format "Description: %s". If you need a longer
|
||||
description, you can put extra space between the colon
|
||||
and %s. Then you may need to add extra space to other
|
||||
strings too so that the result as a whole looks good (all
|
||||
values start at the same column).
|
||||
|
||||
* The columns of the actual tables in --list --verbose --verbose
|
||||
should be aligned properly. Abbreviate if necessary. It might
|
||||
be good to keep at least 2 or 3 spaces between column headings
|
||||
and avoid spaces in the headings so that the columns stand out
|
||||
better, but this is a matter of opinion. Do what you think
|
||||
looks best.
|
||||
|
||||
- Be careful to put a period at the end of a sentence when the
|
||||
original version has it, and don't put it when the original
|
||||
doesn't have it. Similarly, be careful with \n characters
|
||||
at the beginning and end of the strings.
|
||||
|
||||
- Read the TRANSLATORS comments that have been extracted from the
|
||||
source code and included in xz.pot. If they suggest testing the
|
||||
translation with some type of command, do it. If testing needs
|
||||
input files, use e.g. tests/files/good-*.xz.
|
||||
|
||||
- When updating the translation, read the fuzzy (modified) strings
|
||||
carefully, and don't mark them as updated before you actually
|
||||
have updated them. Reading through the unchanged messages can be
|
||||
good too; sometimes you may find a better wording for them.
|
||||
|
||||
- If you find language problems in the original English strings,
|
||||
feel free to suggest improvements. Ask if something is unclear.
|
||||
|
||||
- The translated messages should be understandable (sometimes this
|
||||
may be a problem with the original English messages too). Don't
|
||||
make a direct word-by-word translation from English especially if
|
||||
the result doesn't sound good in your language.
|
||||
|
||||
In short, take your time and pay attention to the details. Making
|
||||
a good translation is not a quick and trivial thing to do. The
|
||||
translated xz should look as polished as the English version.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
5. Other implementations of the .xz format
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
7-Zip and the p7zip port of 7-Zip support the .xz format starting
|
||||
from the version 9.00alpha.
|
||||
|
||||
http://7-zip.org/
|
||||
http://p7zip.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Embedded is a limited implementation written for use in the Linux
|
||||
kernel, but it is also suitable for other embedded use.
|
||||
|
||||
http://tukaani.org/xz/embedded.html
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
6. Contact information
|
||||
2a. Unix Documentation
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
If you have questions, bug reports, patches etc. related to XZ Utils,
|
||||
contact Lasse Collin <lasse.collin@tukaani.org> (in Finnish or English).
|
||||
I'm sometimes slow at replying. If you haven't got a reply within two
|
||||
weeks, assume that your email has got lost and resend it or use IRC.
|
||||
The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of
|
||||
reference manual entries for Tcl. Files with extension ".1" are for
|
||||
programs (for example, tclsh.1); files with extension ".3" are for C
|
||||
library procedures; and files with extension ".n" describe Tcl
|
||||
commands. The file "doc/Tcl.n" gives a quick summary of the Tcl
|
||||
language syntax. To print any of the man pages on Unix, cd to the
|
||||
"doc" directory and invoke your favorite variant of troff using the
|
||||
normal -man macros, for example
|
||||
|
||||
You can find me also from #tukaani on Freenode; my nick is Larhzu.
|
||||
The channel tends to be pretty quiet, so just ask your question and
|
||||
someone may wake up.
|
||||
ditroff -man Tcl.n
|
||||
|
||||
to print Tcl.n. If Tcl has been installed correctly and your "man" program
|
||||
supports it, you should be able to access the Tcl manual entries using the
|
||||
normal "man" mechanisms, such as
|
||||
|
||||
man Tcl
|
||||
|
||||
2b. Windows Documentation
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The "doc" subdirectory in this release contains a complete set of Windows
|
||||
help files for Tcl. Once you install this Tcl release, a shortcut to the
|
||||
Windows help Tcl documentation will appear in the "Start" menu:
|
||||
|
||||
Start | Programs | Tcl | Tcl Help
|
||||
|
||||
3. Compiling and installing Tcl
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
There are brief notes in the unix/README, win/README, and macosx/README about
|
||||
compiling on these different platforms. There is additional information
|
||||
about building Tcl from sources at
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.tcl.tk/doc/howto/compile.html
|
||||
|
||||
4. Development tools
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
ActiveState produces a high quality set of commercial quality development
|
||||
tools that is available to accelerate your Tcl application development.
|
||||
Tcl Dev Kit builds on the earlier TclPro toolset and provides a debugger,
|
||||
static code checker, single-file wrapping utility, bytecode compiler and
|
||||
more. More information can be found at
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.ActiveState.com/Tcl
|
||||
|
||||
5. Tcl newsgroup
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
There is a USENET news group, "comp.lang.tcl", intended for the exchange of
|
||||
information about Tcl, Tk, and related applications. The newsgroup is a
|
||||
great place to ask general information questions. For bug reports, please
|
||||
see the "Support and bug fixes" section below.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Tcl'ers Wiki
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
A Wiki-based open community site covering all aspects of Tcl/Tk is at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://wiki.tcl.tk/
|
||||
|
||||
It is dedicated to the Tcl programming language and its extensions. A
|
||||
wealth of useful information can be found there. It contains code
|
||||
snippets, references to papers, books, and FAQs, as well as pointers to
|
||||
development tools, extensions, and applications. You can also recommend
|
||||
additional URLs by editing the wiki yourself.
|
||||
|
||||
7. Mailing lists
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Several mailing lists are hosted at SourceForge to discuss development or
|
||||
use issues (like Macintosh and Windows topics). For more information and
|
||||
to subscribe, visit:
|
||||
|
||||
http://sourceforge.net/projects/tcl/
|
||||
|
||||
and go to the Mailing Lists page.
|
||||
|
||||
8. Support and Training
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
We are very interested in receiving bug reports, patches, and suggestions
|
||||
for improvements. We prefer that you send this information to us as
|
||||
tickets entered into our tracker at:
|
||||
|
||||
http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/reportlist
|
||||
|
||||
We will log and follow-up on each bug, although we cannot promise a
|
||||
specific turn-around time. Enhancements may take longer and may not happen
|
||||
at all unless there is widespread support for them (we're trying to
|
||||
slow the rate at which Tcl/Tk turns into a kitchen sink). It's very
|
||||
difficult to make incompatible changes to Tcl/Tk at this point, due to
|
||||
the size of the installed base.
|
||||
|
||||
The Tcl community is too large for us to provide much individual support
|
||||
for users. If you need help we suggest that you post questions to
|
||||
comp.lang.tcl. We read the newsgroup and will attempt to answer esoteric
|
||||
questions for which no one else is likely to know the answer. In addition,
|
||||
see the following Web site for links to other organizations that offer
|
||||
Tcl/Tk training:
|
||||
|
||||
http://wiki.tcl.tk/training
|
||||
|
||||
9. Tracking Development
|
||||
-----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
Tcl is developed in public. To keep an eye on how Tcl is changing, see
|
||||
http://core.tcl.tk/
|
||||
|
||||
10. Thank You
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
We'd like to express our thanks to the Tcl community for all the
|
||||
helpful suggestions, bug reports, and patches we have received.
|
||||
Tcl/Tk has improved vastly and will continue to do so with your help.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# cpython-source-deps
|
||||
Source for packages that the cpython build process depends on
|
||||
116
THANKS
116
THANKS
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Thanks
|
||||
======
|
||||
|
||||
Some people have helped more, some less, but nevertheless everyone's help
|
||||
has been important. :-) In alphabetical order:
|
||||
- Mark Adler
|
||||
- H. Peter Anvin
|
||||
- Jeff Bastian
|
||||
- Nelson H. F. Beebe
|
||||
- Karl Berry
|
||||
- Anders F. Björklund
|
||||
- Emmanuel Blot
|
||||
- Martin Blumenstingl
|
||||
- Jakub Bogusz
|
||||
- Maarten Bosmans
|
||||
- Trent W. Buck
|
||||
- James Buren
|
||||
- David Burklund
|
||||
- Daniel Mealha Cabrita
|
||||
- Milo Casagrande
|
||||
- Marek Černocký
|
||||
- Tomer Chachamu
|
||||
- Gabi Davar
|
||||
- Chris Donawa
|
||||
- Andrew Dudman
|
||||
- Markus Duft
|
||||
- İsmail Dönmez
|
||||
- Robert Elz
|
||||
- Gilles Espinasse
|
||||
- Denis Excoffier
|
||||
- Michael Felt
|
||||
- Michael Fox
|
||||
- Mike Frysinger
|
||||
- Daniel Richard G.
|
||||
- Bill Glessner
|
||||
- Jason Gorski
|
||||
- Juan Manuel Guerrero
|
||||
- Diederik de Haas
|
||||
- Joachim Henke
|
||||
- Christian Hesse
|
||||
- Vincenzo Innocente
|
||||
- Peter Ivanov
|
||||
- Jouk Jansen
|
||||
- Jun I Jin
|
||||
- Per Øyvind Karlsen
|
||||
- Thomas Klausner
|
||||
- Richard Koch
|
||||
- Ville Koskinen
|
||||
- Jan Kratochvil
|
||||
- Christian Kujau
|
||||
- Stephan Kulow
|
||||
- Peter Lawler
|
||||
- James M Leddy
|
||||
- Hin-Tak Leung
|
||||
- Andraž 'ruskie' Levstik
|
||||
- Cary Lewis
|
||||
- Wim Lewis
|
||||
- Lorenzo De Liso
|
||||
- Bela Lubkin
|
||||
- Gregory Margo
|
||||
- Jim Meyering
|
||||
- Arkadiusz Miskiewicz
|
||||
- Conley Moorhous
|
||||
- Rafał Mużyło
|
||||
- Adrien Nader
|
||||
- Hongbo Ni
|
||||
- Jonathan Nieder
|
||||
- Andre Noll
|
||||
- Peter O'Gorman
|
||||
- Peter Pallinger
|
||||
- Rui Paulo
|
||||
- Igor Pavlov
|
||||
- Diego Elio Pettenò
|
||||
- Elbert Pol
|
||||
- Mikko Pouru
|
||||
- Trần Ngọc Quân
|
||||
- Pavel Raiskup
|
||||
- Ole André Vadla Ravnås
|
||||
- Robert Readman
|
||||
- Bernhard Reutner-Fischer
|
||||
- Eric S. Raymond
|
||||
- Cristian Rodríguez
|
||||
- Christian von Roques
|
||||
- Torsten Rupp
|
||||
- Jukka Salmi
|
||||
- Alexandre Sauvé
|
||||
- Benno Schulenberg
|
||||
- Andreas Schwab
|
||||
- Dan Shechter
|
||||
- Stuart Shelton
|
||||
- Brad Smith
|
||||
- Jonathan Stott
|
||||
- Dan Stromberg
|
||||
- Vincent Torri
|
||||
- Paul Townsend
|
||||
- Mohammed Adnène Trojette
|
||||
- Alexey Tourbin
|
||||
- Patrick J. Volkerding
|
||||
- Martin Väth
|
||||
- Adam Walling
|
||||
- Christian Weisgerber
|
||||
- Bert Wesarg
|
||||
- Fredrik Wikstrom
|
||||
- Ralf Wildenhues
|
||||
- Charles Wilson
|
||||
- Lars Wirzenius
|
||||
- Pilorz Wojciech
|
||||
- Ryan Young
|
||||
- Andreas Zieringer
|
||||
|
||||
Also thanks to all the people who have participated in the Tukaani project.
|
||||
|
||||
I have probably forgot to add some names to the above list. Sorry about
|
||||
that and thanks for your help.
|
||||
|
||||
111
TODO
111
TODO
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils To-Do List
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
Known bugs
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
The test suite is too incomplete.
|
||||
|
||||
If the memory usage limit is less than about 13 MiB, xz is unable to
|
||||
automatically scale down the compression settings enough even though
|
||||
it would be possible by switching from BT2/BT3/BT4 match finder to
|
||||
HC3/HC4.
|
||||
|
||||
XZ Utils compress some files significantly worse than LZMA Utils.
|
||||
This is due to faster compression presets used by XZ Utils, and
|
||||
can often be worked around by using "xz --extreme". With some files
|
||||
--extreme isn't enough though: it's most likely with files that
|
||||
compress extremely well, so going from compression ratio of 0.003
|
||||
to 0.004 means big relative increase in the compressed file size.
|
||||
|
||||
xz doesn't quote unprintable characters when it displays file names
|
||||
given on the command line.
|
||||
|
||||
tuklib_exit() doesn't block signals => EINTR is possible.
|
||||
|
||||
SIGTSTP is not handled. If xz is stopped, the estimated remaining
|
||||
time and calculated (de)compression speed won't make sense in the
|
||||
progress indicator (xz --verbose).
|
||||
|
||||
If liblzma has created threads and fork() gets called, liblzma
|
||||
code will break in the child process unless it calls exec() and
|
||||
doesn't touch liblzma.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Missing features
|
||||
----------------
|
||||
|
||||
Add support for storing metadata in .xz files. A preliminary
|
||||
idea is to create a new Stream type for metadata. When both
|
||||
metadata and data are wanted in the same .xz file, two or more
|
||||
Streams would be concatenated.
|
||||
|
||||
The state stored in lzma_stream should be cloneable, which would
|
||||
be mostly useful when using a preset dictionary in LZMA2, but
|
||||
it may have other uses too. Compare to deflateCopy() in zlib.
|
||||
|
||||
Support LZMA_FINISH in raw decoder to indicate end of LZMA1 and
|
||||
other streams that don't have an end of payload marker.
|
||||
|
||||
Adjust dictionary size when the input file size is known.
|
||||
Maybe do this only if an option is given.
|
||||
|
||||
xz doesn't support copying extended attributes, access control
|
||||
lists etc. from source to target file.
|
||||
|
||||
Multithreaded compression:
|
||||
- Reduce memory usage of the current method.
|
||||
- Implement threaded match finders.
|
||||
- Implement pigz-style threading in LZMA2.
|
||||
|
||||
Multithreaded decompression
|
||||
|
||||
Buffer-to-buffer coding could use less RAM (especially when
|
||||
decompressing LZMA1 or LZMA2).
|
||||
|
||||
I/O library is not implemented (similar to gzopen() in zlib).
|
||||
It will be a separate library that supports uncompressed, .gz,
|
||||
.bz2, .lzma, and .xz files.
|
||||
|
||||
Support changing lzma_options_lzma.mode with lzma_filters_update().
|
||||
|
||||
Support LZMA_FULL_FLUSH for lzma_stream_decoder() to stop at
|
||||
Block and Stream boundaries.
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_strerror() to convert lzma_ret to human readable form?
|
||||
This is tricky, because the same error codes are used with
|
||||
slightly different meanings, and this cannot be fixed anymore.
|
||||
|
||||
Make it possible to adjust LZMA2 options in the middle of a Block
|
||||
so that the encoding speed vs. compression ratio can be optimized
|
||||
when the compressed data is streamed over network.
|
||||
|
||||
Improved BCJ filters. The current filters are small but they aren't
|
||||
so great when compressing binary packages that contain various file
|
||||
types. Specifically, they make things worse if there are static
|
||||
libraries or Linux kernel modules. The filtering could also be
|
||||
more effective (without getting overly complex), for example,
|
||||
streamable variant BCJ2 from 7-Zip could be implemented.
|
||||
|
||||
Filter that autodetects specific data types in the input stream
|
||||
and applies appropriate filters for the corrects parts of the input.
|
||||
Perhaps combine this with the BCJ filter improvement point above.
|
||||
|
||||
Long-range LZ77 method as a separate filter or as a new LZMA2
|
||||
match finder.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Documentation
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
More tutorial programs are needed for liblzma.
|
||||
|
||||
Document the LZMA1 and LZMA2 algorithms.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Miscellaneous
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
Try to get the media type for .xz registered at IANA.
|
||||
|
||||
1228
aclocal.m4
vendored
1228
aclocal.m4
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
22
autogen.sh
22
autogen.sh
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
# You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# The result of using "autoreconf -fi" should be identical to using this
|
||||
# script. I'm leaving this script here just in case someone finds it useful.
|
||||
|
||||
set -e -x
|
||||
|
||||
${AUTOPOINT:-autopoint} -f
|
||||
${LIBTOOLIZE:-libtoolize} -c -f || glibtoolize -c -f
|
||||
${ACLOCAL:-aclocal} -I m4
|
||||
${AUTOCONF:-autoconf}
|
||||
${AUTOHEADER:-autoheader}
|
||||
${AUTOMAKE:-automake} -acf --foreign
|
||||
@@ -1,347 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2012-10-14.11; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
|
||||
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
|
||||
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
|
||||
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
|
||||
|
||||
nl='
|
||||
'
|
||||
|
||||
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
|
||||
# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
|
||||
IFS=" "" $nl"
|
||||
|
||||
file_conv=
|
||||
|
||||
# func_file_conv build_file lazy
|
||||
# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
|
||||
# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
|
||||
# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
|
||||
# take place.
|
||||
func_file_conv ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
file=$1
|
||||
case $file in
|
||||
/ | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
|
||||
if test -z "$file_conv"; then
|
||||
# lazily determine how to convert abs files
|
||||
case `uname -s` in
|
||||
MINGW*)
|
||||
file_conv=mingw
|
||||
;;
|
||||
CYGWIN*)
|
||||
file_conv=cygwin
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
file_conv=wine
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
case $file_conv/,$2, in
|
||||
*,$file_conv,*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
mingw/*)
|
||||
file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin/*)
|
||||
file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
wine/*)
|
||||
file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# func_cl_dashL linkdir
|
||||
# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
|
||||
func_cl_dashL ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
func_file_conv "$1"
|
||||
if test -z "$lib_path"; then
|
||||
lib_path=$file
|
||||
else
|
||||
lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# func_cl_dashl library
|
||||
# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
|
||||
func_cl_dashl ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
lib=$1
|
||||
found=no
|
||||
save_IFS=$IFS
|
||||
IFS=';'
|
||||
for dir in $lib_path $LIB
|
||||
do
|
||||
IFS=$save_IFS
|
||||
if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
|
||||
found=yes
|
||||
lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
|
||||
found=yes
|
||||
lib=$dir/$lib.lib
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
|
||||
found=yes
|
||||
lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS=$save_IFS
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$found" != yes; then
|
||||
lib=$lib.lib
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
|
||||
# Adjust compile command to suit cl
|
||||
func_cl_wrapper ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
# Assume a capable shell
|
||||
lib_path=
|
||||
shared=:
|
||||
linker_opts=
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -n "$eat"; then
|
||||
eat=
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
|
||||
eat=1
|
||||
case $2 in
|
||||
*.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
|
||||
func_file_conv "$2"
|
||||
set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
func_file_conv "$2"
|
||||
set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-I)
|
||||
eat=1
|
||||
func_file_conv "$2" mingw
|
||||
set x "$@" -I"$file"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-I*)
|
||||
func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
|
||||
set x "$@" -I"$file"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-l)
|
||||
eat=1
|
||||
func_cl_dashl "$2"
|
||||
set x "$@" "$lib"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-l*)
|
||||
func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
|
||||
set x "$@" "$lib"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-L)
|
||||
eat=1
|
||||
func_cl_dashL "$2"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-L*)
|
||||
func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-static)
|
||||
shared=false
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-Wl,*)
|
||||
arg=${1#-Wl,}
|
||||
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
|
||||
for flag in $arg; do
|
||||
IFS="$save_ifs"
|
||||
linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
|
||||
done
|
||||
IFS="$save_ifs"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-Xlinker)
|
||||
eat=1
|
||||
linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-*)
|
||||
set x "$@" "$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
|
||||
func_file_conv "$1"
|
||||
set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
|
||||
func_file_conv "$1" mingw
|
||||
set x "$@" "$file"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set x "$@" "$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
|
||||
linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
exec "$@" $linker_opts
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
eat=
|
||||
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-h | --h*)
|
||||
cat <<\EOF
|
||||
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
|
||||
|
||||
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
|
||||
Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
|
||||
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
|
||||
|
||||
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
|
||||
right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
|
||||
|
||||
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-v | --v*)
|
||||
echo "compile $scriptversion"
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe )
|
||||
func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
ofile=
|
||||
cfile=
|
||||
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
if test -n "$eat"; then
|
||||
eat=
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
|
||||
# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
|
||||
eat=1
|
||||
case $2 in
|
||||
*.o | *.obj)
|
||||
ofile=$2
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set x "$@" -o "$2"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*.c)
|
||||
cfile=$1
|
||||
set x "$@" "$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set x "$@" "$1"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
|
||||
# If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
|
||||
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
|
||||
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
|
||||
# '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
|
||||
# ok.
|
||||
exec "$@"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
|
||||
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the lock directory.
|
||||
# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
|
||||
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
|
||||
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
|
||||
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
|
||||
while true; do
|
||||
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
sleep 1
|
||||
done
|
||||
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
|
||||
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
|
||||
|
||||
# Run the compile.
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
ret=$?
|
||||
|
||||
if test -f "$cofile"; then
|
||||
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
|
||||
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
|
||||
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
rmdir "$lockdir"
|
||||
exit $ret
|
||||
|
||||
# Local Variables:
|
||||
# mode: shell-script
|
||||
# sh-indentation: 2
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
1421
build-aux/config.guess
vendored
1421
build-aux/config.guess
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,672 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
|
||||
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Copyright 1996-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
|
||||
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
|
||||
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
|
||||
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# or
|
||||
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
|
||||
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
|
||||
# should be set by the caller.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
|
||||
|
||||
# Known limitations:
|
||||
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
|
||||
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
|
||||
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
|
||||
# directory and/or the installation directory.
|
||||
|
||||
# All known linkers require a `.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
|
||||
# which needs '.lib').
|
||||
libext=a
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
|
||||
host="$1"
|
||||
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
|
||||
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
|
||||
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
|
||||
|
||||
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
|
||||
case $cc_temp in
|
||||
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
|
||||
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
|
||||
\-*) ;;
|
||||
*) break;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
|
||||
|
||||
wl=
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin*)
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
ecc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
icc* | ifort*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
lf95*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
pgcc | pgf77 | pgf90)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ccc*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
como)
|
||||
wl='-lopt='
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
|
||||
*Sun\ C*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
rdos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
wl='-Qoption ld '
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
unicos*)
|
||||
wl='-Wl,'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
|
||||
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=no
|
||||
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix*)
|
||||
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
with_gnu_ld=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
|
||||
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
|
||||
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
|
||||
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
|
||||
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
|
||||
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix[3-9]*)
|
||||
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# Samuel A. Falvo II <kc5tja@dolphin.openprojects.net> reports
|
||||
# that the semantics of dynamic libraries on AmigaOS, at least up
|
||||
# to version 4, is to share data among multiple programs linked
|
||||
# with the same dynamic library. Since this doesn't match the
|
||||
# behavior of shared libraries on other platforms, we cannot use
|
||||
# them.
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix[3-9]*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
|
||||
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
|
||||
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
|
||||
# are no directories specified by -L.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
|
||||
# broken collect2.
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix[4-9]*)
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
|
||||
# have to do anything special.
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
else
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
|
||||
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
|
||||
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
|
||||
# need to do runtime linking.
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
|
||||
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
|
||||
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
|
||||
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
|
||||
break
|
||||
fi
|
||||
done
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
|
||||
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
|
||||
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
|
||||
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
|
||||
then
|
||||
# We have reworked collect2
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
# We have old collect2
|
||||
hardcode_direct=unsupported
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
|
||||
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
|
||||
}'`
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
|
||||
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f conftest.c conftest
|
||||
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
|
||||
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
else
|
||||
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
|
||||
else
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
# see comment about different semantics on the GNU ld section
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
|
||||
# Microsoft Visual C++.
|
||||
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
|
||||
# no search path for DLLs.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
|
||||
libext=lib
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
|
||||
:
|
||||
else
|
||||
case $cc_basename in
|
||||
xlc*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2.2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd2*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux10*)
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux11*)
|
||||
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
hppa*64*|ia64*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
|
||||
# but as the default location of the library.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
else
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
|
||||
fi
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4)
|
||||
case $host_vendor in
|
||||
sni)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
|
||||
;;
|
||||
siemens)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
motorola)
|
||||
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4.3*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
if test -d /usr/nec; then
|
||||
ld_shlibs=yes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
ld_shlibs=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
|
||||
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
|
||||
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
|
||||
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
|
||||
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
|
||||
# linker has special search rules.
|
||||
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
|
||||
libname_spec='lib$name'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
aix3*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aix[4-9]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
amigaos*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
beos*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bsdi[45]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
darwin* | rhapsody*)
|
||||
shrext=.dylib
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
dgux*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd1*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
freebsd* | dragonfly*)
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
freebsd[123]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix' ;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
gnu*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
ia64*)
|
||||
shrext=.so
|
||||
;;
|
||||
hppa*64*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
shrext=.sl
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
interix[3-9]*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
case "$host_os" in
|
||||
irix5* | nonstopux*)
|
||||
libsuff= shlibsuff=
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
case $LD in
|
||||
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
|
||||
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
|
||||
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
knetbsd*-gnu)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
netbsd*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
newsos6)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
nto-qnx*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
openbsd*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
os2*)
|
||||
libname_spec='$name'
|
||||
shrext=.dll
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
rdos*)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
solaris*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sunos4*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv4*MP*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
uts4*)
|
||||
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
|
||||
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
|
||||
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
|
||||
|
||||
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
|
||||
|
||||
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
|
||||
wl="$escaped_wl"
|
||||
|
||||
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
|
||||
libext="$libext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
|
||||
shlibext="$shlibext"
|
||||
|
||||
# Format of library name prefix.
|
||||
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
|
||||
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
|
||||
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
|
||||
|
||||
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
|
||||
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
|
||||
|
||||
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
|
||||
# resulting binary.
|
||||
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
|
||||
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
1807
build-aux/config.sub
vendored
1807
build-aux/config.sub
vendored
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,791 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2013-05-30.07; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1999-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
|
||||
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
|
||||
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
'')
|
||||
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1;
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-h | --h*)
|
||||
cat <<\EOF
|
||||
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
|
||||
|
||||
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
|
||||
as side-effects.
|
||||
|
||||
Environment variables:
|
||||
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
|
||||
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
|
||||
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
|
||||
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
|
||||
depfile Dependency file to output.
|
||||
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
|
||||
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
|
||||
|
||||
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
|
||||
EOF
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
-v | --v*)
|
||||
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
|
||||
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
|
||||
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
|
||||
set_dir_from ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
|
||||
*) dir=;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
|
||||
# global variable '$base'.
|
||||
set_base_from ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
|
||||
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
|
||||
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
|
||||
make_dummy_depfile ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
|
||||
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
|
||||
aix_post_process_depfile ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
|
||||
# post-process it.
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
|
||||
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
|
||||
# $object: dependency.h
|
||||
# and one to simply output
|
||||
# dependency.h:
|
||||
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
|
||||
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
} > "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
make_dummy_depfile
|
||||
fi
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
# A tabulation character.
|
||||
tab=' '
|
||||
# A newline character.
|
||||
nl='
|
||||
'
|
||||
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
|
||||
# These definitions help.
|
||||
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
|
||||
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
|
||||
digits=0123456789
|
||||
alpha=${upper}${lower}
|
||||
|
||||
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
|
||||
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
|
||||
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
|
||||
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
|
||||
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
|
||||
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
|
||||
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
|
||||
gccflag= dashmflag=
|
||||
|
||||
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
|
||||
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
|
||||
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
|
||||
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
|
||||
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
|
||||
gccflag=-M
|
||||
depmode=gcc
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
|
||||
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
|
||||
dashmflag=-xM
|
||||
depmode=dashmstdout
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
|
||||
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
|
||||
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
|
||||
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
|
||||
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
|
||||
depmode=msvisualcpp
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
|
||||
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
|
||||
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
|
||||
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
|
||||
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
|
||||
depmode=msvc7
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
|
||||
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
|
||||
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
|
||||
depmode=gcc
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case "$depmode" in
|
||||
gcc3)
|
||||
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
|
||||
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
|
||||
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
|
||||
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
|
||||
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
|
||||
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
|
||||
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
|
||||
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
done
|
||||
"$@"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
gcc)
|
||||
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
|
||||
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
|
||||
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
|
||||
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
|
||||
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
|
||||
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
|
||||
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
|
||||
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
|
||||
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
|
||||
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
|
||||
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
|
||||
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
|
||||
## than renaming).
|
||||
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
|
||||
gccflag=-MD,
|
||||
fi
|
||||
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
|
||||
# letters.
|
||||
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
|
||||
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
|
||||
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
|
||||
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
|
||||
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
|
||||
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
|
||||
## this for us directly.
|
||||
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
|
||||
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
|
||||
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
|
||||
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
|
||||
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
hp)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
sgi)
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
|
||||
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
|
||||
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
|
||||
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
|
||||
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
|
||||
# dependency line.
|
||||
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
|
||||
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
echo >> "$depfile"
|
||||
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
|
||||
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
|
||||
>> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
make_dummy_depfile
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
xlc)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
aix)
|
||||
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
|
||||
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
|
||||
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
|
||||
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
|
||||
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
|
||||
set_dir_from "$object"
|
||||
set_base_from "$object"
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,-M
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
|
||||
"$@" -M
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
aix_post_process_depfile
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
tcc)
|
||||
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
|
||||
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
|
||||
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
|
||||
# versions.
|
||||
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
|
||||
# trailing '\', as in:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# foo.o : \
|
||||
# foo.c \
|
||||
# foo.h \
|
||||
#
|
||||
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
|
||||
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
|
||||
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
|
||||
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
|
||||
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
|
||||
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
|
||||
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
|
||||
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
|
||||
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
|
||||
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
|
||||
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
|
||||
pgcc)
|
||||
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
|
||||
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
|
||||
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
|
||||
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
|
||||
# pgcc 10.2 will output
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
|
||||
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
|
||||
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
|
||||
# sub/foo.h ... \
|
||||
# ...
|
||||
set_dir_from "$object"
|
||||
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
|
||||
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
|
||||
set_base_from "$source"
|
||||
tmpdepfile=$base.d
|
||||
|
||||
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
|
||||
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
|
||||
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
|
||||
# the same $tmpdepfile.
|
||||
lockdir=$base.d-lock
|
||||
trap "
|
||||
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
|
||||
rmdir '$lockdir'
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
" 1 2 13 15
|
||||
numtries=100
|
||||
i=$numtries
|
||||
while test $i -gt 0; do
|
||||
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
|
||||
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
|
||||
# This process acquired the lock.
|
||||
"$@" -MD
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
# Release the lock.
|
||||
rmdir "$lockdir"
|
||||
break
|
||||
else
|
||||
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
|
||||
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
|
||||
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
|
||||
sleep 1
|
||||
i=`expr $i - 1`
|
||||
done
|
||||
fi
|
||||
i=`expr $i - 1`
|
||||
done
|
||||
trap - 1 2 13 15
|
||||
if test $i -le 0; then
|
||||
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
|
||||
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
|
||||
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
|
||||
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
|
||||
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
|
||||
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
|
||||
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
hp2)
|
||||
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
|
||||
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
|
||||
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
|
||||
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
|
||||
# happens to be.
|
||||
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
|
||||
set_dir_from "$object"
|
||||
set_base_from "$object"
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
|
||||
"$@" +Maked
|
||||
fi
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
|
||||
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
|
||||
sed -ne '2,${
|
||||
s/^ *//
|
||||
s/ \\*$//
|
||||
s/$/:/
|
||||
p
|
||||
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
else
|
||||
make_dummy_depfile
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
tru64)
|
||||
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
|
||||
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
|
||||
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
|
||||
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
|
||||
# Subdirectories are respected.
|
||||
set_dir_from "$object"
|
||||
set_base_from "$object"
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
|
||||
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
|
||||
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
|
||||
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
|
||||
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
|
||||
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
|
||||
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
|
||||
"$@" -Wc,-MD
|
||||
else
|
||||
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
|
||||
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
|
||||
"$@" -MD
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
|
||||
do
|
||||
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
|
||||
done
|
||||
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
|
||||
aix_post_process_depfile
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvc7)
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
|
||||
else
|
||||
showIncludes=-showIncludes
|
||||
fi
|
||||
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
stat=$?
|
||||
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
if test $stat -ne 0; then
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
exit $stat
|
||||
fi
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
|
||||
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
|
||||
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
|
||||
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
|
||||
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
|
||||
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
|
||||
s//\1/
|
||||
s/\\/\\\\/g
|
||||
p
|
||||
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
|
||||
s/ /\\ /g
|
||||
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
|
||||
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
|
||||
H
|
||||
$ {
|
||||
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
|
||||
G
|
||||
p
|
||||
}' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvc7msys)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
#nosideeffect)
|
||||
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
|
||||
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
|
||||
|
||||
dashmstdout)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove '-o $object'.
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
|
||||
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
|
||||
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
|
||||
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
|
||||
"$@" $dashmflag |
|
||||
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
|
||||
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
dashXmstdout)
|
||||
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
|
||||
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
makedepend)
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
# Remove any Libtool call
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
# X makedepend
|
||||
shift
|
||||
cleared=no eat=no
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $cleared in
|
||||
no)
|
||||
set ""; shift
|
||||
cleared=yes ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
if test $eat = yes; then
|
||||
eat=no
|
||||
continue
|
||||
fi
|
||||
case "$arg" in
|
||||
-D*|-I*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
|
||||
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
|
||||
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
|
||||
-arch)
|
||||
eat=yes ;;
|
||||
-*|$object)
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
|
||||
touch "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
|
||||
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
|
||||
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
|
||||
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
|
||||
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
|
||||
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
|
||||
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
|
||||
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
cpp)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove '-o $object'.
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift # fnord
|
||||
shift # $arg
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
"$@" -E \
|
||||
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
|
||||
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
|
||||
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvisualcpp)
|
||||
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
|
||||
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
|
||||
"$@" || exit $?
|
||||
|
||||
# Remove the call to Libtool.
|
||||
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
|
||||
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
|
||||
shift
|
||||
done
|
||||
shift
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
IFS=" "
|
||||
for arg
|
||||
do
|
||||
case "$arg" in
|
||||
-o)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
$object)
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
|
||||
set fnord "$@"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
|
||||
shift
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
|
||||
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
|
||||
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
|
||||
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
msvcmsys)
|
||||
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
|
||||
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
|
||||
# since it is checked for above.
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
none)
|
||||
exec "$@"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Local Variables:
|
||||
# mode: shell-script
|
||||
# sh-indentation: 2
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
11147
build-aux/ltmain.sh
11147
build-aux/ltmain.sh
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
#
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Wrapper for GNU groff to convert man pages to a few formats
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Usage: manconv.sh FORMAT [PAPER_SIZE] < in.1 > out.suffix
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FORMAT can be ascii, utf8, ps, or pdf. PAPER_SIZE can be anything that
|
||||
# groff accepts, e.g. a4 or letter. See groff_font(5). PAPER_SIZE defaults
|
||||
# to a4 and is used only when FORMAT is ps (PostScript) or pdf.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Multiple man pages can be given at once e.g. to create a single PDF file
|
||||
# with continuous page numbering.
|
||||
#
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
# You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
FORMAT=$1
|
||||
PAPER=${2-a4}
|
||||
|
||||
# Make PostScript and PDF output more readable:
|
||||
# - Use 11 pt font instead of the default 10 pt.
|
||||
# - Use larger paragraph spacing than the default 0.4v (man(7) only).
|
||||
FONT=11
|
||||
PD=0.8
|
||||
|
||||
SED_PD="
|
||||
/^\\.TH /s/\$/\\
|
||||
.PD $PD/
|
||||
s/^\\.PD\$/.PD $PD/"
|
||||
|
||||
case $FORMAT in
|
||||
ascii)
|
||||
groff -t -mandoc -Tascii | col -bx
|
||||
;;
|
||||
utf8)
|
||||
groff -t -mandoc -Tutf8 | col -bx
|
||||
;;
|
||||
ps)
|
||||
sed "$SED_PD" | groff -dpaper=$PAPER -t -mandoc \
|
||||
-rC1 -rS$FONT -Tps -P-p$PAPER
|
||||
;;
|
||||
pdf)
|
||||
sed "$SED_PD" | groff -dpaper=$PAPER -t -mandoc \
|
||||
-rC1 -rS$FONT -Tps -P-p$PAPER | ps2pdf - -
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo 'Invalid arguments' >&2
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#! /bin/sh
|
||||
# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
|
||||
|
||||
scriptversion=2013-10-28.13; # UTC
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1996-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
|
||||
# any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
# GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
# along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
|
||||
|
||||
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
|
||||
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
|
||||
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
|
||||
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
|
||||
|
||||
if test $# -eq 0; then
|
||||
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
|
||||
--is-lightweight)
|
||||
# Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
|
||||
# script is modern enough.
|
||||
exit 0
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
--run)
|
||||
# Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
|
||||
shift
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
|
||||
echo "\
|
||||
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
|
||||
|
||||
Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
|
||||
to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
|
||||
|
||||
Options:
|
||||
-h, --help display this help and exit
|
||||
-v, --version output version information and exit
|
||||
|
||||
Supported PROGRAM values:
|
||||
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
|
||||
bison yacc flex lex help2man
|
||||
|
||||
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
|
||||
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
|
||||
|
||||
Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
|
||||
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
|
||||
exit $?
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
-*)
|
||||
echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
|
||||
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
;;
|
||||
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
|
||||
"$@"; st=$?
|
||||
|
||||
# If it succeeded, we are done.
|
||||
test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
|
||||
# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
|
||||
# program is present and works.
|
||||
case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
|
||||
|
||||
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
|
||||
# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
|
||||
# minimum version.
|
||||
if test $st -eq 63; then
|
||||
msg="probably too old"
|
||||
elif test $st -eq 127; then
|
||||
# Program was missing.
|
||||
msg="missing on your system"
|
||||
else
|
||||
# Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
|
||||
exit $st
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
perl_URL=http://www.perl.org/
|
||||
flex_URL=http://flex.sourceforge.net/
|
||||
gnu_software_URL=http://www.gnu.org/software
|
||||
|
||||
program_details ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
case $1 in
|
||||
aclocal|automake)
|
||||
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
|
||||
echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
|
||||
echo "<$perl_URL>"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
|
||||
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
|
||||
echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
|
||||
echo "<$perl_URL>"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
give_advice ()
|
||||
{
|
||||
# Normalize program name to check for.
|
||||
normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
|
||||
s/^gnu-//; t
|
||||
s/^gnu//; t
|
||||
s/^g//; t'`
|
||||
|
||||
printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
|
||||
|
||||
configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
|
||||
case $normalized_program in
|
||||
autoconf*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
|
||||
echo "or m4 files included by it."
|
||||
program_details 'autoconf'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
autoheader*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
|
||||
echo "$configure_deps."
|
||||
program_details 'autoheader'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
automake*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
|
||||
echo "$configure_deps."
|
||||
program_details 'automake'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
aclocal*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
|
||||
echo "$configure_deps."
|
||||
program_details 'aclocal'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
autom4te*)
|
||||
echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
|
||||
echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
|
||||
program_details 'autom4te'
|
||||
;;
|
||||
bison*|yacc*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
|
||||
echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
lex*|flex*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
|
||||
echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
|
||||
echo "<$flex_URL>"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
help2man*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
|
||||
"of a man page."
|
||||
echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
makeinfo*)
|
||||
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
|
||||
echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
|
||||
echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
|
||||
echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
|
||||
echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
|
||||
echo "want to install GNU make:"
|
||||
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
|
||||
echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
|
||||
echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
|
||||
echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
|
||||
echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
|
||||
-e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
|
||||
|
||||
# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
|
||||
# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
|
||||
exit $st
|
||||
|
||||
# Local variables:
|
||||
# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
|
||||
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
|
||||
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
|
||||
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC"
|
||||
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
|
||||
# End:
|
||||
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh
|
||||
#
|
||||
#############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Get the version string from version.h and print it out without
|
||||
# trailing newline. This makes it suitable for use in configure.ac.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
# You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
#############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
sed -n 's/LZMA_VERSION_STABILITY_ALPHA/alpha/
|
||||
s/LZMA_VERSION_STABILITY_BETA/beta/
|
||||
s/LZMA_VERSION_STABILITY_STABLE//
|
||||
s/^#define LZMA_VERSION_[MPS][AIT][AJNT][A-Z]* //p' \
|
||||
src/liblzma/api/lzma/version.h \
|
||||
| tr '\n' '|' \
|
||||
| sed 's/|/./; s/|/./; s/|//g' \
|
||||
| tr -d '\r\n'
|
||||
6
compat/README
Normal file
6
compat/README
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
This directory contains various header and code files that are
|
||||
used make Tcl compatible with various releases of UNIX and UNIX-like
|
||||
systems. Typically, files from this directory are used to compile
|
||||
Tcl when a system doesn't contain the corresponding files or when
|
||||
they are known to be incorrect. When the whole world becomes POSIX-
|
||||
compliant this directory should be unnecessary.
|
||||
21
compat/dirent.h
Normal file
21
compat/dirent.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* dirent.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is a replacement for <dirent.h> in systems that
|
||||
* support the old BSD-style <sys/dir.h> with a "struct direct".
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _DIRENT
|
||||
#define _DIRENT
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/dir.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define dirent direct
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _DIRENT */
|
||||
53
compat/dirent2.h
Normal file
53
compat/dirent2.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* dirent.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Declarations of a library of directory-reading procedures
|
||||
* in the POSIX style ("struct dirent").
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _DIRENT
|
||||
#define _DIRENT
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Dirent structure, which holds information about a single
|
||||
* directory entry.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define MAXNAMLEN 255
|
||||
#define DIRBLKSIZ 512
|
||||
|
||||
struct dirent {
|
||||
long d_ino; /* Inode number of entry */
|
||||
short d_reclen; /* Length of this record */
|
||||
short d_namlen; /* Length of string in d_name */
|
||||
char d_name[MAXNAMLEN + 1]; /* Name must be no longer than this */
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* State that keeps track of the reading of a directory (clients
|
||||
* should never look inside this structure; the fields should
|
||||
* only be accessed by the library procedures).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct _dirdesc {
|
||||
int dd_fd;
|
||||
long dd_loc;
|
||||
long dd_size;
|
||||
char dd_buf[DIRBLKSIZ];
|
||||
} DIR;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Procedures defined for reading directories:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void closedir (DIR *dirp);
|
||||
extern DIR * opendir (char *name);
|
||||
extern struct dirent * readdir (DIR *dirp);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _DIRENT */
|
||||
58
compat/dlfcn.h
Normal file
58
compat/dlfcn.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* dlfcn.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides a replacement for the header file "dlfcn.h"
|
||||
* on systems where dlfcn.h is missing. It's primary use is for
|
||||
* AIX, where Tcl emulates the dl library.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file is subject to the following copyright notice, which is
|
||||
* different from the notice used elsewhere in Tcl but rougly
|
||||
* equivalent in meaning.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1992,1993,1995,1996, Jens-Uwe Mager, Helios Software GmbH
|
||||
* Not derived from licensed software.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Permission is granted to freely use, copy, modify, and redistribute
|
||||
* this software, provided that the author is not construed to be liable
|
||||
* for any results of using the software, alterations are clearly marked
|
||||
* as such, and this notice is not modified.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This is an unpublished work copyright (c) 1992 HELIOS Software GmbH
|
||||
* 30159 Hannover, Germany
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __dlfcn_h__
|
||||
#define __dlfcn_h__
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Mode flags for the dlopen routine.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define RTLD_LAZY 1 /* lazy function call binding */
|
||||
#define RTLD_NOW 2 /* immediate function call binding */
|
||||
#define RTLD_GLOBAL 0x100 /* allow symbols to be global */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* To be able to intialize, a library may provide a dl_info structure
|
||||
* that contains functions to be called to initialize and terminate.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
struct dl_info {
|
||||
void (*init) (void);
|
||||
void (*fini) (void);
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
void *dlopen (const char *path, int mode);
|
||||
void *dlsym (void *handle, const char *symbol);
|
||||
char *dlerror (void);
|
||||
int dlclose (void *handle);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __cplusplus
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* __dlfcn_h__ */
|
||||
36
compat/fixstrtod.c
Normal file
36
compat/fixstrtod.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* fixstrtod.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Source code for the "fixstrtod" procedure. This procedure is
|
||||
* used in place of strtod under Solaris 2.4, in order to fix
|
||||
* a bug where the "end" pointer gets set incorrectly.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#undef strtod
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Declare strtod explicitly rather than including stdlib.h, since in
|
||||
* somes systems (e.g. SunOS 4.1.4) stdlib.h doesn't declare strtod.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern double strtod(char *, char **);
|
||||
|
||||
double
|
||||
fixstrtod(
|
||||
char *string,
|
||||
char **endPtr)
|
||||
{
|
||||
double d;
|
||||
d = strtod(string, endPtr);
|
||||
if ((endPtr != NULL) && (*endPtr != string) && ((*endPtr)[-1] == 0)) {
|
||||
*endPtr -= 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
14
compat/float.h
Normal file
14
compat/float.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* float.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a dummy header file to #include in Tcl when there
|
||||
* is no float.h in /usr/include. Right now this file is empty:
|
||||
* Tcl contains #ifdefs to deal with the lack of definitions;
|
||||
* all it needs is for the #include statement to work.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
30
compat/gettod.c
Normal file
30
compat/gettod.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* gettod.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides the gettimeofday function on systems
|
||||
* that only have the System V ftime function.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1995 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tclPort.h"
|
||||
#include <sys/timeb.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#undef timezone
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
gettimeofday(
|
||||
struct timeval *tp,
|
||||
struct timezone *tz)
|
||||
{
|
||||
struct timeb t;
|
||||
|
||||
ftime(&t);
|
||||
tp->tv_sec = t.time;
|
||||
tp->tv_usec = t. millitm * 1000;
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
40
compat/license.terms
Normal file
40
compat/license.terms
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
This software is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of
|
||||
California, Sun Microsystems, Inc., Scriptics Corporation, ActiveState
|
||||
Corporation and other parties. The following terms apply to all files
|
||||
associated with the software unless explicitly disclaimed in
|
||||
individual files.
|
||||
|
||||
The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute,
|
||||
and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided
|
||||
that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this
|
||||
notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement,
|
||||
license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses.
|
||||
Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors
|
||||
and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that
|
||||
the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where
|
||||
they apply.
|
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY
|
||||
FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
|
||||
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY
|
||||
DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
|
||||
THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES,
|
||||
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
|
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. THIS SOFTWARE
|
||||
IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE
|
||||
NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR
|
||||
MODIFICATIONS.
|
||||
|
||||
GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of the
|
||||
U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights"
|
||||
in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal
|
||||
Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2). If you
|
||||
are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of Defense, the
|
||||
software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer Software" and the
|
||||
Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as defined in Clause
|
||||
252.227-7013 (b) (3) of DFARs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
|
||||
authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in its behalf
|
||||
permission to use and distribute the software in accordance with the
|
||||
terms specified in this license.
|
||||
22
compat/limits.h
Normal file
22
compat/limits.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* limits.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a dummy header file to #include in Tcl when there
|
||||
* is no limits.h in /usr/include. There are only a few
|
||||
* definitions here; also see tclPort.h, which already
|
||||
* #defines some of the things here if they're not arleady
|
||||
* defined.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define LONG_MIN 0x80000000
|
||||
#define LONG_MAX 0x7fffffff
|
||||
#define INT_MIN 0x80000000
|
||||
#define INT_MAX 0x7fffffff
|
||||
#define SHRT_MIN 0x8000
|
||||
#define SHRT_MAX 0x7fff
|
||||
64
compat/memcmp.c
Normal file
64
compat/memcmp.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* memcmp.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Source code for the "memcmp" library routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tclPort.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Here is the prototype just in case it is not included in tclPort.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int memcmp(CONST VOID *s1, CONST VOID *s2, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* memcmp --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compares two bytes sequences.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* Compares its arguments, looking at the first n bytes (each interpreted
|
||||
* as an unsigned char), and returns an integer less than, equal to, or
|
||||
* greater than 0, according as s1 is less than, equal to, or greater
|
||||
* than s2 when taken to be unsigned 8 bit numbers.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
memcmp(
|
||||
CONST VOID *s1, /* First string. */
|
||||
CONST VOID *s2, /* Second string. */
|
||||
size_t n) /* Length to compare. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
CONST unsigned char *ptr1 = (CONST unsigned char *) s1;
|
||||
CONST unsigned char *ptr2 = (CONST unsigned char *) s2;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( ; n-- ; ptr1++, ptr2++) {
|
||||
unsigned char u1 = *ptr1, u2 = *ptr2;
|
||||
|
||||
if (u1 != u2) {
|
||||
return (u1-u2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Local Variables:
|
||||
* mode: c
|
||||
* c-basic-offset: 4
|
||||
* fill-column: 78
|
||||
* End:
|
||||
*/
|
||||
110
compat/opendir.c
Normal file
110
compat/opendir.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* opendir.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides dirent-style directory-reading procedures for V7
|
||||
* Unix systems that don't have such procedures. The origin of this code
|
||||
* is unclear, but it seems to have come originally from Larry Wall.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tclInt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#undef DIRSIZ
|
||||
#define DIRSIZ(dp) \
|
||||
((sizeof (struct dirent) - (MAXNAMLEN+1)) + (((dp)->d_namlen+1 + 3) &~ 3))
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* open a directory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
DIR *
|
||||
opendir(
|
||||
char *name)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register DIR *dirp;
|
||||
register int fd;
|
||||
char *myname;
|
||||
|
||||
myname = ((*name == '\0') ? "." : name);
|
||||
if ((fd = open(myname, 0, 0)) == -1) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dirp = (DIR *) ckalloc(sizeof(DIR));
|
||||
if (dirp == NULL) {
|
||||
/* unreachable? */
|
||||
close(fd);
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dirp->dd_fd = fd;
|
||||
dirp->dd_loc = 0;
|
||||
return dirp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* read an old style directory entry and present it as a new one
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifndef pyr
|
||||
#define ODIRSIZ 14
|
||||
|
||||
struct olddirect {
|
||||
ino_t od_ino;
|
||||
char od_name[ODIRSIZ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
#else /* a Pyramid in the ATT universe */
|
||||
#define ODIRSIZ 248
|
||||
|
||||
struct olddirect {
|
||||
long od_ino;
|
||||
short od_fill1, od_fill2;
|
||||
char od_name[ODIRSIZ];
|
||||
};
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* get next entry in a directory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
struct dirent *
|
||||
readdir(
|
||||
register DIR *dirp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register struct olddirect *dp;
|
||||
static struct dirent dir;
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;) {
|
||||
if (dirp->dd_loc == 0) {
|
||||
dirp->dd_size = read(dirp->dd_fd, dirp->dd_buf, DIRBLKSIZ);
|
||||
if (dirp->dd_size <= 0) {
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (dirp->dd_loc >= dirp->dd_size) {
|
||||
dirp->dd_loc = 0;
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dp = (struct olddirect *)(dirp->dd_buf + dirp->dd_loc);
|
||||
dirp->dd_loc += sizeof(struct olddirect);
|
||||
if (dp->od_ino == 0) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dir.d_ino = dp->od_ino;
|
||||
strncpy(dir.d_name, dp->od_name, ODIRSIZ);
|
||||
dir.d_name[ODIRSIZ] = '\0'; /* insure null termination */
|
||||
dir.d_namlen = strlen(dir.d_name);
|
||||
dir.d_reclen = DIRSIZ(&dir);
|
||||
return &dir;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* close a directory.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void
|
||||
closedir(
|
||||
register DIR *dirp)
|
||||
{
|
||||
close(dirp->dd_fd);
|
||||
dirp->dd_fd = -1;
|
||||
dirp->dd_loc = 0;
|
||||
ckfree((char *) dirp);
|
||||
}
|
||||
36
compat/stdlib.h
Normal file
36
compat/stdlib.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* stdlib.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Declares facilities exported by the "stdlib" portion of the C library.
|
||||
* This file isn't complete in the ANSI-C sense; it only declares things
|
||||
* that are needed by Tcl. This file is needed even on many systems with
|
||||
* their own stdlib.h (e.g. SunOS) because not all stdlib.h files declare
|
||||
* all the procedures needed here (such as strtod).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1991 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994-1998 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _STDLIB
|
||||
#define _STDLIB
|
||||
|
||||
extern void abort(void);
|
||||
extern double atof(const char *string);
|
||||
extern int atoi(const char *string);
|
||||
extern long atol(const char *string);
|
||||
extern char * calloc(unsigned int numElements, unsigned int size);
|
||||
extern void exit(int status);
|
||||
extern int free(char *blockPtr);
|
||||
extern char * getenv(const char *name);
|
||||
extern char * malloc(unsigned int numBytes);
|
||||
extern void qsort(void *base, int n, int size, int (*compar)(
|
||||
const void *element1, const void *element2));
|
||||
extern char * realloc(char *ptr, unsigned int numBytes);
|
||||
extern double strtod(const char *string, char **endPtr);
|
||||
extern long strtol(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
|
||||
extern unsigned long strtoul(const char *string, char **endPtr, int base);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _STDLIB */
|
||||
57
compat/string.h
Normal file
57
compat/string.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* string.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Declarations of ANSI C library procedures for string handling.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1991-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _STRING
|
||||
#define _STRING
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The following #include is needed to define size_t. (This used to include
|
||||
* sys/stdtypes.h but that doesn't exist on older versions of SunOS, e.g.
|
||||
* 4.0.2, so I'm trying sys/types.h now.... hopefully it exists everywhere)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef __APPLE__
|
||||
extern void * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern char * memchr(const void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern int memcmp(const void *s1, const void *s2, size_t n);
|
||||
extern char * memcpy(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
|
||||
#ifdef NO_MEMMOVE
|
||||
#define memmove(d,s,n) (bcopy((s), (d), (n)))
|
||||
#else
|
||||
extern char * memmove(void *t, const void *f, size_t n);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
extern char * memset(void *s, int c, size_t n);
|
||||
|
||||
extern int strcasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
|
||||
extern char * strcat(char *dst, const char *src);
|
||||
extern char * strchr(const char *string, int c);
|
||||
extern int strcmp(const char *s1, const char *s2);
|
||||
extern char * strcpy(char *dst, const char *src);
|
||||
extern size_t strcspn(const char *string, const char *chars);
|
||||
extern char * strdup(const char *string);
|
||||
extern char * strerror(int error);
|
||||
extern size_t strlen(const char *string);
|
||||
extern int strncasecmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n);
|
||||
extern char * strncat(char *dst, const char *src, size_t numChars);
|
||||
extern int strncmp(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t nChars);
|
||||
extern char * strncpy(char *dst, const char *src, size_t numChars);
|
||||
extern char * strpbrk(const char *string, const char *chars);
|
||||
extern char * strrchr(const char *string, int c);
|
||||
extern size_t strspn(const char *string, const char *chars);
|
||||
extern char * strstr(const char *string, const char *substring);
|
||||
extern char * strtok(char *s, const char *delim);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _STRING */
|
||||
136
compat/strncasecmp.c
Normal file
136
compat/strncasecmp.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* strncasecmp.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Source code for the "strncasecmp" library routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tclPort.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* This array is designed for mapping upper and lower case letter together for
|
||||
* a case independent comparison. The mappings are based upon ASCII character
|
||||
* sequences.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static unsigned char charmap[] = {
|
||||
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
|
||||
0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
|
||||
0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
|
||||
0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
|
||||
0x20, 0x21, 0x22, 0x23, 0x24, 0x25, 0x26, 0x27,
|
||||
0x28, 0x29, 0x2a, 0x2b, 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e, 0x2f,
|
||||
0x30, 0x31, 0x32, 0x33, 0x34, 0x35, 0x36, 0x37,
|
||||
0x38, 0x39, 0x3a, 0x3b, 0x3c, 0x3d, 0x3e, 0x3f,
|
||||
0x40, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67,
|
||||
0x68, 0x69, 0x6a, 0x6b, 0x6c, 0x6d, 0x6e, 0x6f,
|
||||
0x70, 0x71, 0x72, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77,
|
||||
0x78, 0x79, 0x7a, 0x5b, 0x5c, 0x5d, 0x5e, 0x5f,
|
||||
0x60, 0x61, 0x62, 0x63, 0x64, 0x65, 0x66, 0x67,
|
||||
0x68, 0x69, 0x6a, 0x6b, 0x6c, 0x6d, 0x6e, 0x6f,
|
||||
0x70, 0x71, 0x72, 0x73, 0x74, 0x75, 0x76, 0x77,
|
||||
0x78, 0x79, 0x7a, 0x7b, 0x7c, 0x7d, 0x7e, 0x7f,
|
||||
0x80, 0x81, 0x82, 0x83, 0x84, 0x85, 0x86, 0x87,
|
||||
0x88, 0x89, 0x8a, 0x8b, 0x8c, 0x8d, 0x8e, 0x8f,
|
||||
0x90, 0x91, 0x92, 0x93, 0x94, 0x95, 0x96, 0x97,
|
||||
0x98, 0x99, 0x9a, 0x9b, 0x9c, 0x9d, 0x9e, 0x9f,
|
||||
0xa0, 0xa1, 0xa2, 0xa3, 0xa4, 0xa5, 0xa6, 0xa7,
|
||||
0xa8, 0xa9, 0xaa, 0xab, 0xac, 0xad, 0xae, 0xaf,
|
||||
0xb0, 0xb1, 0xb2, 0xb3, 0xb4, 0xb5, 0xb6, 0xb7,
|
||||
0xb8, 0xb9, 0xba, 0xbb, 0xbc, 0xbd, 0xbe, 0xbf,
|
||||
0xc0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xc5, 0xe6, 0xe7,
|
||||
0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef,
|
||||
0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7,
|
||||
0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xdb, 0xdc, 0xdd, 0xde, 0xdf,
|
||||
0xe0, 0xe1, 0xe2, 0xe3, 0xe4, 0xe5, 0xe6, 0xe7,
|
||||
0xe8, 0xe9, 0xea, 0xeb, 0xec, 0xed, 0xee, 0xef,
|
||||
0xf0, 0xf1, 0xf2, 0xf3, 0xf4, 0xf5, 0xf6, 0xf7,
|
||||
0xf8, 0xf9, 0xfa, 0xfb, 0xfc, 0xfd, 0xfe, 0xff,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Here are the prototypes just in case they are not included in tclPort.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int strncasecmp(CONST char *s1, CONST char *s2, size_t n);
|
||||
int strcasecmp(CONST char *s1, CONST char *s2);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strcasecmp --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compares two strings, ignoring case differences.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* Compares two null-terminated strings s1 and s2, returning -1, 0, or 1
|
||||
* if s1 is lexicographically less than, equal to, or greater than s2.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
strcasecmp(
|
||||
CONST char *s1, /* First string. */
|
||||
CONST char *s2) /* Second string. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char u1, u2;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( ; ; s1++, s2++) {
|
||||
u1 = (unsigned char) *s1;
|
||||
u2 = (unsigned char) *s2;
|
||||
if ((u1 == '\0') || (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2])) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strncasecmp --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Compares two strings, ignoring case differences.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* Compares up to length chars of s1 and s2, returning -1, 0, or 1 if s1
|
||||
* is lexicographically less than, equal to, or greater than s2 over
|
||||
* those characters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
strncasecmp(
|
||||
CONST char *s1, /* First string. */
|
||||
CONST char *s2, /* Second string. */
|
||||
size_t length) /* Maximum number of characters to compare
|
||||
* (stop earlier if the end of either string
|
||||
* is reached). */
|
||||
{
|
||||
unsigned char u1, u2;
|
||||
|
||||
for (; length != 0; length--, s1++, s2++) {
|
||||
u1 = (unsigned char) *s1;
|
||||
u2 = (unsigned char) *s2;
|
||||
if (charmap[u1] != charmap[u2]) {
|
||||
return charmap[u1] - charmap[u2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (u1 == '\0') {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
70
compat/strstr.c
Normal file
70
compat/strstr.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* strstr.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Source code for the "strstr" library routine.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tcl.h"
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
#define NULL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strstr --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Locate the first instance of a substring in a string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* If string contains substring, the return value is the location of the
|
||||
* first matching instance of substring in string. If string doesn't
|
||||
* contain substring, the return value is 0. Matching is done on an exact
|
||||
* character-for-character basis with no wildcards or special characters.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
char *
|
||||
strstr(
|
||||
register char *string, /* String to search. */
|
||||
char *substring) /* Substring to try to find in string. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
register char *a, *b;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* First scan quickly through the two strings looking for a
|
||||
* single-character match. When it's found, then compare the rest of the
|
||||
* substring.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
b = substring;
|
||||
if (*b == 0) {
|
||||
return string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
for ( ; *string != 0; string += 1) {
|
||||
if (*string != *b) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
a = string;
|
||||
while (1) {
|
||||
if (*b == 0) {
|
||||
return string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*a++ != *b++) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
b = substring;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return NULL;
|
||||
}
|
||||
252
compat/strtod.c
Normal file
252
compat/strtod.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,252 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* strtod.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Source code for the "strtod" library procedure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1988-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
* of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tclInt.h"
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef TRUE
|
||||
#define TRUE 1
|
||||
#define FALSE 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
#define NULL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
static int maxExponent = 511; /* Largest possible base 10 exponent. Any
|
||||
* exponent larger than this will already
|
||||
* produce underflow or overflow, so there's
|
||||
* no need to worry about additional digits.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static double powersOf10[] = { /* Table giving binary powers of 10. Entry */
|
||||
10., /* is 10^2^i. Used to convert decimal */
|
||||
100., /* exponents into floating-point numbers. */
|
||||
1.0e4,
|
||||
1.0e8,
|
||||
1.0e16,
|
||||
1.0e32,
|
||||
1.0e64,
|
||||
1.0e128,
|
||||
1.0e256
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strtod --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This procedure converts a floating-point number from an ASCII
|
||||
* decimal representation to internal double-precision format.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* The return value is the double-precision floating-point
|
||||
* representation of the characters in string. If endPtr isn't
|
||||
* NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the address of the
|
||||
* next character after the last one that was part of the
|
||||
* floating-point number.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
double
|
||||
strtod(
|
||||
CONST char *string, /* A decimal ASCII floating-point number,
|
||||
* optionally preceded by white space. Must
|
||||
* have form "-I.FE-X", where I is the integer
|
||||
* part of the mantissa, F is the fractional
|
||||
* part of the mantissa, and X is the
|
||||
* exponent. Either of the signs may be "+",
|
||||
* "-", or omitted. Either I or F may be
|
||||
* omitted, or both. The decimal point isn't
|
||||
* necessary unless F is present. The "E" may
|
||||
* actually be an "e". E and X may both be
|
||||
* omitted (but not just one). */
|
||||
char **endPtr) /* If non-NULL, store terminating character's
|
||||
* address here. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
int sign, expSign = FALSE;
|
||||
double fraction, dblExp, *d;
|
||||
register CONST char *p;
|
||||
register int c;
|
||||
int exp = 0; /* Exponent read from "EX" field. */
|
||||
int fracExp = 0; /* Exponent that derives from the fractional
|
||||
* part. Under normal circumstatnces, it is
|
||||
* the negative of the number of digits in F.
|
||||
* However, if I is very long, the last digits
|
||||
* of I get dropped (otherwise a long I with a
|
||||
* large negative exponent could cause an
|
||||
* unnecessary overflow on I alone). In this
|
||||
* case, fracExp is incremented one for each
|
||||
* dropped digit. */
|
||||
int mantSize; /* Number of digits in mantissa. */
|
||||
int decPt; /* Number of mantissa digits BEFORE decimal
|
||||
* point. */
|
||||
CONST char *pExp; /* Temporarily holds location of exponent in
|
||||
* string. */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Strip off leading blanks and check for a sign.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
p = string;
|
||||
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||||
sign = TRUE;
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (*p == '+') {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
sign = FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Count the number of digits in the mantissa (including the decimal
|
||||
* point), and also locate the decimal point.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
decPt = -1;
|
||||
for (mantSize = 0; ; mantSize += 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
c = *p;
|
||||
if (!isdigit(c)) {
|
||||
if ((c != '.') || (decPt >= 0)) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
decPt = mantSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Now suck up the digits in the mantissa. Use two integers to collect 9
|
||||
* digits each (this is faster than using floating-point). If the mantissa
|
||||
* has more than 18 digits, ignore the extras, since they can't affect the
|
||||
* value anyway.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
pExp = p;
|
||||
p -= mantSize;
|
||||
if (decPt < 0) {
|
||||
decPt = mantSize;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
mantSize -= 1; /* One of the digits was the point. */
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (mantSize > 18) {
|
||||
fracExp = decPt - 18;
|
||||
mantSize = 18;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
fracExp = decPt - mantSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (mantSize == 0) {
|
||||
fraction = 0.0;
|
||||
p = string;
|
||||
goto done;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
int frac1, frac2;
|
||||
|
||||
frac1 = 0;
|
||||
for ( ; mantSize > 9; mantSize -= 1) {
|
||||
c = *p;
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
if (c == '.') {
|
||||
c = *p;
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
frac1 = 10*frac1 + (c - '0');
|
||||
}
|
||||
frac2 = 0;
|
||||
for (; mantSize > 0; mantSize -= 1) {
|
||||
c = *p;
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
if (c == '.') {
|
||||
c = *p;
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
frac2 = 10*frac2 + (c - '0');
|
||||
}
|
||||
fraction = (1.0e9 * frac1) + frac2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Skim off the exponent.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
p = pExp;
|
||||
if ((*p == 'E') || (*p == 'e')) {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||||
expSign = TRUE;
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (*p == '+') {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
expSign = FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||||
p = pExp;
|
||||
goto done;
|
||||
}
|
||||
while (isdigit(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||||
exp = exp * 10 + (*p - '0');
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (expSign) {
|
||||
exp = fracExp - exp;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
exp = fracExp + exp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Generate a floating-point number that represents the exponent. Do this
|
||||
* by processing the exponent one bit at a time to combine many powers of
|
||||
* 2 of 10. Then combine the exponent with the fraction.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (exp < 0) {
|
||||
expSign = TRUE;
|
||||
exp = -exp;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
expSign = FALSE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (exp > maxExponent) {
|
||||
exp = maxExponent;
|
||||
errno = ERANGE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
dblExp = 1.0;
|
||||
for (d = powersOf10; exp != 0; exp >>= 1, d += 1) {
|
||||
if (exp & 01) {
|
||||
dblExp *= *d;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (expSign) {
|
||||
fraction /= dblExp;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
fraction *= dblExp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
done:
|
||||
if (endPtr != NULL) {
|
||||
*endPtr = (char *) p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (sign) {
|
||||
return -fraction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return fraction;
|
||||
}
|
||||
78
compat/strtol.c
Normal file
78
compat/strtol.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* strtol.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Source code for the "strtol" library procedure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1988 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
#include "tclInt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strtol --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Convert an ASCII string into an integer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* The return value is the integer equivalent of string. If endPtr is
|
||||
* non-NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the character after the last
|
||||
* one that was part of the integer. If string doesn't contain a valid
|
||||
* integer value, then zero is returned and *endPtr is set to string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
long int
|
||||
strtol(
|
||||
CONST char *string, /* String of ASCII digits, possibly preceded
|
||||
* by white space. For bases greater than 10,
|
||||
* either lower- or upper-case digits may be
|
||||
* used. */
|
||||
char **endPtr, /* Where to store address of terminating
|
||||
* character, or NULL. */
|
||||
int base) /* Base for conversion. Must be less than 37.
|
||||
* If 0, then the base is chosen from the
|
||||
* leading characters of string: "0x" means
|
||||
* hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
|
||||
* decimal. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
register CONST char *p;
|
||||
long result;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Skip any leading blanks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
p = string;
|
||||
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Check for a sign.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
result = -(strtoul(p, endPtr, base));
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (*p == '+') {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
result = strtoul(p, endPtr, base);
|
||||
}
|
||||
if ((result == 0) && (endPtr != 0) && (*endPtr == p)) {
|
||||
*endPtr = (char *) string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
214
compat/strtoul.c
Normal file
214
compat/strtoul.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* strtoul.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Source code for the "strtoul" library procedure.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1988 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tclInt.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* The table below is used to convert from ASCII digits to a numerical
|
||||
* equivalent. It maps from '0' through 'z' to integers (100 for non-digit
|
||||
* characters).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static char cvtIn[] = {
|
||||
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, /* '0' - '9' */
|
||||
100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, /* punctuation */
|
||||
10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, /* 'A' - 'Z' */
|
||||
20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
|
||||
30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
|
||||
100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, /* punctuation */
|
||||
10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, /* 'a' - 'z' */
|
||||
20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29,
|
||||
30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* strtoul --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Convert an ASCII string into an integer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* The return value is the integer equivalent of string. If endPtr is
|
||||
* non-NULL, then *endPtr is filled in with the character after the last
|
||||
* one that was part of the integer. If string doesn't contain a valid
|
||||
* integer value, then zero is returned and *endPtr is set to string.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long int
|
||||
strtoul(
|
||||
CONST char *string, /* String of ASCII digits, possibly preceded
|
||||
* by white space. For bases greater than 10,
|
||||
* either lower- or upper-case digits may be
|
||||
* used. */
|
||||
char **endPtr, /* Where to store address of terminating
|
||||
* character, or NULL. */
|
||||
int base) /* Base for conversion. Must be less than 37.
|
||||
* If 0, then the base is chosen from the
|
||||
* leading characters of string: "0x" means
|
||||
* hex, "0" means octal, anything else means
|
||||
* decimal. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
register CONST char *p;
|
||||
register unsigned long int result = 0;
|
||||
register unsigned digit;
|
||||
int anyDigits = 0;
|
||||
int negative=0;
|
||||
int overflow=0;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Skip any leading blanks.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
p = string;
|
||||
while (isspace(UCHAR(*p))) {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (*p == '-') {
|
||||
negative = 1;
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
if (*p == '+') {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* If no base was provided, pick one from the leading characters of the
|
||||
* string.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (base == 0) {
|
||||
if (*p == '0') {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
if ((*p == 'x') || (*p == 'X')) {
|
||||
p += 1;
|
||||
base = 16;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Must set anyDigits here, otherwise "0" produces a "no
|
||||
* digits" error.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
anyDigits = 1;
|
||||
base = 8;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
base = 10;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (base == 16) {
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Skip a leading "0x" from hex numbers.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if ((p[0] == '0') && ((p[1] == 'x') || (p[1] == 'X'))) {
|
||||
p += 2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Sorry this code is so messy, but speed seems important. Do different
|
||||
* things for base 8, 10, 16, and other.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (base == 8) {
|
||||
unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX >> 3;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( ; ; p += 1) {
|
||||
digit = *p - '0';
|
||||
if (digit > 7) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result = (result << 3);
|
||||
if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result += digit;
|
||||
anyDigits = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (base == 10) {
|
||||
unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX / 10;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( ; ; p += 1) {
|
||||
digit = *p - '0';
|
||||
if (digit > 9) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result *= 10;
|
||||
if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result += digit;
|
||||
anyDigits = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (base == 16) {
|
||||
unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX >> 4;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( ; ; p += 1) {
|
||||
digit = *p - '0';
|
||||
if (digit > ('z' - '0')) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
digit = cvtIn[digit];
|
||||
if (digit > 15) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result = (result << 4);
|
||||
if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result += digit;
|
||||
anyDigits = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
} else if (base >= 2 && base <= 36) {
|
||||
unsigned long maxres = ULONG_MAX / base;
|
||||
|
||||
for ( ; ; p += 1) {
|
||||
digit = *p - '0';
|
||||
if (digit > ('z' - '0')) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
digit = cvtIn[digit];
|
||||
if (digit >= ( (unsigned) base )) {
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (result > maxres) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result *= base;
|
||||
if (digit > (ULONG_MAX - result)) { overflow = 1; }
|
||||
result += digit;
|
||||
anyDigits = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* See if there were any digits at all.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
if (!anyDigits) {
|
||||
p = string;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (endPtr != 0) {
|
||||
/* unsafe, but required by the strtoul prototype */
|
||||
*endPtr = (char *) p;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (overflow) {
|
||||
errno = ERANGE;
|
||||
return ULONG_MAX;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (negative) {
|
||||
return -result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
76
compat/unistd.h
Normal file
76
compat/unistd.h
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* unistd.h --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Macros, constants and prototypes for Posix conformance.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright 1989 Regents of the University of California Permission to use,
|
||||
* copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for any
|
||||
* purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
|
||||
* copyright notice appear in all copies. The University of California makes
|
||||
* no representations about the suitability of this software for any purpose.
|
||||
* It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _UNISTD
|
||||
#define _UNISTD
|
||||
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef NULL
|
||||
#define NULL 0
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Strict POSIX stuff goes here. Extensions go down below, in the ifndef
|
||||
* _POSIX_SOURCE section.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
extern void _exit(int status);
|
||||
extern int access(const char *path, int mode);
|
||||
extern int chdir(const char *path);
|
||||
extern int chown(const char *path, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
|
||||
extern int close(int fd);
|
||||
extern int dup(int oldfd);
|
||||
extern int dup2(int oldfd, int newfd);
|
||||
extern int execl(const char *path, ...);
|
||||
extern int execle(const char *path, ...);
|
||||
extern int execlp(const char *file, ...);
|
||||
extern int execv(const char *path, char **argv);
|
||||
extern int execve(const char *path, char **argv, char **envp);
|
||||
extern int execvpw(const char *file, char **argv);
|
||||
extern pid_t fork(void);
|
||||
extern char * getcwd(char *buf, size_t size);
|
||||
extern gid_t getegid(void);
|
||||
extern uid_t geteuid(void);
|
||||
extern gid_t getgid(void);
|
||||
extern int getgroups(int bufSize, int *buffer);
|
||||
extern pid_t getpid(void);
|
||||
extern uid_t getuid(void);
|
||||
extern int isatty(int fd);
|
||||
extern long lseek(int fd, long offset, int whence);
|
||||
extern int pipe(int *fildes);
|
||||
extern int read(int fd, char *buf, size_t size);
|
||||
extern int setgid(gid_t group);
|
||||
extern int setuid(uid_t user);
|
||||
extern unsigned sleep(unsigned seconds);
|
||||
extern char * ttyname(int fd);
|
||||
extern int unlink(const char *path);
|
||||
extern int write(int fd, const char *buf, size_t size);
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_SOURCE
|
||||
extern char * crypt(const char *, const char *);
|
||||
extern int fchown(int fd, uid_t owner, gid_t group);
|
||||
extern int flock(int fd, int operation);
|
||||
extern int ftruncate(int fd, unsigned long length);
|
||||
extern int ioctl(int fd, int request, ...);
|
||||
extern int readlink(const char *path, char *buf, int bufsize);
|
||||
extern int setegid(gid_t group);
|
||||
extern int seteuidw(uid_t user);
|
||||
extern int setreuid(int ruid, int euid);
|
||||
extern int symlink(const char *, const char *);
|
||||
extern int ttyslot(void);
|
||||
extern int truncate(const char *path, unsigned long length);
|
||||
extern int vfork(void);
|
||||
#endif /* _POSIX_SOURCE */
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* _UNISTD */
|
||||
168
compat/waitpid.c
Normal file
168
compat/waitpid.c
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* waitpid.c --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This procedure emulates the POSIX waitpid kernel call on BSD systems
|
||||
* that don't have waitpid but do have wait3. This code is based on a
|
||||
* prototype version written by Mark Diekhans and Karl Lehenbauer.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
* Copyright (c) 1994 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution of
|
||||
* this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "tclPort.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef pid_t
|
||||
#define pid_t int
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* A linked list of the following structures is used to keep track of
|
||||
* processes for which we received notification from the kernel, but the
|
||||
* application hasn't waited for them yet (this can happen because wait may
|
||||
* not return the process we really want). We save the information here until
|
||||
* the application finally does wait for the process.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
typedef struct WaitInfo {
|
||||
pid_t pid; /* Pid of process that exited. */
|
||||
WAIT_STATUS_TYPE status; /* Status returned when child exited or
|
||||
* suspended. */
|
||||
struct WaitInfo *nextPtr; /* Next in list of exited processes. */
|
||||
} WaitInfo;
|
||||
|
||||
static WaitInfo *deadList = NULL;
|
||||
/* First in list of all dead processes. */
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*
|
||||
* waitpid --
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This procedure emulates the functionality of the POSIX waitpid kernel
|
||||
* call, using the BSD wait3 kernel call. Note: it doesn't emulate
|
||||
* absolutely all of the waitpid functionality, in that it doesn't
|
||||
* support pid's of 0 or < -1.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Results:
|
||||
* -1 is returned if there is an error in the wait kernel call. Otherwise
|
||||
* the pid of an exited or suspended process is returned and *statusPtr
|
||||
* is set to the status value of the process.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Side effects:
|
||||
* None.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef waitpid
|
||||
# undef waitpid
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
pid_t
|
||||
waitpid(
|
||||
pid_t pid, /* The pid to wait on. Must be -1 or greater
|
||||
* than zero. */
|
||||
int *statusPtr, /* Where to store wait status for the
|
||||
* process. */
|
||||
int options) /* OR'ed combination of WNOHANG and
|
||||
* WUNTRACED. */
|
||||
{
|
||||
register WaitInfo *waitPtr, *prevPtr;
|
||||
pid_t result;
|
||||
WAIT_STATUS_TYPE status;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((pid < -1) || (pid == 0)) {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* See if there's a suitable process that has already stopped or exited.
|
||||
* If so, remove it from the list of exited processes and return its
|
||||
* information.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
for (waitPtr = deadList, prevPtr = NULL; waitPtr != NULL;
|
||||
prevPtr = waitPtr, waitPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||||
if ((pid != waitPtr->pid) && (pid != -1)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!(options & WUNTRACED) && (WIFSTOPPED(waitPtr->status))) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
result = waitPtr->pid;
|
||||
*statusPtr = *((int *) &waitPtr->status);
|
||||
if (prevPtr == NULL) {
|
||||
deadList = waitPtr->nextPtr;
|
||||
} else {
|
||||
prevPtr->nextPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
ckfree((char *) waitPtr);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Wait for any process to stop or exit. If it's an acceptable one then
|
||||
* return it to the caller; otherwise store information about it in the
|
||||
* list of exited processes and try again. On systems that have only wait
|
||||
* but not wait3, there are several situations we can't handle, but we do
|
||||
* the best we can (e.g. can still handle some combinations of options by
|
||||
* invoking wait instead of wait3).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
while (1) {
|
||||
#if NO_WAIT3
|
||||
if (options & WNOHANG) {
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (options != 0) {
|
||||
errno = EINVAL;
|
||||
return -1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
result = wait(&status);
|
||||
#else
|
||||
result = wait3(&status, options, 0);
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
if ((result == -1) && (errno == EINTR)) {
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (result <= 0) {
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((pid != result) && (pid != -1)) {
|
||||
goto saveInfo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (!(options & WUNTRACED) && (WIFSTOPPED(status))) {
|
||||
goto saveInfo;
|
||||
}
|
||||
*statusPtr = *((int *) &status);
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* Can't return this info to caller. Save it in the list of stopped or
|
||||
* exited processes. Tricky point: first check for an existing entry
|
||||
* for the process and overwrite it if it exists (e.g. a previously
|
||||
* stopped process might now be dead).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
saveInfo:
|
||||
for (waitPtr = deadList; waitPtr != NULL; waitPtr = waitPtr->nextPtr) {
|
||||
if (waitPtr->pid == result) {
|
||||
waitPtr->status = status;
|
||||
goto waitAgain;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
waitPtr = (WaitInfo *) ckalloc(sizeof(WaitInfo));
|
||||
waitPtr->pid = result;
|
||||
waitPtr->status = status;
|
||||
waitPtr->nextPtr = deadList;
|
||||
deadList = waitPtr;
|
||||
|
||||
waitAgain:
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
485
config.h.in
485
config.h.in
@@ -1,485 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/* config.h.in. Generated from configure.ac by autoheader. */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
|
||||
#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
|
||||
|
||||
/* How many MiB of RAM to assume if the real amount cannot be determined. */
|
||||
#undef ASSUME_RAM
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native
|
||||
language is requested. */
|
||||
#undef ENABLE_NLS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if bswap_16 is available. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_BSWAP_16
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if bswap_32 is available. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_BSWAP_32
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if bswap_64 is available. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_BSWAP_64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <byteswap.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_BYTESWAP_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `CC_SHA256_CTX'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CC_SHA256_CTX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `CC_SHA256_Init' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CC_SHA256_INIT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the
|
||||
CoreFoundation framework. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in
|
||||
the CoreFoundation framework. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if crc32 integrity check is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CHECK_CRC32
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if crc64 integrity check is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CHECK_CRC64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if sha256 integrity check is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CHECK_SHA256
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `clock_gettime' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_CLOCK_GETTIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <CommonCrypto/CommonDigest.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_COMMONCRYPTO_COMMONDIGEST_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DCGETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `CLOCK_MONOTONIC', and to 0 if
|
||||
you don't. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECL_CLOCK_MONOTONIC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `program_invocation_name', and
|
||||
to 0 if you don't. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECL_PROGRAM_INVOCATION_NAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if arm decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_ARM
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if armthumb decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_ARMTHUMB
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if delta decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_DELTA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ia64 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_IA64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma1 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_LZMA1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma2 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_LZMA2
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if powerpc decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_POWERPC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if sparc decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_SPARC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if x86 decoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DECODER_X86
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <dlfcn.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_DLFCN_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if arm encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_ARM
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if armthumb encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_ARMTHUMB
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if delta encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_DELTA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if ia64 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_IA64
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma1 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_LZMA1
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if lzma2 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_LZMA2
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if powerpc encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_POWERPC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if sparc encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_SPARC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if x86 encoder is enabled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ENCODER_X86
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <fcntl.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FCNTL_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimens' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FUTIMENS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimes' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FUTIMES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `futimesat' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_FUTIMESAT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <getopt.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETOPT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `getopt_long' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETOPT_LONG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define if you have the iconv() function and it works. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_ICONV
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <immintrin.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if mbrtowc and mbstate_t are properly declared. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MBRTOWC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable bt2 match finder. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MF_BT2
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable bt3 match finder. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MF_BT3
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable bt4 match finder. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MF_BT4
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable hc3 match finder. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MF_HC3
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to enable hc4 match finder. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MF_HC4
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <minix/sha2.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_MINIX_SHA2_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if getopt.h declares extern int optreset. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_OPTRESET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `posix_fadvise' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_POSIX_FADVISE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_condattr_setclock' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_CONDATTR_SETCLOCK
|
||||
|
||||
/* Have PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_PRIO_INHERIT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `SHA256Init' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SHA256INIT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `SHA256_CTX'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SHA256_CTX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sha256.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SHA256_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `SHA256_Init' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SHA256_INIT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `SHA2_CTX'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SHA2_CTX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sha2.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SHA2_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if optimizing for size. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SMALL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if stdbool.h conforms to C99. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDBOOL_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRING_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimensec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMENSEC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atimespec.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIMESPEC_TV_NSEC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.st__tim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_ST__TIM_TV_NSEC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_atim.tv_nsec' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_ATIM_TV_NSEC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if `st_uatime' is a member of `struct stat'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_STRUCT_STAT_ST_UATIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/byteorder.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_BYTEORDER_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/endian.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_ENDIAN_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/param.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `uintptr_t'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UINTPTR_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `utime' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UTIME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `utimes' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_UTIMES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 or 0, depending whether the compiler supports simple visibility
|
||||
declarations. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_VISIBILITY
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the `wcwidth' function. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE_WCWIDTH
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `_Bool'. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE__BOOL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if _mm_movemask_epi8 is available. */
|
||||
#undef HAVE__MM_MOVEMASK_EPI8
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the sub-directory where libtool stores uninstalled libraries. */
|
||||
#undef LT_OBJDIR
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 when using POSIX threads (pthreads). */
|
||||
#undef MYTHREAD_POSIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 when using Windows Vista compatible threads. This uses features
|
||||
that are not available on Windows XP. */
|
||||
#undef MYTHREAD_VISTA
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 when using Windows 95 (and thus XP) compatible threads. This
|
||||
avoids use of features that were added in Windows Vista. */
|
||||
#undef MYTHREAD_WIN95
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 to disable debugging code. */
|
||||
#undef NDEBUG
|
||||
|
||||
/* Name of package */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_NAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_STRING
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the home page for this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_URL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the version of this package. */
|
||||
#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to necessary symbol if this constant uses a non-standard name on
|
||||
your system. */
|
||||
#undef PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE
|
||||
|
||||
/* The size of `size_t', as computed by sizeof. */
|
||||
#undef SIZEOF_SIZE_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
|
||||
#undef STDC_HEADERS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
cpuset(2). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_CPUSET
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
pstat_getdynamic(). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN) or sysconf(_SC_NPROC_ONLN). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_SYSCONF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the number of available CPU cores can be detected with
|
||||
sysctl(). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_CPUCORES_SYSCTL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the system supports fast unaligned access to 16-bit and
|
||||
32-bit integers. */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_FAST_UNALIGNED_ACCESS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
_system_configuration.physmem. */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_AIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
getinvent_r(). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_GETINVENT_R
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
getsysinfo(). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_GETSYSINFO
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
pstat_getstatic(). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_PSTAT_GETSTATIC
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with
|
||||
sysconf(_SC_PAGESIZE) and sysconf(_SC_PHYS_PAGES). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_SYSCONF
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with sysctl().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_SYSCTL
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if the amount of physical memory can be detected with Linux
|
||||
sysinfo(). */
|
||||
#undef TUKLIB_PHYSMEM_SYSINFO
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
|
||||
#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
# undef _ALL_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
|
||||
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
# undef _GNU_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
|
||||
#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
|
||||
# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
|
||||
#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
|
||||
# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
|
||||
#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
|
||||
# undef __EXTENSIONS__
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Version number of package */
|
||||
#undef VERSION
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
|
||||
significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
|
||||
#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
|
||||
# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
|
||||
# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#else
|
||||
# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
# endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable large inode numbers on Mac OS X 10.5. */
|
||||
#ifndef _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE
|
||||
# define _DARWIN_USE_64_BIT_INODE 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Number of bits in a file offset, on hosts where this is settable. */
|
||||
#undef _FILE_OFFSET_BITS
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for large files, on AIX-style hosts. */
|
||||
#undef _LARGE_FILES
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
|
||||
#undef _MINIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
|
||||
this defined. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
|
||||
#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint32_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
|
||||
<pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
|
||||
#define below would cause a syntax error. */
|
||||
#undef _UINT32_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint64_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
|
||||
<pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
|
||||
#define below would cause a syntax error. */
|
||||
#undef _UINT64_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define for Solaris 2.5.1 so the uint8_t typedef from <sys/synch.h>,
|
||||
<pthread.h>, or <semaphore.h> is not used. If the typedef were allowed, the
|
||||
#define below would cause a syntax error. */
|
||||
#undef _UINT8_T
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to rpl_ if the getopt replacement functions and variables should be
|
||||
used. */
|
||||
#undef __GETOPT_PREFIX
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 32 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
#undef int32_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of a signed integer type of width exactly 64 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
#undef int64_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 16 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
#undef uint16_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 32 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
#undef uint32_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 64 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
#undef uint64_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type of width exactly 8 bits if
|
||||
such a type exists and the standard includes do not define it. */
|
||||
#undef uint8_t
|
||||
|
||||
/* Define to the type of an unsigned integer type wide enough to hold a
|
||||
pointer, if such a type exists, and if the system does not define it. */
|
||||
#undef uintptr_t
|
||||
842
configure.ac
842
configure.ac
@@ -1,842 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# -*- Autoconf -*-
|
||||
# Process this file with autoconf to produce a configure script.
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
# You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# NOTE: Don't add useless checks. autoscan detects this and that, but don't
|
||||
# let it confuse you. For example, we don't care about checking for behavior
|
||||
# of malloc(), stat(), or lstat(), since we don't use those functions in
|
||||
# a way that would cause the problems the autoconf macros check.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PREREQ([2.64])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_INIT([XZ Utils], m4_esyscmd([/bin/sh build-aux/version.sh]),
|
||||
[lasse.collin@tukaani.org], [xz], [http://tukaani.org/xz/])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/liblzma/common/common.h])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_HEADER([config.h])
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "$PACKAGE_STRING"
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "System type:"
|
||||
# This is needed to know if assembler optimizations can be used.
|
||||
AC_CANONICAL_HOST
|
||||
|
||||
# We do some special things on Windows (32-bit or 64-bit) builds.
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
mingw* | cygwin | msys) is_w32=yes ;;
|
||||
*) is_w32=no ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_W32], [test "$is_w32" = yes])
|
||||
|
||||
# We need to use $EXEEXT with $(LN_S) when creating symlinks to
|
||||
# executables. Cygwin is an exception to this, since it is recommended
|
||||
# that symlinks don't have the .exe suffix. To make this work, we
|
||||
# define LN_EXEEXT.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# MSYS2 is treated the same way as Cygwin. It uses plain "msys" like
|
||||
# the original MSYS when building MSYS/MSYS2-binaries. Hopefully this
|
||||
# doesn't break things for the original MSYS developers. Note that this
|
||||
# doesn't affect normal MSYS/MSYS2 users building non-MSYS/MSYS2 binaries
|
||||
# since in that case the $host_os is usually mingw32.
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
cygwin | msys) LN_EXEEXT= ;;
|
||||
*) LN_EXEEXT='$(EXEEXT)' ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AC_SUBST([LN_EXEEXT])
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "Configure options:"
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS=
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#############
|
||||
# Debugging #
|
||||
#############
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if debugging code should be compiled])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([debug], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-debug], [Enable debugging code.]),
|
||||
[], enable_debug=no)
|
||||
if test "x$enable_debug" = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([NDEBUG], [1], [Define to 1 to disable debugging code.])
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###########
|
||||
# Filters #
|
||||
###########
|
||||
|
||||
m4_define([SUPPORTED_FILTERS], [lzma1,lzma2,delta,x86,powerpc,ia64,arm,armthumb,sparc])dnl
|
||||
m4_define([SIMPLE_FILTERS], [x86,powerpc,ia64,arm,armthumb,sparc])
|
||||
m4_define([LZ_FILTERS], [lzma1,lzma2])
|
||||
|
||||
m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_FILTERS],
|
||||
[enable_filter_[]NAME=no
|
||||
enable_encoder_[]NAME=no
|
||||
enable_decoder_[]NAME=no
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([which encoders to build])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([encoders], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-encoders=LIST],
|
||||
[Comma-separated list of encoders to build. Default=all.
|
||||
Available encoders:]
|
||||
m4_translit(m4_defn([SUPPORTED_FILTERS]), [,], [ ])),
|
||||
[], [enable_encoders=SUPPORTED_FILTERS])
|
||||
enable_encoders=`echo "$enable_encoders" | sed 's/,/ /g'`
|
||||
if test "x$enable_encoders" = xno || test "x$enable_encoders" = x; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([(none)])
|
||||
else
|
||||
for arg in $enable_encoders
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_FILTERS], [
|
||||
NAME)
|
||||
enable_filter_[]NAME=yes
|
||||
enable_encoder_[]NAME=yes
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ENCODER_[]m4_toupper(NAME), [1],
|
||||
[Define to 1 if] NAME [encoder is enabled.])
|
||||
;;])
|
||||
*)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([unknown filter: $arg])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_encoders])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([which decoders to build])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([decoders], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-decoders=LIST],
|
||||
[Comma-separated list of decoders to build. Default=all.
|
||||
Available decoders are the same as available encoders.]),
|
||||
[], [enable_decoders=SUPPORTED_FILTERS])
|
||||
enable_decoders=`echo "$enable_decoders" | sed 's/,/ /g'`
|
||||
if test "x$enable_decoders" = xno || test "x$enable_decoders" = x; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([(none)])
|
||||
else
|
||||
for arg in $enable_decoders
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_FILTERS], [
|
||||
NAME)
|
||||
enable_filter_[]NAME=yes
|
||||
enable_decoder_[]NAME=yes
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DECODER_[]m4_toupper(NAME), [1],
|
||||
[Define to 1 if] NAME [decoder is enabled.])
|
||||
;;])
|
||||
*)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([unknown filter: $arg])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
# LZMA2 requires that LZMA1 is enabled.
|
||||
test "x$enable_encoder_lzma2" = xyes && enable_encoder_lzma1=yes
|
||||
test "x$enable_decoder_lzma2" = xyes && enable_decoder_lzma1=yes
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_decoders])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$enable_encoder_lzma2$enable_encoder_lzma1" = xyesno \
|
||||
|| test "x$enable_decoder_lzma2$enable_decoder_lzma1" = xyesno; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([LZMA2 requires that LZMA1 is also enabled.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_MAIN_ENCODER, test "x$enable_encoders" != xno && test "x$enable_encoders" != x)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_MAIN_DECODER, test "x$enable_decoders" != xno && test "x$enable_decoders" != x)
|
||||
|
||||
m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_FILTERS],
|
||||
[AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_FILTER_[]m4_toupper(NAME), test "x$enable_filter_[]NAME" = xyes)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_ENCODER_[]m4_toupper(NAME), test "x$enable_encoder_[]NAME" = xyes)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_DECODER_[]m4_toupper(NAME), test "x$enable_decoder_[]NAME" = xyes)
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
# The so called "simple filters" share common code.
|
||||
enable_filter_simple=no
|
||||
enable_encoder_simple=no
|
||||
enable_decoder_simple=no
|
||||
m4_foreach([NAME], [SIMPLE_FILTERS],
|
||||
[test "x$enable_filter_[]NAME" = xyes && enable_filter_simple=yes
|
||||
test "x$enable_encoder_[]NAME" = xyes && enable_encoder_simple=yes
|
||||
test "x$enable_decoder_[]NAME" = xyes && enable_decoder_simple=yes
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_FILTER_SIMPLE, test "x$enable_filter_simple" = xyes)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_ENCODER_SIMPLE, test "x$enable_encoder_simple" = xyes)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_DECODER_SIMPLE, test "x$enable_decoder_simple" = xyes)
|
||||
|
||||
# LZ-based filters share common code.
|
||||
enable_filter_lz=no
|
||||
enable_encoder_lz=no
|
||||
enable_decoder_lz=no
|
||||
m4_foreach([NAME], [LZ_FILTERS],
|
||||
[test "x$enable_filter_[]NAME" = xyes && enable_filter_lz=yes
|
||||
test "x$enable_encoder_[]NAME" = xyes && enable_encoder_lz=yes
|
||||
test "x$enable_decoder_[]NAME" = xyes && enable_decoder_lz=yes
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_FILTER_LZ, test "x$enable_filter_lz" = xyes)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_ENCODER_LZ, test "x$enable_encoder_lz" = xyes)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_DECODER_LZ, test "x$enable_decoder_lz" = xyes)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#################
|
||||
# Match finders #
|
||||
#################
|
||||
|
||||
m4_define([SUPPORTED_MATCH_FINDERS], [hc3,hc4,bt2,bt3,bt4])
|
||||
|
||||
m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_MATCH_FINDERS],
|
||||
[enable_match_finder_[]NAME=no
|
||||
])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([which match finders to build])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([match-finders], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-match-finders=LIST],
|
||||
[Comma-separated list of match finders to build. Default=all.
|
||||
At least one match finder is required for encoding with
|
||||
the LZMA1 and LZMA2 filters. Available match finders:]
|
||||
m4_translit(m4_defn([SUPPORTED_MATCH_FINDERS]), [,], [ ])), [],
|
||||
[enable_match_finders=SUPPORTED_MATCH_FINDERS])
|
||||
enable_match_finders=`echo "$enable_match_finders" | sed 's/,/ /g'`
|
||||
if test "x$enable_encoder_lz" = xyes ; then
|
||||
for arg in $enable_match_finders
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_MATCH_FINDERS], [
|
||||
NAME)
|
||||
enable_match_finder_[]NAME=yes
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MF_[]m4_toupper(NAME), [1],
|
||||
[Define to 1 to enable] NAME [match finder.])
|
||||
;;])
|
||||
*)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([unknown match finder: $arg])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_match_finders])
|
||||
else
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([(none because not building any LZ-based encoder)])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
####################
|
||||
# Integrity checks #
|
||||
####################
|
||||
|
||||
m4_define([SUPPORTED_CHECKS], [crc32,crc64,sha256])
|
||||
|
||||
m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_CHECKS],
|
||||
[enable_check_[]NAME=no
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([which integrity checks to build])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([checks], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-checks=LIST],
|
||||
[Comma-separated list of integrity checks to build.
|
||||
Default=all. Available integrity checks:]
|
||||
m4_translit(m4_defn([SUPPORTED_CHECKS]), [,], [ ])),
|
||||
[], [enable_checks=SUPPORTED_CHECKS])
|
||||
enable_checks=`echo "$enable_checks" | sed 's/,/ /g'`
|
||||
if test "x$enable_checks" = xno || test "x$enable_checks" = x; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([(none)])
|
||||
else
|
||||
for arg in $enable_checks
|
||||
do
|
||||
case $arg in m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_CHECKS], [
|
||||
NAME)
|
||||
enable_check_[]NAME=yes
|
||||
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CHECK_[]m4_toupper(NAME), [1],
|
||||
[Define to 1 if] NAME
|
||||
[integrity check is enabled.])
|
||||
;;])
|
||||
*)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([unknown integrity check: $arg])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
done
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_checks])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
if test "x$enable_check_crc32" = xno ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([For now, the CRC32 check must always be enabled.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
m4_foreach([NAME], [SUPPORTED_CHECKS],
|
||||
[AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_CHECK_[]m4_toupper(NAME), test "x$enable_check_[]NAME" = xyes)
|
||||
])dnl
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###########################
|
||||
# Assembler optimizations #
|
||||
###########################
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if assembler optimizations should be used])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([assembler], AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-assembler],
|
||||
[Do not use assembler optimizations even if such exist
|
||||
for the architecture.]),
|
||||
[], [enable_assembler=yes])
|
||||
if test "x$enable_assembler" = xyes; then
|
||||
enable_assembler=no
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
# Darwin should work too but only if not creating universal
|
||||
# binaries. Solaris x86 could work too but I cannot test.
|
||||
linux* | *bsd* | mingw* | cygwin | msys | *djgpp*)
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
i?86) enable_assembler=x86 ;;
|
||||
x86_64) enable_assembler=x86_64 ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
case $enable_assembler in
|
||||
x86 | x86_64 | no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_assembler])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-assembler accepts only `yes', `no', `x86', or `x86_64'.])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_ASM_X86, test "x$enable_assembler" = xx86)
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_ASM_X86_64, test "x$enable_assembler" = xx86_64)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#####################
|
||||
# Size optimization #
|
||||
#####################
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if small size is preferred over speed])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([small], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-small],
|
||||
[Make liblzma smaller and a little slower.
|
||||
This is disabled by default to optimize for speed.]),
|
||||
[], [enable_small=no])
|
||||
if test "x$enable_small" = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SMALL], [1], [Define to 1 if optimizing for size.])
|
||||
elif test "x$enable_small" != xno; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-small accepts only `yes' or `no'])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_small])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL(COND_SMALL, test "x$enable_small" = xyes)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#############
|
||||
# Threading #
|
||||
#############
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if threading support is wanted])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([threads], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads=METHOD],
|
||||
[Supported METHODS are `yes', `no', `posix', `win95', and
|
||||
`vista'. The default is `yes'. Using `no' together with
|
||||
--enable-small makes liblzma thread unsafe.]),
|
||||
[], [enable_threads=yes])
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$enable_threads" = xyes; then
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
mingw*)
|
||||
case $host_cpu in
|
||||
i?86) enable_threads=win95 ;;
|
||||
*) enable_threads=vista ;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
enable_threads=posix
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
case $enable_threads in
|
||||
posix | win95 | vista)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes, $enable_threads])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
no)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-threads only accepts `yes', `no', `posix', `win95', or `vista'])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
|
||||
# The Win95 threading lacks thread-safe one-time initialization function.
|
||||
# It's better to disallow it instead of allowing threaded but thread-unsafe
|
||||
# build.
|
||||
if test "x$enable_small$enable_threads" = xyeswin95; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-threads=win95 and --enable-small cannot be
|
||||
used at the same time])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# We use the actual result a little later.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#########################
|
||||
# Assumed amount of RAM #
|
||||
#########################
|
||||
|
||||
# We use 128 MiB as default, because it will allow decompressing files
|
||||
# created with "xz -9". It would be slightly safer to guess a lower value,
|
||||
# but most systems, on which we don't have any way to determine the amount
|
||||
# of RAM, will probably have at least 128 MiB of RAM.
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how much RAM to assume if the real amount is unknown])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([assume-ram], AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-assume-ram=SIZE],
|
||||
[If and only if the real amount of RAM cannot be determined,
|
||||
assume SIZE MiB. The default is 128 MiB. This affects the
|
||||
default memory usage limit.]),
|
||||
[], [enable_assume_ram=128])
|
||||
assume_ram_check=`echo "$enable_assume_ram" | tr -d 0123456789`
|
||||
if test -z "$enable_assume_ram" || test -n "$assume_ram_check"; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([])
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([--enable-assume-ram accepts only an integer argument])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_assume_ram MiB])
|
||||
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([ASSUME_RAM], [$enable_assume_ram],
|
||||
[How many MiB of RAM to assume if the real amount cannot
|
||||
be determined.])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#########################
|
||||
# Components to install #
|
||||
#########################
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([xz], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xz],
|
||||
[do not build the xz tool])],
|
||||
[], [enable_xz=yes])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_XZ], [test x$enable_xz != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([xzdec], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-xzdec],
|
||||
[do not build xzdec])],
|
||||
[], [enable_xzdec=yes])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_XZDEC], [test x$enable_xzdec != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([lzmadec], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-lzmadec],
|
||||
[do not build lzmadec
|
||||
(it exists primarily for LZMA Utils compatibility)])],
|
||||
[], [enable_lzmadec=yes])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_LZMADEC], [test x$enable_lzmadec != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([lzmainfo], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-lzmainfo],
|
||||
[do not build lzmainfo
|
||||
(it exists primarily for LZMA Utils compatibility)])],
|
||||
[], [enable_lzmainfo=yes])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_LZMAINFO], [test x$enable_lzmainfo != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([lzma-links], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-lzma-links],
|
||||
[do not create symlinks for LZMA Utils compatibility])],
|
||||
[], [enable_lzma_links=yes])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_LZMALINKS], [test x$enable_lzma_links != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([scripts], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-scripts],
|
||||
[do not install the scripts xzdiff, xzgrep, xzless, xzmore,
|
||||
and their symlinks])],
|
||||
[], [enable_scripts=yes])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_SCRIPTS], [test x$enable_scripts != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([doc], [AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-doc],
|
||||
[do not install documentation files to docdir
|
||||
(man pages will still be installed)])],
|
||||
[], [enable_doc=yes])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_DOC], [test x$enable_doc != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#####################
|
||||
# Symbol versioning #
|
||||
#####################
|
||||
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if library symbol versioning should be used])
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([symbol-versions], [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-symbol-versions],
|
||||
[Use symbol versioning for liblzma. Enabled by default on
|
||||
GNU/Linux, other GNU-based systems, and FreeBSD.])],
|
||||
[], [enable_symbol_versions=auto])
|
||||
if test "x$enable_symbol_versions" = xauto; then
|
||||
case $host_os in
|
||||
# NOTE: Even if one omits -gnu on GNU/Linux (e.g.
|
||||
# i486-slackware-linux), configure will (via config.sub)
|
||||
# append -gnu (e.g. i486-slackware-linux-gnu), and this
|
||||
# test will work correctly.
|
||||
gnu* | *-gnu* | freebsd*)
|
||||
enable_symbol_versions=yes
|
||||
;;
|
||||
*)
|
||||
enable_symbol_versions=no
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([$enable_symbol_versions])
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_SYMVERS], [test "x$enable_symbol_versions" = xyes])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Checks for programs.
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
gl_POSIX_SHELL
|
||||
if test -z "$POSIX_SHELL" && test "x$enable_scripts" = xyes ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([No POSIX conforming shell (sh) was found.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "Initializing Automake:"
|
||||
|
||||
# We don't use "subdir-objects" yet because it breaks "make distclean" when
|
||||
# dependencies are enabled (as of Automake 1.14.1) due to this bug:
|
||||
# http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17354
|
||||
# The -Wno-unsupported is used to silence warnings about missing
|
||||
# "subdir-objects".
|
||||
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.12 foreign tar-v7 filename-length-max=99 serial-tests -Wno-unsupported])
|
||||
AC_PROG_LN_S
|
||||
|
||||
AC_PROG_CC_C99
|
||||
if test x$ac_cv_prog_cc_c99 = xno ; then
|
||||
AC_MSG_ERROR([No C99 compiler was found.])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
AM_PROG_CC_C_O
|
||||
AM_PROG_AS
|
||||
AC_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
|
||||
|
||||
case $enable_threads in
|
||||
posix)
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "POSIX threading support:"
|
||||
AX_PTHREAD([:]) dnl We don't need the HAVE_PTHREAD macro.
|
||||
LIBS="$LIBS $PTHREAD_LIBS"
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS="$AM_CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
|
||||
|
||||
dnl NOTE: PTHREAD_CC is ignored. It would be useful on AIX,
|
||||
dnl but it's tricky to get it right together with
|
||||
dnl AC_PROG_CC_C99. Thus, this is handled by telling the
|
||||
dnl user in INSTALL to set the correct CC manually.
|
||||
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([MYTHREAD_POSIX], [1],
|
||||
[Define to 1 when using POSIX threads (pthreads).])
|
||||
|
||||
# These are nice to have but not mandatory.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# FIXME: xz uses clock_gettime if it is available and can do
|
||||
# it even when threading is disabled. Moving this outside
|
||||
# of pthread detection may be undesirable because then
|
||||
# liblzma may get linked against librt even when librt isn't
|
||||
# needed by liblzma.
|
||||
OLD_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $PTHREAD_CFLAGS"
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([clock_gettime], [rt])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([clock_gettime pthread_condattr_setclock])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECLS([CLOCK_MONOTONIC], [], [], [[#include <time.h>]])
|
||||
CFLAGS=$OLD_CFLAGS
|
||||
;;
|
||||
win95)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([MYTHREAD_WIN95], [1], [Define to 1 when using
|
||||
Windows 95 (and thus XP) compatible threads.
|
||||
This avoids use of features that were added in
|
||||
Windows Vista.])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
vista)
|
||||
AC_DEFINE([MYTHREAD_VISTA], [1], [Define to 1 when using
|
||||
Windows Vista compatible threads. This uses
|
||||
features that are not available on Windows XP.])
|
||||
;;
|
||||
esac
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_THREADS], [test "x$enable_threads" != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "Initializing Libtool:"
|
||||
LT_PREREQ([2.2])
|
||||
LT_INIT([win32-dll])
|
||||
LT_LANG([Windows Resource])
|
||||
|
||||
# This is a bit wrong since it is possible to request that only some libs
|
||||
# are built as shared. Using that feature isn't so common though, and this
|
||||
# breaks only on Windows (at least for now) if the user enables only some
|
||||
# libs as shared.
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_SHARED], [test "x$enable_shared" != xno])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Checks for libraries.
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "Initializing gettext:"
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.18])
|
||||
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Checks for header files.
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "System headers and functions:"
|
||||
|
||||
# There is currently no workarounds in this package if some of
|
||||
# these headers are missing.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([fcntl.h limits.h sys/time.h],
|
||||
[],
|
||||
[AC_MSG_ERROR([Required header file(s) are missing.])])
|
||||
|
||||
# This allows the use of the intrinsic functions if they are available.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([immintrin.h])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Checks for typedefs, structures, and compiler characteristics.
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
dnl We don't need these as long as we need a C99 compiler anyway.
|
||||
dnl AC_C_INLINE
|
||||
dnl AC_C_RESTRICT
|
||||
|
||||
AC_HEADER_STDBOOL
|
||||
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UINT8_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UINT16_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_INT32_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UINT32_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_INT64_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UINT64_T
|
||||
AC_TYPE_UINTPTR_T
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CHECK_SIZEOF([size_t])
|
||||
|
||||
# The command line tool can copy high resolution timestamps if such
|
||||
# information is available in struct stat. Otherwise one second accuracy
|
||||
# is used.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([
|
||||
struct stat.st_atim.tv_nsec,
|
||||
struct stat.st_atimespec.tv_nsec,
|
||||
struct stat.st_atimensec,
|
||||
struct stat.st_uatime,
|
||||
struct stat.st_atim.st__tim.tv_nsec])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
|
||||
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Checks for library functions.
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
# Gnulib replacements as needed
|
||||
gl_GETOPT
|
||||
|
||||
# Find the best function to set timestamps.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([futimens futimes futimesat utimes utime], [break])
|
||||
|
||||
# This is nice to have but not mandatory.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([posix_fadvise])
|
||||
|
||||
TUKLIB_PROGNAME
|
||||
TUKLIB_INTEGER
|
||||
TUKLIB_PHYSMEM
|
||||
TUKLIB_CPUCORES
|
||||
TUKLIB_MBSTR
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for system-provided SHA-256. At least the following is supported:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# OS Headers Library Type Function
|
||||
# FreeBSD sys/types.h + sha256.h libmd SHA256_CTX SHA256_Init
|
||||
# NetBSD sys/types.h + sha2.h SHA256_CTX SHA256_Init
|
||||
# OpenBSD sys/types.h + sha2.h SHA2_CTX SHA256Init
|
||||
# Solaris sys/types.h + sha2.h libmd SHA256_CTX SHA256Init
|
||||
# MINIX 3 sys/types.h + minix/sha2.h libutil SHA256_CTX SHA256_Init
|
||||
# Darwin CommonCrypto/CommonDigest.h CC_SHA256_CTX CC_SHA256_Init
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Note that Darwin's CC_SHA256_Update takes buffer size as uint32_t instead
|
||||
# of size_t.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# We don't check for e.g. OpenSSL or libgcrypt because we don't want
|
||||
# to introduce dependencies to other packages by default. Maybe such
|
||||
# libraries could be supported via additional configure options though.
|
||||
#
|
||||
if test "x$enable_check_sha256" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
# Test for Common Crypto before others, because Darwin has sha256.h
|
||||
# too and we don't want to use that, because on older versions it
|
||||
# uses OpenSSL functions, whose SHA256_Init is not guaranteed to
|
||||
# succeed.
|
||||
sha256_header_found=no
|
||||
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(
|
||||
[CommonCrypto/CommonDigest.h sha256.h sha2.h minix/sha2.h],
|
||||
[sha256_header_found=yes ; break])
|
||||
if test "x$sha256_header_found" = xyes; then
|
||||
AC_CHECK_TYPES([CC_SHA256_CTX, SHA256_CTX, SHA2_CTX], [], [],
|
||||
[[#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
|
||||
# include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_COMMONCRYPTO_COMMONDIGEST_H
|
||||
# include <CommonCrypto/CommonDigest.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_SHA256_H
|
||||
# include <sha256.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_SHA2_H
|
||||
# include <sha2.h>
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#ifdef HAVE_MINIX_SHA2_H
|
||||
# include <minix/sha2.h>
|
||||
#endif]])
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([SHA256_Init], [md util])
|
||||
AC_SEARCH_LIBS([SHA256Init], [md])
|
||||
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([CC_SHA256_Init SHA256_Init SHA256Init],
|
||||
[break])
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_INTERNAL_SHA256],
|
||||
[test "x$ac_cv_func_SHA256_Init" != xyes \
|
||||
&& test "x$ac_cv_func_SHA256Init" != xyes \
|
||||
&& test "x$ac_cv_func_CC_SHA256_Init" != xyes])
|
||||
|
||||
# Check for SSE2 intrinsics.
|
||||
AC_CHECK_DECL([_mm_movemask_epi8],
|
||||
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE__MM_MOVEMASK_EPI8], [1],
|
||||
[Define to 1 if _mm_movemask_epi8 is available.])],
|
||||
[],
|
||||
[#ifdef HAVE_IMMINTRIN_H
|
||||
#include <immintrin.h>
|
||||
#endif])
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# If using GCC, set some additional AM_CFLAGS:
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "GCC extensions:"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Always do the visibility check but don't set AM_CFLAGS on Windows.
|
||||
# This way things get set properly even on Windows.
|
||||
gl_VISIBILITY
|
||||
if test -n "$CFLAG_VISIBILITY" && test "$is_w32" = no; then
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS="$AM_CFLAGS $CFLAG_VISIBILITY"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "$GCC" = yes ; then
|
||||
# Enable as much warnings as possible. These commented warnings won't
|
||||
# work for this package though:
|
||||
# * -Wunreachable-code breaks several assert(0) cases, which are
|
||||
# backed up with "return LZMA_PROG_ERROR".
|
||||
# * -Wcast-qual would break various things where we need a non-const
|
||||
# pointer although we don't modify anything through it.
|
||||
# * -Wcast-align breaks optimized CRC32 and CRC64 implementation
|
||||
# on some architectures (not on x86), where this warning is bogus,
|
||||
# because we take care of correct alignment.
|
||||
# * -Winline, -Wdisabled-optimization, -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations
|
||||
# don't seem so useful here; at least the last one gives some
|
||||
# warnings which are not bugs.
|
||||
for NEW_FLAG in \
|
||||
-Wall \
|
||||
-Wextra \
|
||||
-Wvla \
|
||||
-Wformat=2 \
|
||||
-Winit-self \
|
||||
-Wmissing-include-dirs \
|
||||
-Wstrict-aliasing \
|
||||
-Wfloat-equal \
|
||||
-Wundef \
|
||||
-Wshadow \
|
||||
-Wpointer-arith \
|
||||
-Wbad-function-cast \
|
||||
-Wwrite-strings \
|
||||
-Wlogical-op \
|
||||
-Waggregate-return \
|
||||
-Wstrict-prototypes \
|
||||
-Wold-style-definition \
|
||||
-Wmissing-prototypes \
|
||||
-Wmissing-declarations \
|
||||
-Wmissing-noreturn \
|
||||
-Wredundant-decls
|
||||
do
|
||||
AC_MSG_CHECKING([if $CC accepts $NEW_FLAG])
|
||||
OLD_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
|
||||
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $NEW_FLAG -Werror"
|
||||
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_SOURCE(
|
||||
[void foo(void); void foo(void) { }])], [
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS="$AM_CFLAGS $NEW_FLAG"
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([yes])
|
||||
], [
|
||||
AC_MSG_RESULT([no])
|
||||
])
|
||||
CFLAGS="$OLD_CFLAGS"
|
||||
done
|
||||
|
||||
AC_ARG_ENABLE([werror],
|
||||
AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-werror], [Enable -Werror to abort
|
||||
compilation on all compiler warnings.]),
|
||||
[], [enable_werror=no])
|
||||
if test "x$enable_werror" = "xyes"; then
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS="$AM_CFLAGS -Werror"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
# Create the makefiles and config.h
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
echo
|
||||
|
||||
# Don't build the lib directory at all if we don't need any replacement
|
||||
# functions.
|
||||
AM_CONDITIONAL([COND_GNULIB], test -n "$LIBOBJS")
|
||||
|
||||
# Add default AM_CFLAGS.
|
||||
AC_SUBST([AM_CFLAGS])
|
||||
|
||||
# This is needed for src/scripts.
|
||||
xz=`echo xz | sed "$program_transform_name"`
|
||||
AC_SUBST([xz])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([
|
||||
Doxyfile
|
||||
Makefile
|
||||
po/Makefile.in
|
||||
lib/Makefile
|
||||
src/Makefile
|
||||
src/liblzma/Makefile
|
||||
src/liblzma/api/Makefile
|
||||
src/xz/Makefile
|
||||
src/xzdec/Makefile
|
||||
src/lzmainfo/Makefile
|
||||
src/scripts/Makefile
|
||||
tests/Makefile
|
||||
debug/Makefile
|
||||
])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([src/scripts/xzdiff], [chmod +x src/scripts/xzdiff])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([src/scripts/xzgrep], [chmod +x src/scripts/xzgrep])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([src/scripts/xzmore], [chmod +x src/scripts/xzmore])
|
||||
AC_CONFIG_FILES([src/scripts/xzless], [chmod +x src/scripts/xzless])
|
||||
|
||||
AC_OUTPUT
|
||||
|
||||
# Some warnings
|
||||
if test x$tuklib_cv_physmem_method = xunknown; then
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "WARNING:"
|
||||
echo "No supported method to detect the amount of RAM."
|
||||
echo "Consider using --enable-assume-ram (if you didn't already)"
|
||||
echo "or make a patch to add support for this operating system."
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test x$tuklib_cv_cpucores_method = xunknown; then
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "WARNING:"
|
||||
echo "No supported method to detect the number of CPU cores."
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
if test "x$enable_threads$enable_small" = xnoyes; then
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "NOTE:"
|
||||
echo "liblzma will be thread unsafe due the combination"
|
||||
echo "of --disable-threads --enable-small."
|
||||
fi
|
||||
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
##
|
||||
## Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
##
|
||||
## This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
## You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
##
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = \
|
||||
translation.bash
|
||||
|
||||
noinst_PROGRAMS = \
|
||||
repeat \
|
||||
sync_flush \
|
||||
full_flush \
|
||||
memusage \
|
||||
crc32 \
|
||||
known_sizes \
|
||||
hex2bin
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CPPFLAGS = \
|
||||
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/common \
|
||||
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/liblzma/api
|
||||
|
||||
LDADD = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la
|
||||
|
||||
if COND_GNULIB
|
||||
LDADD += $(top_builddir)/lib/libgnu.a
|
||||
endif
|
||||
|
||||
LDADD += $(LTLIBINTL)
|
||||
@@ -1,704 +0,0 @@
|
||||
# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.15 from Makefile.am.
|
||||
# @configure_input@
|
||||
|
||||
# Copyright (C) 1994-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
|
||||
# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
|
||||
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
|
||||
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
|
||||
|
||||
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
|
||||
# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
|
||||
# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
||||
|
||||
@SET_MAKE@
|
||||
|
||||
VPATH = @srcdir@
|
||||
am__is_gnu_make = { \
|
||||
if test -z '$(MAKELEVEL)'; then \
|
||||
false; \
|
||||
elif test -n '$(MAKE_HOST)'; then \
|
||||
true; \
|
||||
elif test -n '$(MAKE_VERSION)' && test -n '$(CURDIR)'; then \
|
||||
true; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
false; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
}
|
||||
am__make_running_with_option = \
|
||||
case $${target_option-} in \
|
||||
?) ;; \
|
||||
*) echo "am__make_running_with_option: internal error: invalid" \
|
||||
"target option '$${target_option-}' specified" >&2; \
|
||||
exit 1;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
has_opt=no; \
|
||||
sane_makeflags=$$MAKEFLAGS; \
|
||||
if $(am__is_gnu_make); then \
|
||||
sane_makeflags=$$MFLAGS; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
case $$MAKEFLAGS in \
|
||||
*\\[\ \ ]*) \
|
||||
bs=\\; \
|
||||
sane_makeflags=`printf '%s\n' "$$MAKEFLAGS" \
|
||||
| sed "s/$$bs$$bs[$$bs $$bs ]*//g"`;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
skip_next=no; \
|
||||
strip_trailopt () \
|
||||
{ \
|
||||
flg=`printf '%s\n' "$$flg" | sed "s/$$1.*$$//"`; \
|
||||
}; \
|
||||
for flg in $$sane_makeflags; do \
|
||||
test $$skip_next = yes && { skip_next=no; continue; }; \
|
||||
case $$flg in \
|
||||
*=*|--*) continue;; \
|
||||
-*I) strip_trailopt 'I'; skip_next=yes;; \
|
||||
-*I?*) strip_trailopt 'I';; \
|
||||
-*O) strip_trailopt 'O'; skip_next=yes;; \
|
||||
-*O?*) strip_trailopt 'O';; \
|
||||
-*l) strip_trailopt 'l'; skip_next=yes;; \
|
||||
-*l?*) strip_trailopt 'l';; \
|
||||
-[dEDm]) skip_next=yes;; \
|
||||
-[JT]) skip_next=yes;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
case $$flg in \
|
||||
*$$target_option*) has_opt=yes; break;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
test $$has_opt = yes
|
||||
am__make_dryrun = (target_option=n; $(am__make_running_with_option))
|
||||
am__make_keepgoing = (target_option=k; $(am__make_running_with_option))
|
||||
pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
|
||||
am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
|
||||
install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
|
||||
INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
|
||||
transform = $(program_transform_name)
|
||||
NORMAL_INSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_INSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_INSTALL = :
|
||||
NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
PRE_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
POST_UNINSTALL = :
|
||||
build_triplet = @build@
|
||||
host_triplet = @host@
|
||||
noinst_PROGRAMS = repeat$(EXEEXT) sync_flush$(EXEEXT) \
|
||||
full_flush$(EXEEXT) memusage$(EXEEXT) crc32$(EXEEXT) \
|
||||
known_sizes$(EXEEXT) hex2bin$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
@COND_GNULIB_TRUE@am__append_1 = $(top_builddir)/lib/libgnu.a
|
||||
subdir = debug
|
||||
ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
|
||||
am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/m4/ax_pthread.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/getopt.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/gettext.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/iconv.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/intlmacosx.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-ld.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-link.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/lib-prefix.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/libtool.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltoptions.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/ltsugar.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/ltversion.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/lt~obsolete.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/nls.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/po.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/posix-shell.m4 $(top_srcdir)/m4/progtest.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/tuklib_common.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/tuklib_cpucores.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/tuklib_integer.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/tuklib_mbstr.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/tuklib_physmem.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/tuklib_progname.m4 \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/m4/visibility.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.ac
|
||||
am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4)
|
||||
DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__DIST_COMMON)
|
||||
mkinstalldirs = $(install_sh) -d
|
||||
CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
|
||||
CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
|
||||
PROGRAMS = $(noinst_PROGRAMS)
|
||||
crc32_SOURCES = crc32.c
|
||||
crc32_OBJECTS = crc32.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
crc32_LDADD = $(LDADD)
|
||||
am__DEPENDENCIES_1 =
|
||||
crc32_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la \
|
||||
$(am__append_1) $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
|
||||
AM_V_lt = $(am__v_lt_@AM_V@)
|
||||
am__v_lt_ = $(am__v_lt_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
|
||||
am__v_lt_0 = --silent
|
||||
am__v_lt_1 =
|
||||
full_flush_SOURCES = full_flush.c
|
||||
full_flush_OBJECTS = full_flush.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
full_flush_LDADD = $(LDADD)
|
||||
full_flush_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la \
|
||||
$(am__append_1) $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
|
||||
hex2bin_SOURCES = hex2bin.c
|
||||
hex2bin_OBJECTS = hex2bin.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
hex2bin_LDADD = $(LDADD)
|
||||
hex2bin_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la \
|
||||
$(am__append_1) $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
|
||||
known_sizes_SOURCES = known_sizes.c
|
||||
known_sizes_OBJECTS = known_sizes.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
known_sizes_LDADD = $(LDADD)
|
||||
known_sizes_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la \
|
||||
$(am__append_1) $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
|
||||
memusage_SOURCES = memusage.c
|
||||
memusage_OBJECTS = memusage.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
memusage_LDADD = $(LDADD)
|
||||
memusage_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la \
|
||||
$(am__append_1) $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
|
||||
repeat_SOURCES = repeat.c
|
||||
repeat_OBJECTS = repeat.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
repeat_LDADD = $(LDADD)
|
||||
repeat_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la \
|
||||
$(am__append_1) $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
|
||||
sync_flush_SOURCES = sync_flush.c
|
||||
sync_flush_OBJECTS = sync_flush.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
sync_flush_LDADD = $(LDADD)
|
||||
sync_flush_DEPENDENCIES = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la \
|
||||
$(am__append_1) $(am__DEPENDENCIES_1)
|
||||
AM_V_P = $(am__v_P_@AM_V@)
|
||||
am__v_P_ = $(am__v_P_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
|
||||
am__v_P_0 = false
|
||||
am__v_P_1 = :
|
||||
AM_V_GEN = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_V@)
|
||||
am__v_GEN_ = $(am__v_GEN_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
|
||||
am__v_GEN_0 = @echo " GEN " $@;
|
||||
am__v_GEN_1 =
|
||||
AM_V_at = $(am__v_at_@AM_V@)
|
||||
am__v_at_ = $(am__v_at_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
|
||||
am__v_at_0 = @
|
||||
am__v_at_1 =
|
||||
DEFAULT_INCLUDES = -I.@am__isrc@ -I$(top_builddir)
|
||||
depcomp = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp
|
||||
am__depfiles_maybe = depfiles
|
||||
am__mv = mv -f
|
||||
COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) \
|
||||
$(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
|
||||
LTCOMPILE = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=compile $(CC) $(DEFS) \
|
||||
$(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) \
|
||||
$(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
|
||||
AM_V_CC = $(am__v_CC_@AM_V@)
|
||||
am__v_CC_ = $(am__v_CC_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
|
||||
am__v_CC_0 = @echo " CC " $@;
|
||||
am__v_CC_1 =
|
||||
CCLD = $(CC)
|
||||
LINK = $(LIBTOOL) $(AM_V_lt) --tag=CC $(AM_LIBTOOLFLAGS) \
|
||||
$(LIBTOOLFLAGS) --mode=link $(CCLD) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) \
|
||||
$(AM_LDFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
|
||||
AM_V_CCLD = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_V@)
|
||||
am__v_CCLD_ = $(am__v_CCLD_@AM_DEFAULT_V@)
|
||||
am__v_CCLD_0 = @echo " CCLD " $@;
|
||||
am__v_CCLD_1 =
|
||||
SOURCES = crc32.c full_flush.c hex2bin.c known_sizes.c memusage.c \
|
||||
repeat.c sync_flush.c
|
||||
DIST_SOURCES = crc32.c full_flush.c hex2bin.c known_sizes.c memusage.c \
|
||||
repeat.c sync_flush.c
|
||||
am__can_run_installinfo = \
|
||||
case $$AM_UPDATE_INFO_DIR in \
|
||||
n|no|NO) false;; \
|
||||
*) (install-info --version) >/dev/null 2>&1;; \
|
||||
esac
|
||||
am__tagged_files = $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP)
|
||||
# Read a list of newline-separated strings from the standard input,
|
||||
# and print each of them once, without duplicates. Input order is
|
||||
# *not* preserved.
|
||||
am__uniquify_input = $(AWK) '\
|
||||
BEGIN { nonempty = 0; } \
|
||||
{ items[$$0] = 1; nonempty = 1; } \
|
||||
END { if (nonempty) { for (i in items) print i; }; } \
|
||||
'
|
||||
# Make sure the list of sources is unique. This is necessary because,
|
||||
# e.g., the same source file might be shared among _SOURCES variables
|
||||
# for different programs/libraries.
|
||||
am__define_uniq_tagged_files = \
|
||||
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
|
||||
unique=`for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then echo $$i; else echo $(srcdir)/$$i; fi; \
|
||||
done | $(am__uniquify_input)`
|
||||
ETAGS = etags
|
||||
CTAGS = ctags
|
||||
am__DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in \
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/depcomp README
|
||||
DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(DIST_SOURCES) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
|
||||
ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
|
||||
AMTAR = @AMTAR@
|
||||
AM_CFLAGS = @AM_CFLAGS@
|
||||
AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY = @AM_DEFAULT_VERBOSITY@
|
||||
AR = @AR@
|
||||
AS = @AS@
|
||||
AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
|
||||
AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
|
||||
AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
|
||||
AWK = @AWK@
|
||||
CC = @CC@
|
||||
CCAS = @CCAS@
|
||||
CCASDEPMODE = @CCASDEPMODE@
|
||||
CCASFLAGS = @CCASFLAGS@
|
||||
CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
|
||||
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
|
||||
CFLAG_VISIBILITY = @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@
|
||||
CPP = @CPP@
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
|
||||
CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
|
||||
DEFS = @DEFS@
|
||||
DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
|
||||
DLLTOOL = @DLLTOOL@
|
||||
DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
|
||||
DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
|
||||
ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
|
||||
ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
|
||||
ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
|
||||
EGREP = @EGREP@
|
||||
EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
|
||||
FGREP = @FGREP@
|
||||
GETOPT_H = @GETOPT_H@
|
||||
GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION = @GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION@
|
||||
GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
|
||||
GMSGFMT_015 = @GMSGFMT_015@
|
||||
GREP = @GREP@
|
||||
HAVE_VISIBILITY = @HAVE_VISIBILITY@
|
||||
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
|
||||
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
|
||||
INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
|
||||
INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
|
||||
INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
|
||||
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS = @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@
|
||||
LD = @LD@
|
||||
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
|
||||
LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
|
||||
LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
|
||||
LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
|
||||
LIBS = @LIBS@
|
||||
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
|
||||
LIPO = @LIPO@
|
||||
LN_EXEEXT = @LN_EXEEXT@
|
||||
LN_S = @LN_S@
|
||||
LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
|
||||
LTLIBINTL = @LTLIBINTL@
|
||||
LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
|
||||
LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH = @LT_SYS_LIBRARY_PATH@
|
||||
MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
|
||||
MANIFEST_TOOL = @MANIFEST_TOOL@
|
||||
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
|
||||
MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
|
||||
MSGFMT_015 = @MSGFMT_015@
|
||||
MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
|
||||
NM = @NM@
|
||||
NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
|
||||
OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
|
||||
OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
|
||||
OTOOL = @OTOOL@
|
||||
OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
|
||||
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
|
||||
PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
|
||||
PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
|
||||
PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
|
||||
PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
|
||||
PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
|
||||
PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
|
||||
POSIX_SHELL = @POSIX_SHELL@
|
||||
POSUB = @POSUB@
|
||||
PREFERABLY_POSIX_SHELL = @PREFERABLY_POSIX_SHELL@
|
||||
PTHREAD_CC = @PTHREAD_CC@
|
||||
PTHREAD_CFLAGS = @PTHREAD_CFLAGS@
|
||||
PTHREAD_LIBS = @PTHREAD_LIBS@
|
||||
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
|
||||
RC = @RC@
|
||||
SED = @SED@
|
||||
SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
|
||||
SHELL = @SHELL@
|
||||
STRIP = @STRIP@
|
||||
USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
|
||||
VERSION = @VERSION@
|
||||
XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
|
||||
XGETTEXT_015 = @XGETTEXT_015@
|
||||
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS = @XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS@
|
||||
abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
|
||||
abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
|
||||
abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
|
||||
abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
|
||||
ac_ct_AR = @ac_ct_AR@
|
||||
ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
|
||||
ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
|
||||
am__include = @am__include@
|
||||
am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
|
||||
am__quote = @am__quote@
|
||||
am__tar = @am__tar@
|
||||
am__untar = @am__untar@
|
||||
ax_pthread_config = @ax_pthread_config@
|
||||
bindir = @bindir@
|
||||
build = @build@
|
||||
build_alias = @build_alias@
|
||||
build_cpu = @build_cpu@
|
||||
build_os = @build_os@
|
||||
build_vendor = @build_vendor@
|
||||
builddir = @builddir@
|
||||
datadir = @datadir@
|
||||
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
|
||||
docdir = @docdir@
|
||||
dvidir = @dvidir@
|
||||
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
|
||||
host = @host@
|
||||
host_alias = @host_alias@
|
||||
host_cpu = @host_cpu@
|
||||
host_os = @host_os@
|
||||
host_vendor = @host_vendor@
|
||||
htmldir = @htmldir@
|
||||
includedir = @includedir@
|
||||
infodir = @infodir@
|
||||
install_sh = @install_sh@
|
||||
libdir = @libdir@
|
||||
libexecdir = @libexecdir@
|
||||
localedir = @localedir@
|
||||
localstatedir = @localstatedir@
|
||||
mandir = @mandir@
|
||||
mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
|
||||
oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
|
||||
pdfdir = @pdfdir@
|
||||
prefix = @prefix@
|
||||
program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
|
||||
psdir = @psdir@
|
||||
sbindir = @sbindir@
|
||||
sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
|
||||
srcdir = @srcdir@
|
||||
sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
|
||||
target_alias = @target_alias@
|
||||
top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
|
||||
top_builddir = @top_builddir@
|
||||
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
|
||||
xz = @xz@
|
||||
EXTRA_DIST = \
|
||||
translation.bash
|
||||
|
||||
AM_CPPFLAGS = \
|
||||
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/common \
|
||||
-I$(top_srcdir)/src/liblzma/api
|
||||
|
||||
LDADD = $(top_builddir)/src/liblzma/liblzma.la $(am__append_1) \
|
||||
$(LTLIBINTL)
|
||||
all: all-am
|
||||
|
||||
.SUFFIXES:
|
||||
.SUFFIXES: .c .lo .o .obj
|
||||
$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
@for dep in $?; do \
|
||||
case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
|
||||
*$$dep*) \
|
||||
( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
|
||||
&& { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
|
||||
exit 1;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
done; \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign debug/Makefile'; \
|
||||
$(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
|
||||
$(AUTOMAKE) --foreign debug/Makefile
|
||||
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
|
||||
@case '$?' in \
|
||||
*config.status*) \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
|
||||
*) \
|
||||
echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
|
||||
esac;
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
|
||||
$(top_srcdir)/configure: $(am__configure_deps)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
$(ACLOCAL_M4): $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
|
||||
cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
|
||||
$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
|
||||
|
||||
clean-noinstPROGRAMS:
|
||||
@list='$(noinst_PROGRAMS)'; test -n "$$list" || exit 0; \
|
||||
echo " rm -f" $$list; \
|
||||
rm -f $$list || exit $$?; \
|
||||
test -n "$(EXEEXT)" || exit 0; \
|
||||
list=`for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \
|
||||
echo " rm -f" $$list; \
|
||||
rm -f $$list
|
||||
|
||||
crc32$(EXEEXT): $(crc32_OBJECTS) $(crc32_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_crc32_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
@rm -f crc32$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(crc32_OBJECTS) $(crc32_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
full_flush$(EXEEXT): $(full_flush_OBJECTS) $(full_flush_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_full_flush_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
@rm -f full_flush$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(full_flush_OBJECTS) $(full_flush_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
hex2bin$(EXEEXT): $(hex2bin_OBJECTS) $(hex2bin_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_hex2bin_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
@rm -f hex2bin$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(hex2bin_OBJECTS) $(hex2bin_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
known_sizes$(EXEEXT): $(known_sizes_OBJECTS) $(known_sizes_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_known_sizes_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
@rm -f known_sizes$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(known_sizes_OBJECTS) $(known_sizes_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
memusage$(EXEEXT): $(memusage_OBJECTS) $(memusage_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_memusage_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
@rm -f memusage$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(memusage_OBJECTS) $(memusage_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
repeat$(EXEEXT): $(repeat_OBJECTS) $(repeat_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_repeat_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
@rm -f repeat$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(repeat_OBJECTS) $(repeat_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
sync_flush$(EXEEXT): $(sync_flush_OBJECTS) $(sync_flush_DEPENDENCIES) $(EXTRA_sync_flush_DEPENDENCIES)
|
||||
@rm -f sync_flush$(EXEEXT)
|
||||
$(AM_V_CCLD)$(LINK) $(sync_flush_OBJECTS) $(sync_flush_LDADD) $(LIBS)
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-compile:
|
||||
-rm -f *.$(OBJEXT)
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-compile:
|
||||
-rm -f *.tab.c
|
||||
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/crc32.Po@am__quote@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/full_flush.Po@am__quote@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/hex2bin.Po@am__quote@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/known_sizes.Po@am__quote@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/memusage.Po@am__quote@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/repeat.Po@am__quote@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@./$(DEPDIR)/sync_flush.Po@am__quote@
|
||||
|
||||
.c.o:
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
|
||||
|
||||
.c.obj:
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(COMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Po
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(COMPILE) -c -o $@ `$(CYGPATH_W) '$<'`
|
||||
|
||||
.c.lo:
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_CC)$(LTCOMPILE) -MT $@ -MD -MP -MF $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo -c -o $@ $<
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_TRUE@ $(AM_V_at)$(am__mv) $(DEPDIR)/$*.Tpo $(DEPDIR)/$*.Plo
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC)source='$<' object='$@' libtool=yes @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
|
||||
@AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CCDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@
|
||||
@am__fastdepCC_FALSE@ $(AM_V_CC@am__nodep@)$(LTCOMPILE) -c -o $@ $<
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-libtool:
|
||||
-rm -f *.lo
|
||||
|
||||
clean-libtool:
|
||||
-rm -rf .libs _libs
|
||||
|
||||
ID: $(am__tagged_files)
|
||||
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); mkid -fID $$unique
|
||||
tags: tags-am
|
||||
TAGS: tags
|
||||
|
||||
tags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
|
||||
set x; \
|
||||
here=`pwd`; \
|
||||
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
|
||||
shift; \
|
||||
if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$*$$unique"; then :; else \
|
||||
test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \
|
||||
if test $$# -gt 0; then \
|
||||
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
"$$@" $$unique; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$unique; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
ctags: ctags-am
|
||||
|
||||
CTAGS: ctags
|
||||
ctags-am: $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) $(am__tagged_files)
|
||||
$(am__define_uniq_tagged_files); \
|
||||
test -z "$(CTAGS_ARGS)$$unique" \
|
||||
|| $(CTAGS) $(CTAGSFLAGS) $(AM_CTAGSFLAGS) $(CTAGS_ARGS) \
|
||||
$$unique
|
||||
|
||||
GTAGS:
|
||||
here=`$(am__cd) $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
|
||||
&& $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) \
|
||||
&& gtags -i $(GTAGS_ARGS) "$$here"
|
||||
cscopelist: cscopelist-am
|
||||
|
||||
cscopelist-am: $(am__tagged_files)
|
||||
list='$(am__tagged_files)'; \
|
||||
case "$(srcdir)" in \
|
||||
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) sdir="$(srcdir)" ;; \
|
||||
*) sdir=$(subdir)/$(srcdir) ;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
for i in $$list; do \
|
||||
if test -f "$$i"; then \
|
||||
echo "$(subdir)/$$i"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "$$sdir/$$i"; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done >> $(top_builddir)/cscope.files
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-tags:
|
||||
-rm -f TAGS ID GTAGS GRTAGS GSYMS GPATH tags
|
||||
|
||||
distdir: $(DISTFILES)
|
||||
@srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
|
||||
topsrcdirstrip=`echo "$(top_srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*]/\\\\&/g'`; \
|
||||
list='$(DISTFILES)'; \
|
||||
dist_files=`for file in $$list; do echo $$file; done | \
|
||||
sed -e "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||;t" \
|
||||
-e "s|^$$topsrcdirstrip/|$(top_builddir)/|;t"`; \
|
||||
case $$dist_files in \
|
||||
*/*) $(MKDIR_P) `echo "$$dist_files" | \
|
||||
sed '/\//!d;s|^|$(distdir)/|;s,/[^/]*$$,,' | \
|
||||
sort -u` ;; \
|
||||
esac; \
|
||||
for file in $$dist_files; do \
|
||||
if test -f $$file || test -d $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
|
||||
if test -d $$d/$$file; then \
|
||||
dir=`echo "/$$file" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$$,,'`; \
|
||||
if test -d "$(distdir)/$$file"; then \
|
||||
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
if test -d $(srcdir)/$$file && test $$d != $(srcdir); then \
|
||||
cp -fpR $(srcdir)/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
|
||||
find "$(distdir)/$$file" -type d ! -perm -700 -exec chmod u+rwx {} \;; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
cp -fpR $$d/$$file "$(distdir)$$dir" || exit 1; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
test -f "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|
||||
|| cp -p $$d/$$file "$(distdir)/$$file" \
|
||||
|| exit 1; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done
|
||||
check-am: all-am
|
||||
check: check-am
|
||||
all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS)
|
||||
installdirs:
|
||||
install: install-am
|
||||
install-exec: install-exec-am
|
||||
install-data: install-data-am
|
||||
uninstall: uninstall-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-am: all-am
|
||||
@$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck: installcheck-am
|
||||
install-strip:
|
||||
if test -z '$(STRIP)'; then \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
|
||||
install; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
|
||||
install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
|
||||
"INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'" install; \
|
||||
fi
|
||||
mostlyclean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
clean-generic:
|
||||
|
||||
distclean-generic:
|
||||
-test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
|
||||
-test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean-generic:
|
||||
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
|
||||
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
|
||||
clean: clean-am
|
||||
|
||||
clean-am: clean-generic clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS \
|
||||
mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
distclean: distclean-am
|
||||
-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
distclean-am: clean-am distclean-compile distclean-generic \
|
||||
distclean-tags
|
||||
|
||||
dvi: dvi-am
|
||||
|
||||
dvi-am:
|
||||
|
||||
html: html-am
|
||||
|
||||
html-am:
|
||||
|
||||
info: info-am
|
||||
|
||||
info-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-data-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-dvi: install-dvi-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-dvi-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-exec-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-html: install-html-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-html-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-info: install-info-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-info-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-man:
|
||||
|
||||
install-pdf: install-pdf-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-pdf-am:
|
||||
|
||||
install-ps: install-ps-am
|
||||
|
||||
install-ps-am:
|
||||
|
||||
installcheck-am:
|
||||
|
||||
maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
|
||||
-rm -rf ./$(DEPDIR)
|
||||
-rm -f Makefile
|
||||
maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-generic
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
|
||||
|
||||
mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-compile mostlyclean-generic \
|
||||
mostlyclean-libtool
|
||||
|
||||
pdf: pdf-am
|
||||
|
||||
pdf-am:
|
||||
|
||||
ps: ps-am
|
||||
|
||||
ps-am:
|
||||
|
||||
uninstall-am:
|
||||
|
||||
.MAKE: install-am install-strip
|
||||
|
||||
.PHONY: CTAGS GTAGS TAGS all all-am check check-am clean clean-generic \
|
||||
clean-libtool clean-noinstPROGRAMS cscopelist-am ctags \
|
||||
ctags-am distclean distclean-compile distclean-generic \
|
||||
distclean-libtool distclean-tags distdir dvi dvi-am html \
|
||||
html-am info info-am install install-am install-data \
|
||||
install-data-am install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
|
||||
install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
|
||||
install-info-am install-man install-pdf install-pdf-am \
|
||||
install-ps install-ps-am install-strip installcheck \
|
||||
installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
|
||||
maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean mostlyclean-compile \
|
||||
mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf pdf-am ps ps-am \
|
||||
tags tags-am uninstall uninstall-am
|
||||
|
||||
.PRECIOUS: Makefile
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
|
||||
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
|
||||
.NOEXPORT:
|
||||
17
debug/README
17
debug/README
@@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
|
||||
|
||||
Debug tools
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
This directory contains a few tiny programs that may be helpful when
|
||||
debugging XZ Utils.
|
||||
|
||||
These tools are not meant to be installed. Often one needs to edit
|
||||
the source code a little to make the programs do the wanted things.
|
||||
If you don't know how these programs could help you, it is likely
|
||||
that they really are useless to you.
|
||||
|
||||
These aren't intended to be used as example programs. They take some
|
||||
shortcuts here and there, which correct programs should not do. Many
|
||||
possible errors (especially I/O errors) are ignored. Don't report
|
||||
bugs or send patches to fix this kind of bugs.
|
||||
|
||||
@@ -1,39 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// \file crc32.c
|
||||
/// \brief Primitive CRC32 calculation tool
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
// You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
//
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sysdefs.h"
|
||||
#include "lzma.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t crc = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
uint8_t buf[BUFSIZ];
|
||||
const size_t size = fread(buf, 1, sizeof(buf), stdin);
|
||||
crc = lzma_crc32(buf, size, crc);
|
||||
} while (!ferror(stdin) && !feof(stdin));
|
||||
|
||||
//printf("%08" PRIX32 "\n", crc);
|
||||
|
||||
// I want it little endian so it's easy to work with hex editor.
|
||||
printf("%02" PRIX32 " ", crc & 0xFF);
|
||||
printf("%02" PRIX32 " ", (crc >> 8) & 0xFF);
|
||||
printf("%02" PRIX32 " ", (crc >> 16) & 0xFF);
|
||||
printf("%02" PRIX32 " ", crc >> 24);
|
||||
printf("\n");
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// \file full_flush.c
|
||||
/// \brief Encode files using LZMA_FULL_FLUSH
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
// You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
//
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sysdefs.h"
|
||||
#include "lzma.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHUNK 64
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static lzma_stream strm = LZMA_STREAM_INIT;
|
||||
static FILE *file_in;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
encode(size_t size, lzma_action action)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t in[CHUNK];
|
||||
uint8_t out[CHUNK];
|
||||
lzma_ret ret;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (strm.avail_in == 0 && size > 0) {
|
||||
const size_t amount = my_min(size, CHUNK);
|
||||
strm.avail_in = fread(in, 1, amount, file_in);
|
||||
strm.next_in = in;
|
||||
size -= amount; // Intentionally not using avail_in.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strm.next_out = out;
|
||||
strm.avail_out = CHUNK;
|
||||
|
||||
ret = lzma_code(&strm, size == 0 ? action : LZMA_RUN);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret != LZMA_OK && ret != LZMA_STREAM_END) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "%s:%u: %s: ret == %d\n",
|
||||
__FILE__, __LINE__, __func__, ret);
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fwrite(out, 1, CHUNK - strm.avail_out, stdout);
|
||||
|
||||
} while (size > 0 || strm.avail_out == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((action == LZMA_RUN && ret != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
|| (action != LZMA_RUN && ret != LZMA_STREAM_END)) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "%s:%u: %s: ret == %d\n",
|
||||
__FILE__, __LINE__, __func__, ret);
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
file_in = argc > 1 ? fopen(argv[1], "rb") : stdin;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Config
|
||||
lzma_options_lzma opt_lzma;
|
||||
if (lzma_lzma_preset(&opt_lzma, 1)) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "preset failed\n");
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
lzma_filter filters[LZMA_FILTERS_MAX + 1];
|
||||
filters[0].id = LZMA_FILTER_LZMA2;
|
||||
filters[0].options = &opt_lzma;
|
||||
filters[1].id = LZMA_VLI_UNKNOWN;
|
||||
|
||||
// Init
|
||||
if (lzma_stream_encoder(&strm, filters, LZMA_CHECK_CRC32) != LZMA_OK) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "init failed\n");
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// if (lzma_easy_encoder(&strm, 1)) {
|
||||
// fprintf(stderr, "init failed\n");
|
||||
// exit(1);
|
||||
// }
|
||||
|
||||
// Encoding
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_FULL_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(6, LZMA_FULL_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_FULL_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(7, LZMA_FULL_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_FULL_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_FINISH);
|
||||
|
||||
// Clean up
|
||||
lzma_end(&strm);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// \file hex2bin.c
|
||||
/// \brief Converts hexadecimal input strings to binary
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
// You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
//
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sysdefs.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
#include <ctype.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static int
|
||||
getbin(int x)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (x >= '0' && x <= '9')
|
||||
return x - '0';
|
||||
|
||||
if (x >= 'A' && x <= 'F')
|
||||
return x - 'A' + 10;
|
||||
|
||||
return x - 'a' + 10;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
while (true) {
|
||||
int byte = getchar();
|
||||
if (byte == EOF)
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
if (!isxdigit(byte))
|
||||
continue;
|
||||
|
||||
const int digit = getchar();
|
||||
if (digit == EOF || !isxdigit(digit)) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Invalid input\n");
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
byte = (getbin(byte) << 4) | getbin(digit);
|
||||
if (putchar(byte) == EOF) {
|
||||
perror(NULL);
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// \file known_sizes.c
|
||||
/// \brief Encodes .lzma Stream with sizes known in Block Header
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// The input file is encoded in RAM, and the known Compressed Size
|
||||
/// and/or Uncompressed Size values are stored in the Block Header.
|
||||
/// As of writing there's no such Stream encoder in liblzma.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
// You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
//
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sysdefs.h"
|
||||
#include "lzma.h"
|
||||
#include <sys/types.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/stat.h>
|
||||
#include <sys/unistd.h>
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
// Support file sizes up to 1 MiB. We use this for output space too, so files
|
||||
// close to 1 MiB had better compress at least a little or we have a buffer
|
||||
// overflow.
|
||||
#define BUFFER_SIZE (1U << 20)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
// Allocate the buffers.
|
||||
uint8_t *in = malloc(BUFFER_SIZE);
|
||||
uint8_t *out = malloc(BUFFER_SIZE);
|
||||
if (in == NULL || out == NULL)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Fill the input buffer.
|
||||
const size_t in_size = fread(in, 1, BUFFER_SIZE, stdin);
|
||||
|
||||
// Filter setup
|
||||
lzma_options_lzma opt_lzma;
|
||||
if (lzma_lzma_preset(&opt_lzma, 1))
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_filter filters[] = {
|
||||
{
|
||||
.id = LZMA_FILTER_LZMA2,
|
||||
.options = &opt_lzma
|
||||
},
|
||||
{
|
||||
.id = LZMA_VLI_UNKNOWN
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_block block = {
|
||||
.check = LZMA_CHECK_CRC32,
|
||||
.compressed_size = BUFFER_SIZE, // Worst case reserve
|
||||
.uncompressed_size = in_size,
|
||||
.filters = filters,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_stream strm = LZMA_STREAM_INIT;
|
||||
if (lzma_block_encoder(&strm, &block) != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
// Reserve space for Stream Header and Block Header. We need to
|
||||
// calculate the size of the Block Header first.
|
||||
if (lzma_block_header_size(&block) != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
size_t out_size = LZMA_STREAM_HEADER_SIZE + block.header_size;
|
||||
|
||||
strm.next_in = in;
|
||||
strm.avail_in = in_size;
|
||||
strm.next_out = out + out_size;
|
||||
strm.avail_out = BUFFER_SIZE - out_size;
|
||||
|
||||
if (lzma_code(&strm, LZMA_FINISH) != LZMA_STREAM_END)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
out_size += strm.total_out;
|
||||
|
||||
if (lzma_block_header_encode(&block, out + LZMA_STREAM_HEADER_SIZE)
|
||||
!= LZMA_OK)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_index *idx = lzma_index_init(NULL);
|
||||
if (idx == NULL)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (lzma_index_append(idx, NULL, block.header_size + strm.total_out,
|
||||
strm.total_in) != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (lzma_index_encoder(&strm, idx) != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (lzma_code(&strm, LZMA_RUN) != LZMA_STREAM_END)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
out_size += strm.total_out;
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_end(&strm);
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_index_end(idx, NULL);
|
||||
|
||||
// Encode the Stream Header and Stream Footer. backwards_size is
|
||||
// needed only for the Stream Footer.
|
||||
lzma_stream_flags sf = {
|
||||
.backward_size = strm.total_out,
|
||||
.check = block.check,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
if (lzma_stream_header_encode(&sf, out) != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
if (lzma_stream_footer_encode(&sf, out + out_size) != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
return 1;
|
||||
|
||||
out_size += LZMA_STREAM_HEADER_SIZE;
|
||||
|
||||
// Write out the file.
|
||||
fwrite(out, 1, out_size, stdout);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// \file memusage.c
|
||||
/// \brief Calculates memory usage using lzma_memory_usage()
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
// You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
//
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sysdefs.h"
|
||||
#include "lzma.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
lzma_options_lzma lzma = {
|
||||
.dict_size = (1U << 30) + (1U << 29),
|
||||
.lc = 3,
|
||||
.lp = 0,
|
||||
.pb = 2,
|
||||
.preset_dict = NULL,
|
||||
.preset_dict_size = 0,
|
||||
.mode = LZMA_MODE_NORMAL,
|
||||
.nice_len = 48,
|
||||
.mf = LZMA_MF_BT4,
|
||||
.depth = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
lzma_options_filter filters[] = {
|
||||
{ LZMA_FILTER_LZMA1,
|
||||
(lzma_options_lzma *)&lzma_preset_lzma[6 - 1] },
|
||||
{ UINT64_MAX, NULL }
|
||||
};
|
||||
*/
|
||||
lzma_filter filters[] = {
|
||||
{ LZMA_FILTER_LZMA1, &lzma },
|
||||
{ UINT64_MAX, NULL }
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
printf("Encoder: %10" PRIu64 " B\n",
|
||||
lzma_raw_encoder_memusage(filters));
|
||||
printf("Decoder: %10" PRIu64 " B\n",
|
||||
lzma_raw_decoder_memusage(filters));
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// \file repeat.c
|
||||
/// \brief Repeats given string given times
|
||||
///
|
||||
/// This program can be useful when debugging run-length encoder in
|
||||
/// the Subblock filter, especially the condition when repeat count
|
||||
/// doesn't fit into 28-bit integer.
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
// You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
//
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sysdefs.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (argc != 3) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "Usage: %s COUNT STRING\n", argv[0]);
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
unsigned long long count = strtoull(argv[1], NULL, 10);
|
||||
const size_t size = strlen(argv[2]);
|
||||
|
||||
while (count-- != 0)
|
||||
fwrite(argv[2], 1, size, stdout);
|
||||
|
||||
return !!(ferror(stdout) || fclose(stdout));
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
//
|
||||
/// \file sync_flush.c
|
||||
/// \brief Encode files using LZMA_SYNC_FLUSH
|
||||
//
|
||||
// Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
//
|
||||
// This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
// You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
//
|
||||
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||||
|
||||
#include "sysdefs.h"
|
||||
#include "lzma.h"
|
||||
#include <stdio.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#define CHUNK 64
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static lzma_stream strm = LZMA_STREAM_INIT;
|
||||
static FILE *file_in;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
static void
|
||||
encode(size_t size, lzma_action action)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t in[CHUNK];
|
||||
uint8_t out[CHUNK];
|
||||
lzma_ret ret;
|
||||
|
||||
do {
|
||||
if (strm.avail_in == 0 && size > 0) {
|
||||
const size_t amount = my_min(size, CHUNK);
|
||||
strm.avail_in = fread(in, 1, amount, file_in);
|
||||
strm.next_in = in;
|
||||
size -= amount; // Intentionally not using avail_in.
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
strm.next_out = out;
|
||||
strm.avail_out = CHUNK;
|
||||
|
||||
ret = lzma_code(&strm, size == 0 ? action : LZMA_RUN);
|
||||
|
||||
if (ret != LZMA_OK && ret != LZMA_STREAM_END) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "%s:%u: %s: ret == %d\n",
|
||||
__FILE__, __LINE__, __func__, ret);
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
fwrite(out, 1, CHUNK - strm.avail_out, stdout);
|
||||
|
||||
} while (size > 0 || strm.avail_out == 0);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((action == LZMA_RUN && ret != LZMA_OK)
|
||||
|| (action != LZMA_RUN && ret != LZMA_STREAM_END)) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "%s:%u: %s: ret == %d\n",
|
||||
__FILE__, __LINE__, __func__, ret);
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
int
|
||||
main(int argc, char **argv)
|
||||
{
|
||||
file_in = argc > 1 ? fopen(argv[1], "rb") : stdin;
|
||||
|
||||
// Config
|
||||
lzma_options_lzma opt_lzma = {
|
||||
.dict_size = 1U << 16,
|
||||
.lc = LZMA_LC_DEFAULT,
|
||||
.lp = LZMA_LP_DEFAULT,
|
||||
.pb = LZMA_PB_DEFAULT,
|
||||
.preset_dict = NULL,
|
||||
.mode = LZMA_MODE_NORMAL,
|
||||
.nice_len = 32,
|
||||
.mf = LZMA_MF_HC3,
|
||||
.depth = 0,
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_options_delta opt_delta = {
|
||||
.dist = 16
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
lzma_filter filters[LZMA_FILTERS_MAX + 1];
|
||||
filters[0].id = LZMA_FILTER_LZMA2;
|
||||
filters[0].options = &opt_lzma;
|
||||
filters[1].id = LZMA_VLI_UNKNOWN;
|
||||
|
||||
// Init
|
||||
if (lzma_stream_encoder(&strm, filters, LZMA_CHECK_CRC32) != LZMA_OK) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "init failed\n");
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
// Encoding
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_SYNC_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(6, LZMA_SYNC_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_SYNC_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(7, LZMA_SYNC_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_SYNC_FLUSH);
|
||||
encode(0, LZMA_FINISH);
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
encode(53, LZMA_SYNC_FLUSH);
|
||||
opt_lzma.lc = 2;
|
||||
opt_lzma.lp = 1;
|
||||
opt_lzma.pb = 0;
|
||||
if (lzma_filters_update(&strm, filters) != LZMA_OK) {
|
||||
fprintf(stderr, "update failed\n");
|
||||
exit(1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
encode(404, LZMA_FINISH);
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
// Clean up
|
||||
lzma_end(&strm);
|
||||
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
|
||||
// Prevent useless warnings so we don't need to have special CFLAGS
|
||||
// to disable -Werror.
|
||||
(void)opt_lzma;
|
||||
(void)opt_delta;
|
||||
}
|
||||
@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/bash
|
||||
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Script to check output of some translated messages
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This should be useful for translators to check that the translated strings
|
||||
# look good. This doesn't make xz print all possible strings, but it should
|
||||
# cover most of the cases where mistakes can easily happen.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Give the path and filename of the xz executable as an argument. If no
|
||||
# arguments are given, this script uses ../src/xz/xz (relative to the
|
||||
# location of this script).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# You may want to pipe the output of this script to less -S to view the
|
||||
# tables printed by xz --list on a 80-column terminal. On the other hand,
|
||||
# viewing the other messages may be better without -S.
|
||||
#
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Author: Lasse Collin
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This file has been put into the public domain.
|
||||
# You can do whatever you want with this file.
|
||||
#
|
||||
###############################################################################
|
||||
|
||||
set -e
|
||||
|
||||
# If an argument was given, use it to set the location of the xz executable.
|
||||
unset XZ
|
||||
if [ -n "$1" ]; then
|
||||
XZ=$1
|
||||
[ "x${XZ:0:1}" != "x/" ] && XZ="$PWD/$XZ"
|
||||
fi
|
||||
|
||||
# Locate top_srcdir and go there.
|
||||
top_srcdir="$(cd -- "$(dirname -- "$0")" && cd .. && pwd)"
|
||||
cd -- "$top_srcdir"
|
||||
|
||||
# If XZ wasn't already set, use the default location.
|
||||
XZ=${XZ-"$PWD/src/xz/xz"}
|
||||
if [ "$(type -t "$XZ" || true)" != "file" ]; then
|
||||
echo "Give the location of the xz executable as an argument" \
|
||||
"to this script."
|
||||
exit 1
|
||||
fi
|
||||
XZ=$(type -p -- "$XZ")
|
||||
|
||||
# Print the xz version and locale information.
|
||||
echo "$XZ --version"
|
||||
"$XZ" --version
|
||||
echo
|
||||
if [ -d .git ] && type git > /dev/null 2>&1; then
|
||||
echo "Source code version in $PWD:"
|
||||
git describe --abbrev=4
|
||||
fi
|
||||
echo
|
||||
locale
|
||||
echo
|
||||
|
||||
# Make the test files directory the current directory.
|
||||
cd tests/files
|
||||
|
||||
# Put xz in PATH so that argv[0] stays short.
|
||||
PATH=${XZ%/*}:$PATH
|
||||
|
||||
# Some of the test commands are error messages and thus don't
|
||||
# return successfully.
|
||||
set +e
|
||||
|
||||
for CMD in \
|
||||
"xz --foobarbaz" \
|
||||
"xz --memlimit=123abcd" \
|
||||
"xz --memlimit=40MiB -6 /dev/null" \
|
||||
"xz --memlimit=0 --info-memory" \
|
||||
"xz --memlimit-compress=1234MiB --memlimit-decompress=50MiB --info-memory" \
|
||||
"xz --verbose --verbose /dev/null | cat" \
|
||||
"xz --lzma2=foobarbaz" \
|
||||
"xz --lzma2=foobarbaz=abcd" \
|
||||
"xz --lzma2=mf=abcd" \
|
||||
"xz --lzma2=preset=foobarbaz" \
|
||||
"xz --lzma2=mf=bt4,nice=2" \
|
||||
"xz --lzma2=nice=50000" \
|
||||
"xz --help" \
|
||||
"xz --long-help" \
|
||||
"xz --list good-*lzma2*" \
|
||||
"xz --list good-1-check*" \
|
||||
"xz --list --verbose good-*lzma2*" \
|
||||
"xz --list --verbose good-1-check*" \
|
||||
"xz --list --verbose --verbose good-*lzma2*" \
|
||||
"xz --list --verbose --verbose good-1-check*" \
|
||||
"xz --list --verbose --verbose unsupported-check.xz"
|
||||
do
|
||||
echo "-----------------------------------------------------------"
|
||||
echo
|
||||
echo "\$ $CMD"
|
||||
eval "$CMD"
|
||||
echo
|
||||
done 2>&1
|
||||
74
doc/Access.3
Normal file
74
doc/Access.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1998-1999 Scriptics Corporation
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Access 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Access, Tcl_Stat \- check file permissions and other attributes
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Access\fR(\fIpath\fR, \fImode\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_Stat\fR(\fIpath\fR, \fIstatPtr\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "struct stat" *statPtr out
|
||||
.AP char *path in
|
||||
Native name of the file to check the attributes of.
|
||||
.AP int mode in
|
||||
Mask consisting of one or more of R_OK, W_OK, X_OK and F_OK. R_OK,
|
||||
W_OK and X_OK request checking whether the file exists and has read,
|
||||
write and execute permissions, respectively. F_OK just requests
|
||||
checking for the existence of the file.
|
||||
.AP "struct stat" *statPtr out
|
||||
The structure that contains the result.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
As of Tcl 8.4, the object-based APIs \fBTcl_FSAccess\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_FSStat\fR should be used in preference to \fBTcl_Access\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_Stat\fR, wherever possible.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
There are two reasons for calling \fBTcl_Access\fR and \fBTcl_Stat\fR
|
||||
rather than calling system level functions \fBaccess\fR and \fBstat\fR
|
||||
directly. First, the Windows implementation of both functions fixes
|
||||
some bugs in the system level calls. Second, both \fBTcl_Access\fR
|
||||
and \fBTcl_Stat\fR (as well as \fBTcl_OpenFileChannelProc\fR) hook
|
||||
into a linked list of functions. This allows the possibility to reroute
|
||||
file access to alternative media or access methods.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Access\fR checks whether the process would be allowed to read,
|
||||
write or test for existence of the file (or other file system object)
|
||||
whose name is pathname. If pathname is a symbolic link on Unix,
|
||||
then permissions of the file referred by this symbolic link are
|
||||
tested.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
On success (all requested permissions granted), zero is returned. On
|
||||
error (at least one bit in mode asked for a permission that is denied,
|
||||
or some other error occurred), -1 is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Stat\fR fills the stat structure \fIstatPtr\fR with information
|
||||
about the specified file. You do not need any access rights to the
|
||||
file to get this information but you need search rights to all
|
||||
directories named in the path leading to the file. The stat structure
|
||||
includes info regarding device, inode (always 0 on Windows),
|
||||
privilege mode, nlink (always 1 on Windows), user id (always 0 on
|
||||
Windows), group id (always 0 on Windows), rdev (same as device on
|
||||
Windows), size, last access time, last modification time, and creation
|
||||
time.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If \fIpath\fR exists, \fBTcl_Stat\fR returns 0 and the stat structure
|
||||
is filled with data. Otherwise, -1 is returned, and no stat info is
|
||||
given.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
stat, access
|
||||
|
||||
300
doc/AddErrInfo.3
Normal file
300
doc/AddErrInfo.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,300 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_AddErrorInfo 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_GetReturnOptions, Tcl_SetReturnOptions, Tcl_AddErrorInfo, Tcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo, Tcl_AddObjErrorInfo, Tcl_SetObjErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCode, Tcl_SetErrorCodeVA, Tcl_PosixError, Tcl_LogCommandInfo \- retrieve or record information about errors and other return options
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, code\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR(\fIinterp, options\fR)
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message\fR)
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR(\fIinterp, message, length\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, errorObjPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR(\fIinterp, element, element, ... \fB(char *) NULL\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR(\fIinterp, argList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_PosixError\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_LogCommandInfo\fR(\fIinterp, script, command, commandLength\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp commandLength
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which to record information.
|
||||
.AP int code
|
||||
The code returned from script evaluation.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *options
|
||||
A dictionary of return options.
|
||||
.AP char *message in
|
||||
For \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR,
|
||||
this is a conventional C string to append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
|
||||
For \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR,
|
||||
this points to the first byte of an array of \fIlength\fR bytes
|
||||
containing a string to append to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
|
||||
This byte array may contain embedded null bytes
|
||||
unless \fIlength\fR is negative.
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
|
||||
A message to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option
|
||||
in the form of a Tcl_Obj value.
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The number of bytes to copy from \fImessage\fR when
|
||||
appending to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR return option.
|
||||
If negative, all bytes up to the first null byte are used.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *errorObjPtr in
|
||||
The \fB\-errorcode\fR return option will be set to this value.
|
||||
.AP char *element in
|
||||
String to record as one element of the \fB\-errorcode\fR return option.
|
||||
Last \fIelement\fR argument must be NULL.
|
||||
.AP va_list argList in
|
||||
An argument list which must have been initialized using
|
||||
\fBva_start\fR, and cleared using \fBva_end\fR.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *script in
|
||||
Pointer to first character in script containing command (must be <= command)
|
||||
.AP "const char" *command in
|
||||
Pointer to first character in command that generated the error
|
||||
.AP int commandLength in
|
||||
Number of bytes in command; -1 means use all bytes up to first null byte
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
The \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR and \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR
|
||||
routines expose the same capabilities as the \fBreturn\fR and
|
||||
\fBcatch\fR commands, respectively, in the form of a C interface.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR retrieves the dictionary of return options
|
||||
from an interpreter following a script evaluation.
|
||||
Routines such as \fBTcl_Eval\fR are called to evaluate a
|
||||
script in an interpreter. These routines return an integer
|
||||
completion code. These routines also leave in the interpreter
|
||||
both a result and a dictionary of return options generated
|
||||
by script evaluation. Just as \fBTcl_GetObjResult\fR retrieves
|
||||
the result, \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR retrieves the dictionary
|
||||
of return options. The integer completion code should be
|
||||
passed as the \fIcode\fR argument to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR
|
||||
so that all required options will be present in the dictionary.
|
||||
Specifically, a \fIcode\fR value of \fBTCL_ERROR\fR will
|
||||
ensure that entries for the keys \fB\-errorinfo\fR,
|
||||
\fB\-errorcode\fR, and \fB\-errorline\fR will appear in the
|
||||
dictionary. Also, the entries for the keys \fB\-code\fR
|
||||
and \fB\-level\fR will be adjusted if necessary to agree
|
||||
with the value of \fIcode\fR. The \fB(Tcl_Obj *)\fR returned
|
||||
by \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR points to an unshared
|
||||
\fBTcl_Obj\fR with reference count of zero. The dictionary
|
||||
may be written to, either adding, removing, or overwriting
|
||||
any entries in it, without the need to check for a shared object.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A typical usage for \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR is to
|
||||
retrieve the stack trace when script evaluation returns
|
||||
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR, like so:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
int code = Tcl_Eval(interp, script);
|
||||
if (code == TCL_ERROR) {
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *options = Tcl_GetReturnOptions(interp, code);
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *key = Tcl_NewStringObj("-errorinfo", -1);
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *stackTrace;
|
||||
Tcl_IncrRefCount(key);
|
||||
Tcl_DictObjGet(NULL, options, key, &stackTrace);
|
||||
Tcl_DecrRefCount(key);
|
||||
/* Do something with stackTrace */
|
||||
}
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR sets the return options
|
||||
of \fIinterp\fR to be \fIoptions\fR. If \fIoptions\fR
|
||||
contains any invalid value for any key, TCL_ERROR will
|
||||
be returned, and the interp result will be set to an
|
||||
appropriate error message. Otherwise, a completion code
|
||||
in agreement with the \fB\-code\fR and \fB\-level\fR
|
||||
keys in \fIoptions\fR will be returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
As an example, Tcl's \fBreturn\fR command itself could
|
||||
be implemented in terms of \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR
|
||||
like so:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
if ((objc % 2) == 0) { /* explicit result argument */
|
||||
objc--;
|
||||
Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, objv[objc]);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return Tcl_SetReturnOptions(interp, Tcl_NewListObj(objc-1, objv+1));
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
(It is not really implemented that way. Internal access
|
||||
privileges allow for a more efficient alternative that meshes
|
||||
better with the bytecode compiler.)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that a newly created \fBTcl_Obj\fR may be passed
|
||||
in as the \fIoptions\fR argument without the need to tend
|
||||
to any reference counting. This is analogous to
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
While \fBTcl_SetReturnOptions\fR provides a general interface
|
||||
to set any collection of return options, there are a handful
|
||||
of return options that are very frequently used. Most
|
||||
notably the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR return
|
||||
options should be set properly when the command procedure
|
||||
of a command returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. Tcl provides several
|
||||
simpler interfaces to more directly set these return options.
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR option holds a stack trace of the
|
||||
operations that were in progress when an error occurred,
|
||||
and is intended to be human-readable.
|
||||
The \fB\-errorcode\fR option holds a list of items that
|
||||
are intended to be machine-readable.
|
||||
The first item in the \fB\-errorcode\fR value identifies the class of
|
||||
error that occurred
|
||||
(e.g. POSIX means an error occurred in a POSIX system call)
|
||||
and additional elements hold additional pieces
|
||||
of information that depend on the class.
|
||||
See the tclvars manual entry for details on the various
|
||||
formats for the \fB\-errorcode\fR option used by
|
||||
Tcl's built-in commands.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fB\-errorinfo\fR option value is gradually built up as an
|
||||
error unwinds through the nested operations.
|
||||
Each time an error code is returned to \fBTcl_Eval\fR, or
|
||||
any of the routines that performs script evaluation,
|
||||
the procedure \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR is called to add
|
||||
additional text to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR value describing the
|
||||
command that was being executed when the error occurred.
|
||||
By the time the error has been passed all the way back
|
||||
to the application, it will contain a complete trace
|
||||
of the activity in progress when the error occurred.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is sometimes useful to add additional information to
|
||||
the \fB\-errorinfo\fR value beyond what can be supplied automatically
|
||||
by the script evaluation routines.
|
||||
\fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR may be used for this purpose:
|
||||
its \fImessage\fR argument is an additional
|
||||
string to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option.
|
||||
For example, when an error arises during the \fBsource\fR command,
|
||||
the procedure \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR is called to
|
||||
record the name of the file being processed and the
|
||||
line number on which the error occurred.
|
||||
Likewise, when an error arises during evaluation of a
|
||||
Tcl procedures, the procedure name and line number
|
||||
within the procedure are recorded, and so on.
|
||||
The best time to call \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR is just after
|
||||
a script evaluation routine has returned \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
|
||||
The value of the \fB\-errorline\fR return option (retrieved
|
||||
via a call to \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR) often makes up
|
||||
a useful part of the \fImessage\fR passed to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR is an alternative interface to the
|
||||
same functionality as \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR. \fBTcl_AppendObjToErrorInfo\fR
|
||||
is called when the string value to be appended to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR option
|
||||
is available as a \fBTcl_Obj\fR instead of as a \fBchar\fR array.
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR is nearly identical
|
||||
to \fBTcl_AddErrorInfo\fR, except that it has an additional \fIlength\fR
|
||||
argument. This allows the \fImessage\fR string to contain
|
||||
embedded null bytes. This is essentially never a good idea.
|
||||
If the \fImessage\fR needs to contain the null character \fBU+0000\fR,
|
||||
Tcl's usual internal encoding rules should be used to avoid
|
||||
the need for a null byte. If the \fBTcl_AddObjErrorInfo\fR
|
||||
interface is used at all, it should be with a negative \fIlength\fR value.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The procedure \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is used to set the
|
||||
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option to the list object \fIerrorObjPtr\fR
|
||||
built up by the caller.
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR is typically invoked just
|
||||
before returning an error. If an error is
|
||||
returned without calling \fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR or
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR the Tcl interpreter automatically sets
|
||||
the \fB\-errorcode\fR return option to \fBNONE\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The procedure \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR is also used to set the
|
||||
\fB\-errorcode\fR return option. However, it takes one or more strings to
|
||||
record instead of an object. Otherwise, it is similar to
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetObjErrorCode\fR in behavior.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCodeVA\fR is the same as \fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR except that
|
||||
instead of taking a variable number of arguments it takes an argument list.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_PosixError\fR
|
||||
sets the \fB\-errorcode\fR variable after an error in a POSIX kernel call.
|
||||
It reads the value of the \fBerrno\fR C variable and calls
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrorCode\fR to set the \fB\-errorcode\fR return
|
||||
option in the \fBPOSIX\fR format.
|
||||
The caller must previously have called \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to set
|
||||
\fBerrno\fR; this is necessary on some platforms (e.g. Windows) where Tcl
|
||||
is linked into an application as a shared library, or when the error
|
||||
occurs in a dynamically loaded extension. See the manual entry for
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetErrno\fR for more information.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_PosixError\fR returns a human-readable diagnostic message
|
||||
for the error
|
||||
(this is the same value that will appear as the third element
|
||||
in the \fB\-errorcode\fR value).
|
||||
It may be convenient to include this string as part of the
|
||||
error message returned to the application in
|
||||
the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_LogCommandInfo\fR is invoked after an error occurs in an
|
||||
interpreter. It adds information about the command that was being
|
||||
executed when the error occurred to the \fB\-errorinfo\fR value, and
|
||||
the line number stored internally in the interpreter is set.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In older releases of Tcl, there was no \fBTcl_GetReturnOptions\fR
|
||||
routine. In its place, the global Tcl variables \fBerrorInfo\fR
|
||||
and \fBerrorCode\fR were the only place to retrieve the error
|
||||
information. Much existing code written for older Tcl releases
|
||||
still access this information via those global variables.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is important to realize that while reading from those
|
||||
global variables remains a supported way to access these
|
||||
return option values, it is important not to assume that
|
||||
writing to those global variables will properly set the
|
||||
corresponding return options. It has long been emphasized
|
||||
in this manual page that it is important to
|
||||
call the procedures described here rather than
|
||||
setting \fBerrorInfo\fR or \fBerrorCode\fR directly with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjSetVar2\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If the procedure \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR is called,
|
||||
it clears all of the state of the interpreter associated with
|
||||
script evaluation, including the entire return options dictionary.
|
||||
In particular, the \fB\-errorinfo\fR and \fB\-errorcode\fR options
|
||||
are reset.
|
||||
If an error had occurred, the \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR call will
|
||||
clear the error state to make it appear as if no error had
|
||||
occurred after all.
|
||||
The global variables \fBerrorInfo\fR and
|
||||
\fBerrorCode\fR are not modified by \fBTcl_ResetResult\fR
|
||||
so they continue to hold a record of information about the
|
||||
most recent error seen in an interpreter.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_DecrRefCount, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_Interp, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_SetErrno
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
error, object, object result, stack, trace, variable
|
||||
92
doc/Alloc.3
Normal file
92
doc/Alloc.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Alloc 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Alloc, Tcl_Free, Tcl_Realloc, Tcl_AttemptAlloc, Tcl_AttemptRealloc, ckalloc, ckfree, ckrealloc, attemptckalloc, attemptckrealloc \- allocate or free heap memory
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR(\fIptr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_Realloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBckfree\fR(\fIptr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBattemptckalloc\fR(\fIsize\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBattemptckrealloc\fR(\fIptr, size\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS char *size
|
||||
.AP "unsigned int" size in
|
||||
Size in bytes of the memory block to allocate.
|
||||
.AP char *ptr in
|
||||
Pointer to memory block to free or realloc.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These procedures provide a platform and compiler independent interface
|
||||
for memory allocation. Programs that need to transfer ownership of
|
||||
memory blocks between Tcl and other modules should use these routines
|
||||
rather than the native \fBmalloc()\fR and \fBfree()\fR routines
|
||||
provided by the C run-time library.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Alloc\fR returns a pointer to a block of at least \fIsize\fR
|
||||
bytes suitably aligned for any use.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Free\fR makes the space referred to by \fIptr\fR available for
|
||||
further allocation.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Realloc\fR changes the size of the block pointed to by
|
||||
\fIptr\fR to \fIsize\fR bytes and returns a pointer to the new block.
|
||||
The contents will be unchanged up to the lesser of the new and old
|
||||
sizes. The returned location may be different from \fIptr\fR. If
|
||||
\fIptr\fR is NULL, this is equivalent to calling \fBTcl_Alloc\fR with
|
||||
just the \fIsize\fR argument.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR and \fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR are identical in
|
||||
function to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR and \fBTcl_Realloc\fR, except that
|
||||
\fBTcl_AttemptAlloc\fR and \fBTcl_AttemptRealloc\fR will not cause the Tcl
|
||||
interpreter to \fBpanic\fR if the memory allocation fails. If the
|
||||
allocation fails, these functions will return NULL. Note that on some
|
||||
platforms, but not all, attempting to allocate a zero-sized block of
|
||||
memory will also cause these functions to return NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The procedures \fBckalloc\fR, \fBckfree\fR, \fBckrealloc\fR,
|
||||
\fBattemptckalloc\fR, and \fBattemptckrealloc\fR are implemented
|
||||
as macros. Normally, they are synonyms for the corresponding
|
||||
procedures documented on this page. When Tcl and all modules
|
||||
calling Tcl are compiled with \fBTCL_MEM_DEBUG\fR defined, however,
|
||||
these macros are redefined to be special debugging versions
|
||||
of these procedures. To support Tcl's memory debugging within a
|
||||
module, use the macros rather than direct calls to \fBTcl_Alloc\fR, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
alloc, allocation, free, malloc, memory, realloc, TCL_MEM_DEBUG
|
||||
44
doc/AllowExc.3
Normal file
44
doc/AllowExc.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_AllowExceptions 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_AllowExceptions \- allow all exceptions in next script evaluation
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which script will be evaluated.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If a script is evaluated at top-level (i.e. no other scripts are
|
||||
pending evaluation when the script is invoked), and if the script
|
||||
terminates with a completion code other than \fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
or \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, then Tcl normally converts this into a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
return with an appropriate message. The particular script
|
||||
evaluation procedures of Tcl that act in the manner are
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR, \fBTcl_EvalObjv\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_EvalEx\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEvalObj\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEvalVA\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
However, if \fBTcl_AllowExceptions\fR is invoked immediately before
|
||||
calling one of those a procedures, then arbitrary completion
|
||||
codes are permitted from the script, and they are returned without
|
||||
modification.
|
||||
This is useful in cases where the caller can deal with exceptions
|
||||
such as \fBTCL_BREAK\fR or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR in a meaningful way.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
continue, break, exception, interpreter
|
||||
73
doc/AppInit.3
Normal file
73
doc/AppInit.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_AppInit 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_AppInit \- perform application-specific initialization
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter for the application.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR is a
|
||||
.QW hook
|
||||
procedure that is invoked by
|
||||
the main programs for Tcl applications such as \fBtclsh\fR and \fBwish\fR.
|
||||
Its purpose is to allow new Tcl applications to be created without
|
||||
modifying the main programs provided as part of Tcl and Tk.
|
||||
To create a new application you write a new version of
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR to replace the default version provided by Tcl,
|
||||
then link your new \fBTcl_AppInit\fR with the Tcl library.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR is invoked by \fBTcl_Main\fR and \fBTk_Main\fR
|
||||
after their own initialization and before entering the main loop
|
||||
to process commands.
|
||||
Here are some examples of things that \fBTcl_AppInit\fR might do:
|
||||
.IP [1]
|
||||
Call initialization procedures for various packages used by
|
||||
the application.
|
||||
Each initialization procedure adds new commands to \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
for its package and performs other package-specific initialization.
|
||||
.IP [2]
|
||||
Process command-line arguments, which can be accessed from the
|
||||
Tcl variables \fBargv\fR and \fBargv0\fR in \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
.IP [3]
|
||||
Invoke a startup script to initialize the application.
|
||||
.LP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
|
||||
If it returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR then it must leave an error message in
|
||||
for the interpreter's result; otherwise the result is ignored.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In addition to \fBTcl_AppInit\fR, your application should also contain
|
||||
a procedure \fBmain\fR that calls \fBTcl_Main\fR as follows:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
Tcl_Main(argc, argv, Tcl_AppInit);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The third argument to \fBTcl_Main\fR gives the address of the
|
||||
application-specific initialization procedure to invoke.
|
||||
This means that you do not have to use the name \fBTcl_AppInit\fR
|
||||
for the procedure, but in practice the name is nearly always
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR (in versions before Tcl 7.4 the name \fBTcl_AppInit\fR
|
||||
was implicit; there was no way to specify the procedure explicitly).
|
||||
The best way to get started is to make a copy of the file
|
||||
\fBtclAppInit.c\fR from the Tcl library or source directory.
|
||||
It already contains a \fBmain\fR procedure and a template for
|
||||
\fBTcl_AppInit\fR that you can modify for your application.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
application, argument, command, initialization, interpreter
|
||||
85
doc/AssocData.3
Normal file
85
doc/AssocData.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_SetAssocData 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_GetAssocData, Tcl_SetAssocData, Tcl_DeleteAssocData \- manage associations of string keys and user specified data with Tcl interpreters
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProcPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key, delProc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteAssocData\fR(\fIinterp, key\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **delProcPtr
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which to execute the specified command.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *key in
|
||||
Key for association with which to store data or from which to delete or
|
||||
retrieve data. Typically the module prefix for a package.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *delProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc **delProcPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to location in which to store address of current deletion procedure
|
||||
for association. Ignored if NULL.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value associated with the given key in this
|
||||
interpreter. This data is owned by the caller.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These procedures allow extensions to associate their own data with
|
||||
a Tcl interpreter.
|
||||
An association consists of a string key, typically the name of
|
||||
the extension, and a one-word value, which is typically a pointer
|
||||
to a data structure holding data specific to the extension.
|
||||
Tcl makes no interpretation of either the key or the value for
|
||||
an association.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Storage management is facilitated by storing with each association a
|
||||
procedure to call when the interpreter is deleted. This
|
||||
procedure can dispose of the storage occupied by the client's data in any
|
||||
way it sees fit.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR creates an association between a string
|
||||
key and a user specified datum in the given interpreter.
|
||||
If there is already an association with the given \fIkey\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR overwrites it with the new information.
|
||||
It is up to callers to organize their use of names to avoid conflicts,
|
||||
for example, by using package names as the keys.
|
||||
If the \fIdeleteProc\fR argument is non-NULL it specifies the address of a
|
||||
procedure to invoke if the interpreter is deleted before the association
|
||||
is deleted. \fIDeleteProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
|
||||
the type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_InterpDeleteProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
When \fIdeleteProc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
arguments will be the same as the corresponding arguments passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetAssocData\fR.
|
||||
The deletion procedure will \fInot\fR be invoked if the association
|
||||
is deleted before the interpreter is deleted.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR returns the datum stored in the association with the
|
||||
specified key in the given interpreter, and if the \fIdelProcPtr\fR field
|
||||
is non-\fBNULL\fR, the address indicated by it gets the address of the
|
||||
delete procedure stored with this association. If no association with the
|
||||
specified key exists in the given interpreter \fBTcl_GetAssocData\fR
|
||||
returns \fBNULL\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteAssocData\fR deletes an association with a specified key in
|
||||
the given interpreter. Then it calls the deletion procedure.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
association, data, deletion procedure, interpreter, key
|
||||
159
doc/Async.3
Normal file
159
doc/Async.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_AsyncCreate 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_AsyncCreate, Tcl_AsyncMark, Tcl_AsyncInvoke, Tcl_AsyncDelete, Tcl_AsyncReady \- handle asynchronous events
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_AsyncHandler
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR(\fIproc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncMark\fR(\fIasync\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR(\fIinterp, code\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncDelete\fR(\fIasync\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncReady\fR()
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_AsyncHandler clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_AsyncProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke to handle an asynchronous event.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
One-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_AsyncHandler async in
|
||||
Token for asynchronous event handler.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Tcl interpreter in which command was being evaluated when handler was
|
||||
invoked, or NULL if handler was invoked when there was no interpreter
|
||||
active.
|
||||
.AP int code in
|
||||
Completion code from command that just completed in \fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
or 0 if \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These procedures provide a safe mechanism for dealing with
|
||||
asynchronous events such as signals.
|
||||
If an event such as a signal occurs while a Tcl script is being
|
||||
evaluated then it is not safe to take any substantive action to
|
||||
process the event.
|
||||
For example, it is not safe to evaluate a Tcl script since the
|
||||
interpreter may already be in the middle of evaluating a script;
|
||||
it may not even be safe to allocate memory, since a memory
|
||||
allocation could have been in progress when the event occurred.
|
||||
The only safe approach is to set a flag indicating that the event
|
||||
occurred, then handle the event later when the world has returned
|
||||
to a clean state, such as after the current Tcl command completes.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR, \fBTcl_AsyncDelete\fR, and \fBTcl_AsyncReady\fR
|
||||
are thread sensitive. They access and/or set a thread-specific data
|
||||
structure in the event of a core built with \fI\-\-enable\-threads\fR. The token
|
||||
created by \fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR contains the needed thread information it
|
||||
was called from so that calling \fBTcl_AsyncMark\fR(\fItoken\fR) will only yield
|
||||
the origin thread into the asynchronous handler.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR creates an asynchronous handler and returns
|
||||
a token for it.
|
||||
The asynchronous handler must be created before
|
||||
any occurrences of the asynchronous event that it is intended
|
||||
to handle (it is not safe to create a handler at the time of
|
||||
an event).
|
||||
When an asynchronous event occurs the code that detects the event
|
||||
(such as a signal handler) should call \fBTcl_AsyncMark\fR with the
|
||||
token for the handler.
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncMark\fR will mark the handler as ready to execute, but it
|
||||
will not invoke the handler immediately.
|
||||
Tcl will call the \fIproc\fR associated with the handler later, when
|
||||
the world is in a safe state, and \fIproc\fR can then carry out
|
||||
the actions associated with the asynchronous event.
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
|
||||
type \fBTcl_AsyncProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_AsyncProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIcode\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
argument passed to \fBTcl_AsyncCreate\fR when the handler was
|
||||
created.
|
||||
If \fIproc\fR is invoked just after a command has completed
|
||||
execution in an interpreter, then \fIinterp\fR will identify
|
||||
the interpreter in which the command was evaluated and
|
||||
\fIcode\fR will be the completion code returned by that
|
||||
command.
|
||||
The command's result will be present in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR returns, whatever it leaves in the interpreter's result
|
||||
will be returned as the result of the command and the integer
|
||||
value returned by \fIproc\fR will be used as the new completion
|
||||
code for the command.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is also possible for \fIproc\fR to be invoked when no interpreter
|
||||
is active.
|
||||
This can happen, for example, if an asynchronous event occurs while
|
||||
the application is waiting for interactive input or an X event.
|
||||
In this case \fIinterp\fR will be NULL and \fIcode\fR will be
|
||||
0, and the return value from \fIproc\fR will be ignored.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The procedure \fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR is called to invoke all of the
|
||||
handlers that are ready.
|
||||
The procedure \fBTcl_AsyncReady\fR will return non-zero whenever any
|
||||
asynchronous handlers are ready; it can be checked to avoid calls
|
||||
to \fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR when there are no ready handlers.
|
||||
Tcl calls \fBTcl_AsyncReady\fR after each command is evaluated
|
||||
and calls \fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR if needed.
|
||||
Applications may also call \fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR at interesting
|
||||
times for that application.
|
||||
For example, Tcl's event handler calls \fBTcl_AsyncReady\fR
|
||||
after each event and calls \fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR if needed.
|
||||
The \fIinterp\fR and \fIcode\fR arguments to \fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR
|
||||
have the same meaning as for \fIproc\fR: they identify the active
|
||||
interpreter, if any, and the completion code from the command
|
||||
that just completed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncDelete\fR removes an asynchronous handler so that
|
||||
its \fIproc\fR will never be invoked again.
|
||||
A handler can be deleted even when ready, and it will still
|
||||
not be invoked.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If multiple handlers become active at the same time, the
|
||||
handlers are invoked in the order they were created (oldest
|
||||
handler first).
|
||||
The \fIcode\fR and the interpreter's result for later handlers
|
||||
reflect the values returned by earlier handlers, so that
|
||||
the most recently created handler has last say about
|
||||
the interpreter's result and completion code.
|
||||
If new handlers become ready while handlers are executing,
|
||||
\fBTcl_AsyncInvoke\fR will invoke them all; at each point it
|
||||
invokes the highest-priority (oldest) ready handler, repeating
|
||||
this over and over until there are no longer any ready handlers.
|
||||
.SH WARNING
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is almost always a bad idea for an asynchronous event
|
||||
handler to modify the interpreter's result or return a code different
|
||||
from its \fIcode\fR argument.
|
||||
This sort of behavior can disrupt the execution of scripts in
|
||||
subtle ways and result in bugs that are extremely difficult
|
||||
to track down.
|
||||
If an asynchronous event handler needs to evaluate Tcl scripts
|
||||
then it should first save the interpreter's state by calling
|
||||
\fBTcl_SaveInterpState\fR, passing in the \fIcode\fR argument.
|
||||
When the asynchronous handler is finished it should restore
|
||||
the interpreter's state by calling \fBTcl_RestoreInterpState\fR,
|
||||
and then returning the \fIcode\fR argument.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
asynchronous event, handler, signal, Tcl_SaveInterpState, thread
|
||||
61
doc/BackgdErr.3
Normal file
61
doc/BackgdErr.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1992-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_BackgroundError 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_BackgroundError \- report Tcl error that occurred in background processing
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_BackgroundError\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which the error occurred.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This procedure is typically invoked when a Tcl error occurs during
|
||||
.QW "background processing"
|
||||
such as executing an event handler.
|
||||
When such an error occurs, the error condition is reported to Tcl
|
||||
or to a widget or some other C code, and there is not usually any
|
||||
obvious way for that code to report the error to the user.
|
||||
In these cases the code calls \fBTcl_BackgroundError\fR with an
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR argument identifying the interpreter in which the
|
||||
error occurred. At the time \fBTcl_BackgroundError\fR is invoked,
|
||||
the interpreter's result is expected to contain an error message.
|
||||
\fBTcl_BackgroundError\fR will invoke the command registered
|
||||
in that interpreter to handle background errors by the
|
||||
\fBinterp bgerror\fR command.
|
||||
The registered handler command is meant to report the error
|
||||
in an application-specific fashion. The handler command
|
||||
receives two arguments, the result of the interp, and the
|
||||
return options of the interp at the time the error occurred.
|
||||
If the application registers no handler command, the default
|
||||
handler command will attempt to call \fBbgerror\fR to report
|
||||
the error. If an error condition arises while invoking the
|
||||
handler command, then \fBTcl_BackgroundError\fR reports the
|
||||
error itself by printing a message on the standard error file.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_BackgroundError\fR does not invoke the handler command immediately
|
||||
because this could potentially interfere with scripts that are in process
|
||||
at the time the error occurred.
|
||||
Instead, it invokes the handler command later as an idle callback.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is possible for many background errors to accumulate before
|
||||
the handler command is invoked. When this happens, each of the errors
|
||||
is processed in order. However, if the handle command returns a
|
||||
break exception, then all remaining error reports for the
|
||||
interpreter are skipped.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
background, bgerror, error, interp
|
||||
47
doc/Backslash.3
Normal file
47
doc/Backslash.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Backslash 3 "8.1" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Backslash \- parse a backslash sequence
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR(\fIsrc, countPtr\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS char *countPtr out
|
||||
.AP char *src in
|
||||
Pointer to a string starting with a backslash.
|
||||
.AP int *countPtr out
|
||||
If \fIcountPtr\fR is not NULL, \fI*countPtr\fR gets filled
|
||||
in with number of characters in the backslash sequence, including
|
||||
the backslash character.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The use of \fBTcl_Backslash\fR is deprecated in favor of
|
||||
\fBTcl_UtfBackslash\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This is a utility procedure provided for backwards compatibility with
|
||||
non-internationalized Tcl extensions. It parses a backslash sequence and
|
||||
returns the low byte of the Unicode character corresponding to the sequence.
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR modifies \fI*countPtr\fR to contain the number of
|
||||
characters in the backslash sequence.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
See the Tcl manual entry for information on the valid backslash sequences.
|
||||
All of the sequences described in the Tcl manual entry are supported by
|
||||
\fBTcl_Backslash\fR.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl(n), Tcl_UtfBackslash(3)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
backslash, parse
|
||||
95
doc/BoolObj.3
Normal file
95
doc/BoolObj.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\" Contributions from Don Porter, NIST, 2005. (not subject to US copyright)
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_BooleanObj 3 8.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_NewBooleanObj, Tcl_SetBooleanObj, Tcl_GetBooleanFromObj \- store/retrieve boolean value in a Tcl_Obj
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_NewBooleanObj\fR(\fIboolValue\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, boolValue\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr, boolPtr\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp boolValue in/out
|
||||
.AP int boolValue in
|
||||
Integer value to be stored as a boolean value in a Tcl_Obj.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
|
||||
Points to the Tcl_Obj in which to store, or from which to
|
||||
retrieve a boolean value.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
If a boolean value cannot be retrieved,
|
||||
an error message is left in the interpreter's result object
|
||||
unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
|
||||
.AP int *boolPtr out
|
||||
Points to place where \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR
|
||||
stores the boolean value (0 or 1) obtained from \fIobjPtr\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These procedures are used to pass boolean values to and from
|
||||
Tcl as Tcl_Obj's. When storing a boolean value into a Tcl_Obj,
|
||||
any non-zero integer value in \fIboolValue\fR is taken to be
|
||||
the boolean value \fB1\fR, and the integer value \fB0\fR is
|
||||
taken to be the boolean value \fB0\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_NewBooleanObj\fR creates a new Tcl_Obj, stores the boolean
|
||||
value \fIboolValue\fR in it, and returns a pointer to the new Tcl_Obj.
|
||||
The new Tcl_Obj has reference count of zero.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetBooleanObj\fR accepts \fIobjPtr\fR, a pointer to
|
||||
an existing Tcl_Obj, and stores in the Tcl_Obj \fI*objPtr\fR
|
||||
the boolean value \fIboolValue\fR. This is a write operation
|
||||
on \fI*objPtr\fR, so \fIobjPtr\fR must be unshared. Attempts to
|
||||
write to a shared Tcl_Obj will panic. A successful write
|
||||
of \fIboolValue\fR into \fI*objPtr\fR implies the freeing of
|
||||
any former value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR attempts to retrieve a boolean value
|
||||
from the value stored in \fI*objPtr\fR.
|
||||
If \fIobjPtr\fR holds a string value recognized by \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR,
|
||||
then the recognized boolean value is written at the address given
|
||||
by \fIboolPtr\fR.
|
||||
If \fIobjPtr\fR holds any value recognized as
|
||||
a number by Tcl, then if that value is zero a 0 is written at
|
||||
the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR and if that
|
||||
value is non-zero a 1 is written at the address given by \fIboolPtr\fR.
|
||||
In all cases where a value is written at the address given
|
||||
by \fIboolPtr\fR, \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
If the value of \fIobjPtr\fR does not meet any of the conditions
|
||||
above, then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and an error message is
|
||||
left in the interpreter's result unless \fIinterp\fR is NULL.
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR may also make changes to the internal
|
||||
fields of \fI*objPtr\fR so that future calls to
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR on the same \fIobjPtr\fR can be
|
||||
performed more efficiently.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that the routines \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR are not functional equivalents.
|
||||
The set of values for which \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR
|
||||
will return \fBTCL_OK\fR is strictly larger than
|
||||
the set of values for which \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR will do the same.
|
||||
For example, the value
|
||||
.QW 5
|
||||
passed to \fBTcl_GetBooleanFromObj\fR
|
||||
will lead to a \fBTCL_OK\fR return (and the boolean value 1),
|
||||
while the same value passed to \fBTcl_GetBoolean\fR will lead to
|
||||
a \fBTCL_ERROR\fR return.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_IsShared, Tcl_GetBoolean
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
boolean, object
|
||||
89
doc/ByteArrObj.3
Normal file
89
doc/ByteArrObj.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_ByteArrayObj 3 8.1 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_NewByteArrayObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayObj, Tcl_GetByteArrayFromObj, Tcl_SetByteArrayLength \- manipulate Tcl objects as a arrays of bytes
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR(\fIbytes, length\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, bytes, length\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
unsigned char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR(\fIobjPtr, lengthPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
unsigned char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR(\fIobjPtr, length\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const unsigned char" *lengthPtr in/out
|
||||
.AP "const unsigned char" *bytes in
|
||||
The array of bytes used to initialize or set a byte-array object.
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
The length of the array of bytes. It must be >= 0.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in/out
|
||||
For \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR, this points to the object to be converted to
|
||||
byte-array type. For \fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR, this points to the object from which to get
|
||||
the byte-array value; if \fIobjPtr\fR does not already point to a byte-array
|
||||
object, it will be converted to one.
|
||||
.AP int *lengthPtr out
|
||||
If non-NULL, filled with the length of the array of bytes in the object.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These procedures are used to create, modify, and read Tcl byte-array objects
|
||||
from C code. Byte-array objects are typically used to hold the
|
||||
results of binary IO operations or data structures created with the
|
||||
\fBbinary\fR command. In Tcl, an array of bytes is not equivalent to a
|
||||
string. Conceptually, a string is an array of Unicode characters, while a
|
||||
byte-array is an array of 8-bit quantities with no implicit meaning.
|
||||
Accessor functions are provided to get the string representation of a
|
||||
byte-array or to convert an arbitrary object to a byte-array. Obtaining the
|
||||
string representation of a byte-array object (by calling
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetStringFromObj\fR) produces a properly formed UTF-8 sequence with a
|
||||
one-to-one mapping between the bytes in the internal representation and the
|
||||
UTF-8 characters in the string representation.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR and \fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR will
|
||||
create a new object of byte-array type or modify an existing object to have a
|
||||
byte-array type. Both of these procedures set the object's type to be
|
||||
byte-array and set the object's internal representation to a copy of the
|
||||
array of bytes given by \fIbytes\fR. \fBTcl_NewByteArrayObj\fR returns a
|
||||
pointer to a newly allocated object with a reference count of zero.
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayObj\fR invalidates any old string representation and, if
|
||||
the object is not already a byte-array object, frees any old internal
|
||||
representation.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetByteArrayFromObj\fR converts a Tcl object to byte-array type and
|
||||
returns a pointer to the object's new internal representation as an array of
|
||||
bytes. The length of this array is stored in \fIlengthPtr\fR if
|
||||
\fIlengthPtr\fR is non-NULL. The storage for the array of bytes is owned by
|
||||
the object and should not be freed. The contents of the array may be
|
||||
modified by the caller only if the object is not shared and the caller
|
||||
invalidates the string representation.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetByteArrayLength\fR converts the Tcl object to byte-array type
|
||||
and changes the length of the object's internal representation as an
|
||||
array of bytes. If \fIlength\fR is greater than the space currently
|
||||
allocated for the array, the array is reallocated to the new length; the
|
||||
newly allocated bytes at the end of the array have arbitrary values. If
|
||||
\fIlength\fR is less than the space currently allocated for the array,
|
||||
the length of array is reduced to the new length. The return value is a
|
||||
pointer to the object's new array of bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_GetStringFromObj, Tcl_NewObj, Tcl_IncrRefCount, Tcl_DecrRefCount
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
object, byte array, utf, unicode, internationalization
|
||||
61
doc/CallDel.3
Normal file
61
doc/CallDel.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CallWhenDeleted 3 7.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CallWhenDeleted, Tcl_DontCallWhenDeleted \- Arrange for callback when interpreter is deleted
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_CallWhenDeleted\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIproc\fR, \fIclientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DontCallWhenDeleted\fR(\fIinterp\fR, \fIproc\fR, \fIclientData\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_InterpDeleteProc clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter with which to associated callback.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_InterpDeleteProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when \fIinterp\fR is deleted.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CallWhenDeleted\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be called by
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR if/when \fIinterp\fR is deleted at some future
|
||||
time. \fIProc\fR will be invoked just before the interpreter
|
||||
is deleted, but the interpreter will still be valid at the
|
||||
time of the call.
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
|
||||
type \fBTcl_InterpDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_InterpDeleteProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters are
|
||||
copies of the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR arguments given
|
||||
to \fBTcl_CallWhenDeleted\fR.
|
||||
Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to an application-specific
|
||||
data structure that \fIproc\fR uses to perform cleanup when an
|
||||
interpreter is about to go away.
|
||||
\fIProc\fR does not return a value.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DontCallWhenDeleted\fR cancels a previous call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CallWhenDeleted\fR with the same arguments, so that
|
||||
\fIproc\fR will not be called after all when \fIinterp\fR is
|
||||
deleted.
|
||||
If there is no deletion callback that matches \fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
\fIproc\fR, and \fIclientData\fR then the call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_DontCallWhenDeleted\fR has no effect.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
callback, delete, interpreter
|
||||
97
doc/ChnlStack.3
Normal file
97
doc/ChnlStack.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1999-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
.TH Tcl_StackChannel 3 8.3 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_StackChannel, Tcl_UnstackChannel, Tcl_GetStackedChannel, Tcl_GetTopChannel \- manipulate stacked I/O channels
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Channel
|
||||
\fBTcl_StackChannel\fR(\fIinterp, typePtr, clientData, mask, channel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_UnstackChannel\fR(\fIinterp, channel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Channel
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetStackedChannel\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Channel
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetTopChannel\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_ChannelType clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter for error reporting.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ChannelType *typePtr in
|
||||
The new channel I/O procedures to use for \fIchannel\fR.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to channel I/O procedures.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
Conditions under which \fIchannel\fR will be used: OR-ed combination of
|
||||
\fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR and \fBTCL_EXCEPTION\fR.
|
||||
This can be a subset of the operations currently allowed on \fIchannel\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Channel channel in
|
||||
An existing Tcl channel such as returned by \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These functions are for use by extensions that add processing layers to Tcl
|
||||
I/O channels. Examples include compression and encryption modules. These
|
||||
functions transparently stack and unstack a new channel on top of an
|
||||
existing one. Any number of channels can be stacked together.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The implementation of the Tcl channel code was rewritten in 8.3.2 to
|
||||
correct some problems with the previous implementation with regard to
|
||||
stacked channels. Anyone using stacked channels or creating stacked
|
||||
channel drivers should update to the new \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure. See \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR for details.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_StackChannel\fR stacks a new \fIchannel\fR on an existing channel
|
||||
with the same name that was registered for \fIchannel\fR by
|
||||
\fBTcl_RegisterChannel\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_StackChannel\fR works by creating a new channel structure and
|
||||
placing itself on top of the channel stack. EOL translation, encoding and
|
||||
buffering options are shared between all channels in the stack. The hidden
|
||||
channel does no buffering, newline translations, or character set encoding.
|
||||
Instead, the buffering, newline translations, and encoding functions all
|
||||
remain at the top of the channel stack. A pointer to the new top channel
|
||||
structure is returned. If an error occurs when stacking the channel, NULL
|
||||
is returned instead.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fImask\fR parameter specifies the operations that are allowed on the
|
||||
new channel. These can be a subset of the operations allowed on the
|
||||
original channel. For example, a read-write channel may become read-only
|
||||
after the \fBTcl_StackChannel\fR call.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Closing a channel closes the channels stacked below it. The close of
|
||||
stacked channels is executed in a way that allows buffered data to be
|
||||
properly flushed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_UnstackChannel\fR reverses the process. The old channel is
|
||||
associated with the channel name, and the processing module added by
|
||||
\fBTcl_StackChannel\fR is destroyed. If there is no old channel, then
|
||||
\fBTcl_UnstackChannel\fR is equivalent to \fBTcl_Close\fR. If an error
|
||||
occurs unstacking the channel, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned, otherwise
|
||||
\fBTCL_OK\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetTopChannel\fR returns the top channel in the stack of
|
||||
channels the supplied channel is part of.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetStackedChannel\fR returns the channel in the stack of
|
||||
channels which is just below the supplied channel.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Notifier(3), Tcl_CreateChannel(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), vwait(n).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
channel, compression
|
||||
34
doc/CmdCmplt.3
Normal file
34
doc/CmdCmplt.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CommandComplete 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CommandComplete \- Check for unmatched braces in a Tcl command
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_CommandComplete\fR(\fIcmd\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const char" *cmd
|
||||
.AP "const char" *cmd in
|
||||
Command string to test for completeness.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CommandComplete\fR takes a Tcl command string
|
||||
as argument and determines whether it contains one or more
|
||||
complete commands (i.e. there are no unclosed quotes, braces,
|
||||
brackets, or variable references).
|
||||
If the command string is complete then it returns 1; otherwise it returns 0.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
complete command, partial command
|
||||
51
doc/Concat.3
Normal file
51
doc/Concat.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_Concat 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_Concat \- concatenate a collection of strings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_Concat\fR(\fIargc, argv\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const char *const" argv[]
|
||||
.AP int argc in
|
||||
Number of strings.
|
||||
.AP "const char *const" argv[] in
|
||||
Array of strings to concatenate. Must have \fIargc\fR entries.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Concat\fR is a utility procedure used by several of the
|
||||
Tcl commands. Given a collection of strings, it concatenates
|
||||
them together into a single string, with the original strings
|
||||
separated by spaces. This procedure behaves differently than
|
||||
\fBTcl_Merge\fR, in that the arguments are simply concatenated:
|
||||
no effort is made to ensure proper list structure.
|
||||
However, in most common usage the arguments will all be proper
|
||||
lists themselves; if this is true, then the result will also have
|
||||
proper list structure.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_Concat\fR eliminates leading and trailing white space as it
|
||||
copies strings from \fBargv\fR to the result. If an element of
|
||||
\fBargv\fR consists of nothing but white space, then that string
|
||||
is ignored entirely. This white-space removal was added to make
|
||||
the output of the \fBconcat\fR command cleaner-looking.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The result string is dynamically allocated
|
||||
using \fBTcl_Alloc\fR; the caller must eventually release the space
|
||||
by calling \fBTcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_ConcatObj
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
concatenate, strings
|
||||
943
doc/CrtChannel.3
Normal file
943
doc/CrtChannel.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,943 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1997-2000 Ajuba Solutions.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateChannel 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateChannel, Tcl_GetChannelInstanceData, Tcl_GetChannelType, Tcl_GetChannelName, Tcl_GetChannelHandle, Tcl_GetChannelMode, Tcl_GetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_SetChannelBufferSize, Tcl_NotifyChannel, Tcl_BadChannelOption, Tcl_ChannelName, Tcl_ChannelVersion, Tcl_ChannelBlockModeProc, Tcl_ChannelCloseProc, Tcl_ChannelClose2Proc, Tcl_ChannelInputProc, Tcl_ChannelOutputProc, Tcl_ChannelSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelWideSeekProc, Tcl_ChannelTruncateProc, Tcl_ChannelSetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelGetOptionProc, Tcl_ChannelWatchProc, Tcl_ChannelGetHandleProc, Tcl_ChannelFlushProc, Tcl_ChannelHandlerProc, Tcl_ChannelThreadActionProc, Tcl_IsChannelShared, Tcl_IsChannelRegistered, Tcl_CutChannel, Tcl_SpliceChannel, Tcl_IsChannelExisting, Tcl_ClearChannelHandlers, Tcl_GetChannelThread, Tcl_ChannelBuffered \- procedures for creating and manipulating channels
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Channel
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR(\fItypePtr, channelName, instanceData, mask\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
ClientData
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelInstanceData\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelType *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelType\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelName\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelHandle\fR(\fIchannel, direction, handlePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_ThreadId
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelThread\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelMode\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelBufferSize\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetChannelBufferSize\fR(\fIchannel, size\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_NotifyChannel\fR(\fIchannel, mask\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR(\fIinterp, optionName, optionList\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsChannelShared\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsChannelRegistered\fR(\fIinterp, channel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsChannelExisting\fR(\fIchannelName\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_CutChannel\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClearChannelHandlers\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBuffered\fR(\fIchannel\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelName\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelGetOptionProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWatchProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelGetHandleProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverFlushProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelHandlerProc\fR(\fItypePtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const Tcl_ChannelType" *channelName
|
||||
.AP "const Tcl_ChannelType" *typePtr in
|
||||
Points to a structure containing the addresses of procedures that
|
||||
can be called to perform I/O and other functions on the channel.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *channelName in
|
||||
The name of this channel, such as \fBfile3\fR; must not be in use
|
||||
by any other channel. Can be NULL, in which case the channel is
|
||||
created without a name.
|
||||
.AP ClientData instanceData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to be associated with this channel. This
|
||||
value is passed to procedures in \fItypePtr\fR when they are invoked.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR and \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR to indicate
|
||||
whether a channel is readable and writable.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Channel channel in
|
||||
The channel to operate on.
|
||||
.AP int direction in
|
||||
\fBTCL_READABLE\fR means the input handle is wanted; \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
|
||||
means the output handle is wanted.
|
||||
.AP ClientData *handlePtr out
|
||||
Points to the location where the desired OS-specific handle should be
|
||||
stored.
|
||||
.AP int size in
|
||||
The size, in bytes, of buffers to allocate in this channel.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
An OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
|
||||
and \fBTCL_EXCEPTION\fR that indicates events that have occurred on
|
||||
this channel.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Current interpreter. (can be NULL)
|
||||
.AP "const char" *optionName in
|
||||
Name of the invalid option.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *optionList in
|
||||
Specific options list (space separated words, without
|
||||
.QW \- )
|
||||
to append to the standard generic options list.
|
||||
Can be NULL for generic options error message only.
|
||||
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Tcl uses a two-layered channel architecture. It provides a generic upper
|
||||
layer to enable C and Tcl programs to perform input and output using the
|
||||
same APIs for a variety of files, devices, sockets etc. The generic C APIs
|
||||
are described in the manual entry for \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The lower layer provides type-specific channel drivers for each type
|
||||
of device supported on each platform. This manual entry describes the
|
||||
C APIs used to communicate between the generic layer and the
|
||||
type-specific channel drivers. It also explains how new types of
|
||||
channels can be added by providing new channel drivers.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Channel drivers consist of a number of components: First, each channel
|
||||
driver provides a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure containing pointers to
|
||||
functions implementing the various operations used by the generic layer to
|
||||
communicate with the channel driver. The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure
|
||||
and the functions referenced by it are described in the section
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNELTYPE\fR, below.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Second, channel drivers usually provide a Tcl command to create
|
||||
instances of that type of channel. For example, the Tcl \fBopen\fR
|
||||
command creates channels that use the file and command channel
|
||||
drivers, and the Tcl \fBsocket\fR command creates channels that use
|
||||
TCP sockets for network communication.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Third, a channel driver optionally provides a C function to open
|
||||
channel instances of that type. For example, \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR
|
||||
opens a channel that uses the file channel driver, and
|
||||
\fBTcl_OpenTcpClient\fR opens a channel that uses the TCP network
|
||||
protocol. These creation functions typically use
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR internally to open the channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
To add a new type of channel you must implement a C API or a Tcl command
|
||||
that opens a channel by invoking \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR.
|
||||
When your driver calls \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR it passes in
|
||||
a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure describing the driver's I/O
|
||||
procedures.
|
||||
The generic layer will then invoke the functions referenced in that
|
||||
structure to perform operations on the channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR opens a new channel and associates the supplied
|
||||
\fItypePtr\fR and \fIinstanceData\fR with it. The channel is opened in the
|
||||
mode indicated by \fImask\fR.
|
||||
For a discussion of channel drivers, their operations and the
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure, see the section \fBTCL_CHANNELTYPE\fR, below.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR interacts with the code managing the standard
|
||||
channels. Once a standard channel was initialized either through a
|
||||
call to \fBTcl_GetStdChannel\fR or a call to \fBTcl_SetStdChannel\fR
|
||||
closing this standard channel will cause the next call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR to make the new channel the new standard
|
||||
channel too. See \fBTcl_StandardChannels\fR for a general treatise
|
||||
about standard channels and the behaviour of the Tcl library with
|
||||
regard to them.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelInstanceData\fR returns the instance data associated with
|
||||
the channel in \fIchannel\fR. This is the same as the \fIinstanceData\fR
|
||||
argument in the call to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR that created this channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelType\fR returns a pointer to the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
|
||||
structure used by the channel in the \fIchannel\fR argument. This is
|
||||
the same as the \fItypePtr\fR argument in the call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR that created this channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelName\fR returns a string containing the name associated
|
||||
with the channel, or NULL if the \fIchannelName\fR argument to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR was NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelHandle\fR places the OS-specific device handle
|
||||
associated with \fIchannel\fR for the given \fIdirection\fR in the
|
||||
location specified by \fIhandlePtr\fR and returns \fBTCL_OK\fR. If
|
||||
the channel does not have a device handle for the specified direction,
|
||||
then \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned instead. Different channel drivers
|
||||
will return different types of handle. Refer to the manual entries
|
||||
for each driver to determine what type of handle is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelThread\fR returns the id of the thread currently managing
|
||||
the specified \fIchannel\fR. This allows channel drivers to send their file
|
||||
events to the correct event queue even for a multi-threaded core.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelMode\fR returns an OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR
|
||||
and \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR, indicating whether the channel is open for input
|
||||
and output.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetChannelBufferSize\fR returns the size, in bytes, of buffers
|
||||
allocated to store input or output in \fIchannel\fR. If the value was not set
|
||||
by a previous call to \fBTcl_SetChannelBufferSize\fR, described below, then
|
||||
the default value of 4096 is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetChannelBufferSize\fR sets the size, in bytes, of buffers that
|
||||
will be allocated in subsequent operations on the channel to store input or
|
||||
output. The \fIsize\fR argument should be between ten and one million,
|
||||
allowing buffers of ten bytes to one million bytes. If \fIsize\fR is
|
||||
outside this range, \fBTcl_SetChannelBufferSize\fR sets the buffer size to
|
||||
4096.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_NotifyChannel\fR is called by a channel driver to indicate to
|
||||
the generic layer that the events specified by \fImask\fR have
|
||||
occurred on the channel. Channel drivers are responsible for invoking
|
||||
this function whenever the channel handlers need to be called for the
|
||||
channel. See \fBWATCHPROC\fR below for more details.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR is called from driver specific
|
||||
\fIsetOptionProc\fR or \fIgetOptionProc\fR to generate a complete
|
||||
error message.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBuffered\fR returns the number of bytes of input
|
||||
currently buffered in the internal buffer (push back area) of the
|
||||
channel itself. It does not report about the data in the overall
|
||||
buffers for the stack of channels the supplied channel is part of.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsChannelShared\fR checks the refcount of the specified
|
||||
\fIchannel\fR and returns whether the \fIchannel\fR was shared among
|
||||
multiple interpreters (result == 1) or not (result == 0).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsChannelRegistered\fR checks whether the specified \fIchannel\fR is
|
||||
registered in the given \fIinterp\fRreter (result == 1) or not
|
||||
(result == 0).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsChannelExisting\fR checks whether a channel with the specified
|
||||
name is registered in the (thread)-global list of all channels (result
|
||||
== 1) or not (result == 0).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CutChannel\fR removes the specified \fIchannel\fR from the
|
||||
(thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
|
||||
Application to a channel still registered in some interpreter
|
||||
is not allowed.
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
|
||||
\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR adds the specified \fIchannel\fR to the
|
||||
(thread)global list of all channels (of the current thread).
|
||||
Application to a channel registered in some interpreter is not allowed.
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
Also notifies the driver if the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR version is
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR (or higher), and
|
||||
\fBTcl_DriverThreadActionProc\fR is defined for it.
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ClearChannelHandlers\fR removes all channel handlers and event
|
||||
scripts associated with the specified \fIchannel\fR, thus shutting
|
||||
down all event processing for this channel.
|
||||
.SH TCL_CHANNELTYPE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A channel driver provides a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure that contains
|
||||
pointers to functions that implement the various operations on a channel;
|
||||
these operations are invoked as needed by the generic layer. The structure
|
||||
was versioned starting in Tcl 8.3.2/8.4 to correct a problem with stacked
|
||||
channel drivers. See the \fBOLD CHANNEL TYPES\fR section below for
|
||||
details about the old structure.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains the following fields:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverFlushProc *\fIflushProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *\fIhandlerProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc *\fIwideSeekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc *\fIthreadActionProc\fR;
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *\fItruncateProc\fR;
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
} Tcl_ChannelType;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is not necessary to provide implementations for all channel
|
||||
operations. Those which are not necessary may be set to NULL in the
|
||||
struct: \fIblockModeProc\fR, \fIseekProc\fR, \fIsetOptionProc\fR,
|
||||
\fIgetOptionProc\fR, \fIgetHandleProc\fR, and \fIclose2Proc\fR, in addition to
|
||||
\fIflushProc\fR, \fIhandlerProc\fR, \fIthreadActionProc\fR, and
|
||||
\fItruncateProc\fR. Other functions that cannot be implemented in a
|
||||
meaningful way should return \fBEINVAL\fR when called, to indicate
|
||||
that the operations they represent are not available. Also note that
|
||||
\fIwideSeekProc\fR can be NULL if \fIseekProc\fR is.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The user should only use the above structure for \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
|
||||
instantiation. When referencing fields in a \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR
|
||||
structure, the following functions should be used to obtain the values:
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelName\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR,
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelGetOptionProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWatchProc\fR, \fBTcl_ChannelGetHandleProc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, or \fBTcl_ChannelHandlerProc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The change to the structures was made in such a way that standard channel
|
||||
types are binary compatible. However, channel types that use stacked
|
||||
channels (i.e. TLS, Trf) have new versions to correspond to the above change
|
||||
since the previous code for stacked channels had problems.
|
||||
.SS TYPENAME
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fItypeName\fR field contains a null-terminated string that
|
||||
identifies the type of the device implemented by this driver, e.g.
|
||||
\fBfile\fR or \fBsocket\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelName\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the string.
|
||||
.SS VERSION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
|
||||
The \fIversion\fR field should be set to the version of the structure
|
||||
that you require. \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR is the minimum recommended.
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR must be set to specify the \fIwideSeekProc\fR member.
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR must be set to specify the \fIthreadActionProc\fR member
|
||||
(includes \fIwideSeekProc\fR).
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR must be set to specify the
|
||||
\fItruncateProc\fR members (includes
|
||||
\fIwideSeekProc\fR and \fIthreadActionProc\fR).
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
If it is not set to any of these, then this
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelType\fR is assumed to have the original structure. See
|
||||
\fBOLD CHANNEL TYPES\fR for more details. While Tcl will recognize
|
||||
and function with either structures, stacked channels must be of at
|
||||
least \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR to function correctly.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelVersion\fR, which returns
|
||||
one of
|
||||
.VS 8.5
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_5\fR,
|
||||
.VE 8.5
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_4\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_3\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR or \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_1\fR.
|
||||
.SS BLOCKMODEPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIblockModeProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
the generic layer to set blocking and nonblocking mode on the device.
|
||||
\fIBlockModeProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImode\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created. The \fImode\fR
|
||||
argument is either \fBTCL_MODE_BLOCKING\fR or \fBTCL_MODE_NONBLOCKING\fR to
|
||||
set the device into blocking or nonblocking mode. The function should
|
||||
return zero if the operation was successful, or a nonzero POSIX error code
|
||||
if the operation failed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If the operation is successful, the function can modify the supplied
|
||||
\fIinstanceData\fR to record that the channel entered blocking or
|
||||
nonblocking mode and to implement the blocking or nonblocking behavior.
|
||||
For some device types, the blocking and nonblocking behavior can be
|
||||
implemented by the underlying operating system; for other device types, the
|
||||
behavior must be emulated in the channel driver.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelBlockModeProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
A channel driver \fBnot\fR supplying a \fIblockModeProc\fR has to be
|
||||
very, very careful. It has to tell the generic layer exactly which
|
||||
blocking mode is acceptable to it, and should this also document for
|
||||
the user so that the blocking mode of the channel is not changed to an
|
||||
unacceptable value. Any confusion here may lead the interpreter into a
|
||||
(spurious and difficult to find) deadlock.
|
||||
.SS "CLOSEPROC AND CLOSE2PROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIcloseProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to clean up driver-related information when the channel is
|
||||
closed. \fICloseProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverCloseProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value provided to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The function should
|
||||
release any storage maintained by the channel driver for this channel, and
|
||||
close the input and output devices encapsulated by this channel. All queued
|
||||
output will have been flushed to the device before this function is called,
|
||||
and no further driver operations will be invoked on this instance after
|
||||
calling the \fIcloseProc\fR. If the close operation is successful, the
|
||||
procedure should return zero; otherwise it should return a nonzero POSIX
|
||||
error code. In addition, if an error occurs and \fIinterp\fR is not NULL,
|
||||
the procedure should store an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Alternatively, channels that support closing the read and write sides
|
||||
independently may set \fIcloseProc\fR to \fBTCL_CLOSE2PROC\fR and set
|
||||
\fIclose2Proc\fR to the address of a function that matches the
|
||||
following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverClose2Proc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIflags\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclose2Proc\fR will be called with \fIflags\fR set to an OR'ed
|
||||
combination of \fBTCL_CLOSE_READ\fR or \fBTCL_CLOSE_WRITE\fR to
|
||||
indicate that the driver should close the read and/or write side of
|
||||
the channel. The channel driver may be invoked to perform
|
||||
additional operations on the channel after \fIclose2Proc\fR is
|
||||
called to close one or both sides of the channel. If \fIflags\fR is
|
||||
\fB0\fR (zero), the driver should close the channel in the manner
|
||||
described above for \fIcloseProc\fR. No further operations will be
|
||||
invoked on this instance after \fIclose2Proc\fR is called with all
|
||||
flags cleared. In all cases, the \fIclose2Proc\fR function should
|
||||
return zero if the close operation was successful; otherwise it should
|
||||
return a nonzero POSIX error code. In addition, if an error occurs and
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR is not NULL, the procedure should store an error message
|
||||
in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIcloseProc\fR and \fIclose2Proc\fR values can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelCloseProc\fR or \fBTcl_ChannelClose2Proc\fR, which
|
||||
return a pointer to the respective function.
|
||||
.SS INPUTPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinputProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to read data from the file or device and store it in an
|
||||
internal buffer. \fIInputProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverInputProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIbuf\fR,
|
||||
int \fIbufSize\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The \fIbuf\fR
|
||||
argument points to an array of bytes in which to store input from the
|
||||
device, and the \fIbufSize\fR argument indicates how many bytes are
|
||||
available at \fIbuf\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIerrorCodePtr\fR argument points to an integer variable provided by
|
||||
the generic layer. If an error occurs, the function should set the variable
|
||||
to a POSIX error code that identifies the error that occurred.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The function should read data from the input device encapsulated by the
|
||||
channel and store it at \fIbuf\fR. On success, the function should return
|
||||
a nonnegative integer indicating how many bytes were read from the input
|
||||
device and stored at \fIbuf\fR. On error, the function should return -1. If
|
||||
an error occurs after some data has been read from the device, that data is
|
||||
lost.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If \fIinputProc\fR can determine that the input device has some data
|
||||
available but less than requested by the \fIbufSize\fR argument, the
|
||||
function should only attempt to read as much data as is available and
|
||||
return without blocking. If the input device has no data available
|
||||
whatsoever and the channel is in nonblocking mode, the function should
|
||||
return an \fBEAGAIN\fR error. If the input device has no data available
|
||||
whatsoever and the channel is in blocking mode, the function should block
|
||||
for the shortest possible time until at least one byte of data can be read
|
||||
from the device; then, it should return as much data as it can read without
|
||||
blocking.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelInputProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS OUTPUTPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIoutputProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to transfer data from an internal buffer to the output device.
|
||||
\fIOutputProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverOutputProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIbuf\fR,
|
||||
int \fItoWrite\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when the channel was created. The \fIbuf\fR
|
||||
argument contains an array of bytes to be written to the device, and the
|
||||
\fItoWrite\fR argument indicates how many bytes are to be written from the
|
||||
\fIbuf\fR argument.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIerrorCodePtr\fR argument points to an integer variable provided by
|
||||
the generic layer. If an error occurs, the function should set this
|
||||
variable to a POSIX error code that identifies the error.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The function should write the data at \fIbuf\fR to the output device
|
||||
encapsulated by the channel. On success, the function should return a
|
||||
nonnegative integer indicating how many bytes were written to the output
|
||||
device. The return value is normally the same as \fItoWrite\fR, but may be
|
||||
less in some cases such as if the output operation is interrupted by a
|
||||
signal. If an error occurs the function should return -1. In case of
|
||||
error, some data may have been written to the device.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If the channel is nonblocking and the output device is unable to absorb any
|
||||
data whatsoever, the function should return -1 with an \fBEAGAIN\fR error
|
||||
without writing any data.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelOutputProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS "SEEKPROC AND WIDESEEKPROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIseekProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by the
|
||||
generic layer to move the access point at which subsequent input or output
|
||||
operations will be applied. \fISeekProc\fR must match the following
|
||||
prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverSeekProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
long \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
int \fIseekMode\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinstanceData\fR argument is the same as the value given to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created. \fIOffset\fR and
|
||||
\fIseekMode\fR have the same meaning as for the \fBTcl_Seek\fR
|
||||
procedure (described in the manual entry for \fBTcl_OpenFileChannel\fR).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIerrorCodePtr\fR argument points to an integer variable provided by
|
||||
the generic layer for returning \fBerrno\fR values from the function. The
|
||||
function should set this variable to a POSIX error code if an error occurs.
|
||||
The function should store an \fBEINVAL\fR error code if the channel type
|
||||
does not implement seeking.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The return value is the new access point or -1 in case of error. If an
|
||||
error occurred, the function should not move the access point.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If there is a non-NULL \fIseekProc\fR field, the \fIwideSeekProc\fR
|
||||
field may contain the address of an alternative function to use which
|
||||
handles wide (i.e. larger than 32-bit) offsets, so allowing seeks
|
||||
within files larger than 2GB. The \fIwideSeekProc\fR will be called
|
||||
in preference to the \fIseekProc\fR, but both must be defined if the
|
||||
\fIwideSeekProc\fR is defined. \fIWideSeekProc\fR must match the
|
||||
following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef Tcl_WideInt Tcl_DriverWideSeekProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIoffset\fR,
|
||||
int \fIseekMode\fR,
|
||||
int *\fIerrorCodePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The arguments and return values mean the same thing as with
|
||||
\fIseekProc\fR above, except that the type of offsets and the return
|
||||
type are different.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIseekProc\fR value can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelSeekProc\fR, which returns a pointer to the function,
|
||||
and similarly the \fIwideSeekProc\fR can be retrieved with
|
||||
\fBTcl_ChannelWideSeekProc\fR.
|
||||
.SS SETOPTIONPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
the generic layer to set a channel type specific option on a channel.
|
||||
\fIsetOptionProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fInewValue\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIoptionName\fR is the name of an option to set, and \fInewValue\fR is
|
||||
the new value for that option, as a string. The \fIinstanceData\fR is the
|
||||
same as the value given to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was
|
||||
created. The function should do whatever channel type specific action is
|
||||
required to implement the new value of the option.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Some options are handled by the generic code and this function is never
|
||||
called to set them, e.g. \fB\-blockmode\fR. Other options are specific to
|
||||
each channel type and the \fIsetOptionProc\fR procedure of the channel
|
||||
driver will get called to implement them. The \fIsetOptionProc\fR field can
|
||||
be NULL, which indicates that this channel type supports no type specific
|
||||
options.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If the option value is successfully modified to the new value, the function
|
||||
returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
|
||||
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is
|
||||
unrecognized.
|
||||
If \fInewValue\fR specifies a value for the option that
|
||||
is not supported or if a system call error occurs,
|
||||
the function should leave an error message in the
|
||||
\fIresult\fR field of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
|
||||
function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
|
||||
error code.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelSetOptionProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS GETOPTIONPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIgetOptionProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
the generic layer to get the value of a channel type specific option on a
|
||||
channel. \fIgetOptionProc\fR must match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIoptionName\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_DString *\fIoptionValue\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIOptionName\fR is the name of an option supported by this type of
|
||||
channel. If the option name is not NULL, the function stores its current
|
||||
value, as a string, in the Tcl dynamic string \fIoptionValue\fR.
|
||||
If \fIoptionName\fR is NULL, the function stores in \fIoptionValue\fR an
|
||||
alternating list of all supported options and their current values.
|
||||
On success, the function returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
It should call \fBTcl_BadChannelOption\fR which itself returns
|
||||
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR if the \fIoptionName\fR is
|
||||
unrecognized. If a system call error occurs,
|
||||
the function should leave an error message in the
|
||||
result of \fIinterp\fR if \fIinterp\fR is not NULL. The
|
||||
function should also call \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR to store an appropriate POSIX
|
||||
error code.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Some options are handled by the generic code and this function is never
|
||||
called to retrieve their value, e.g. \fB\-blockmode\fR. Other options are
|
||||
specific to each channel type and the \fIgetOptionProc\fR procedure of the
|
||||
channel driver will get called to implement them. The \fIgetOptionProc\fR
|
||||
field can be NULL, which indicates that this channel type supports no type
|
||||
specific options.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelGetOptionProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS WATCHPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIwatchProc\fR field contains the address of a function called
|
||||
by the generic layer to initialize the event notification mechanism to
|
||||
notice events of interest on this channel.
|
||||
\fIWatchProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_DriverWatchProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIinstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created. The \fImask\fR
|
||||
argument is an OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR
|
||||
and \fBTCL_EXCEPTION\fR; it indicates events the caller is interested in
|
||||
noticing on this channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The function should initialize device type specific mechanisms to
|
||||
notice when an event of interest is present on the channel. When one
|
||||
or more of the designated events occurs on the channel, the channel
|
||||
driver is responsible for calling \fBTcl_NotifyChannel\fR to inform
|
||||
the generic channel module. The driver should take care not to starve
|
||||
other channel drivers or sources of callbacks by invoking
|
||||
Tcl_NotifyChannel too frequently. Fairness can be insured by using
|
||||
the Tcl event queue to allow the channel event to be scheduled in sequence
|
||||
with other events. See the description of \fBTcl_QueueEvent\fR for
|
||||
details on how to queue an event.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelWatchProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS GETHANDLEPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIgetHandleProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
the generic layer to retrieve a device-specific handle from the channel.
|
||||
\fIGetHandleProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIdirection\fR,
|
||||
ClientData *\fIhandlePtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created. The \fIdirection\fR
|
||||
argument is either \fBTCL_READABLE\fR to retrieve the handle used
|
||||
for input, or \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR to retrieve the handle used for
|
||||
output.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If the channel implementation has device-specific handles, the
|
||||
function should retrieve the appropriate handle associated with the
|
||||
channel, according the \fIdirection\fR argument. The handle should be
|
||||
stored in the location referred to by \fIhandlePtr\fR, and
|
||||
\fBTCL_OK\fR should be returned. If the channel is not open for the
|
||||
specified direction, or if the channel implementation does not use
|
||||
device handles, the function should return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelGetHandleProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS FLUSHPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIflushProc\fR field is currently reserved for future use.
|
||||
It should be set to NULL.
|
||||
\fIFlushProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverFlushProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelFlushProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS HANDLERPROC
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIhandlerProc\fR field contains the address of a function called by
|
||||
the generic layer to notify the channel that an event occurred. It should
|
||||
be defined for stacked channel drivers that wish to be notified of events
|
||||
that occur on the underlying (stacked) channel.
|
||||
\fIHandlerProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverHandlerProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIinterestMask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR
|
||||
when this channel was created. The \fIinterestMask\fR is an OR-ed
|
||||
combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR or \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR; it indicates what
|
||||
type of event occurred on this channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This value can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelHandlerProc\fR, which returns
|
||||
a pointer to the function.
|
||||
|
||||
.SS "THREADACTIONPROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIthreadActionProc\fR field contains the address of the function
|
||||
called by the generic layer when a channel is created, closed, or
|
||||
going to move to a different thread, i.e. whenever thread-specific
|
||||
driver state might have to initialized or updated. It can be NULL.
|
||||
The action \fITCL_CHANNEL_THREAD_REMOVE\fR is used to notify the
|
||||
driver that it should update or remove any thread-specific data it
|
||||
might be maintaining for the channel.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The action \fITCL_CHANNEL_THREAD_INSERT\fR is used to notify the
|
||||
driver that it should update or initialize any thread-specific data it
|
||||
might be maintaining using the calling thread as the associate. See
|
||||
\fBTcl_CutChannel\fR and \fBTcl_SpliceChannel\fR for more detail.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_DriverThreadActionProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIaction\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These values can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelThreadActionProc\fR,
|
||||
which returns a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SS "TRUNCATEPROC"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fItruncateProc\fR field contains the address of the function
|
||||
called by the generic layer when a channel is truncated to some
|
||||
length. It can be NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_DriverTruncateProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIinstanceData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIlength\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIInstanceData\fR is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR when this channel was created, and
|
||||
\fIlength\fR is the new length of the underlying file, which should
|
||||
not be negative. The result should be 0 on success or an errno code
|
||||
(suitable for use with \fBTcl_SetErrno\fR) on failure.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These values can be retrieved with \fBTcl_ChannelTruncateProc\fR,
|
||||
which returns a pointer to the function.
|
||||
.SH TCL_BADCHANNELOPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
This procedure generates a
|
||||
.QW "bad option"
|
||||
error message in an
|
||||
(optional) interpreter. It is used by channel drivers when
|
||||
an invalid Set/Get option is requested. Its purpose is to concatenate
|
||||
the generic options list to the specific ones and factorize
|
||||
the generic options error message string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It always returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
An error message is generated in \fIinterp\fR's result object to
|
||||
indicate that a command was invoked with a bad option.
|
||||
The message has the form
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
bad option "blah": should be one of
|
||||
<...generic options...>+<...specific options...>
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
so you get for instance:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
bad option "-blah": should be one of -blocking,
|
||||
-buffering, -buffersize, -eofchar, -translation,
|
||||
-peername, or -sockname
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
when called with \fIoptionList\fR equal to
|
||||
.QW "peername sockname"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.QW blah
|
||||
is the \fIoptionName\fR argument and
|
||||
.QW "<specific options>"
|
||||
is a space separated list of specific option words.
|
||||
The function takes good care of inserting minus signs before
|
||||
each option, commas after, and an
|
||||
.QW or
|
||||
before the last option.
|
||||
.SH "OLD CHANNEL TYPES"
|
||||
The original (8.3.1 and below) \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure contains
|
||||
the following fields:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
|
||||
} Tcl_ChannelType;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
It is still possible to create channel with the above structure. The
|
||||
internal channel code will determine the version. It is imperative to use
|
||||
the new \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure if you are creating a stacked
|
||||
channel driver, due to problems with the earlier stacked channel
|
||||
implementation (in 8.2.0 to 8.3.1).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Prior to 8.4.0 (i.e. during the later releases of 8.3 and early part
|
||||
of the 8.4 development cycle) the \fBTcl_ChannelType\fR structure
|
||||
contained the following fields:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_ChannelType {
|
||||
char *\fItypeName\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ChannelTypeVersion \fIversion\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverCloseProc *\fIcloseProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverInputProc *\fIinputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverOutputProc *\fIoutputProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSeekProc *\fIseekProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverSetOptionProc *\fIsetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetOptionProc *\fIgetOptionProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverWatchProc *\fIwatchProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverGetHandleProc *\fIgetHandleProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverClose2Proc *\fIclose2Proc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverBlockModeProc *\fIblockModeProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverFlushProc *\fIflushProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverHandlerProc *\fIhandlerProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_DriverTruncateProc *\fItruncateProc\fR;
|
||||
} Tcl_ChannelType;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When the above structure is registered as a channel type, the
|
||||
\fIversion\fR field should always be \fBTCL_CHANNEL_VERSION_2\fR.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Close(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), Tcl_SetErrno(3), Tcl_QueueEvent(3), Tcl_StackChannel(3), Tcl_GetStdChannel(3)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
blocking, channel driver, channel registration, channel type, nonblocking
|
||||
91
doc/CrtChnlHdlr.3
Normal file
91
doc/CrtChnlHdlr.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateChannelHandler 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateChannelHandler, Tcl_DeleteChannelHandler \- call a procedure when a channel becomes readable or writable
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannelHandler\fR(\fIchannel, mask, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteChannelHandler\fR(\fIchannel, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_ChannelProc clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Channel channel in
|
||||
Tcl channel such as returned by \fBTcl_CreateChannel\fR.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
Conditions under which \fIproc\fR should be called: OR-ed combination of
|
||||
\fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR and \fBTCL_EXCEPTION\fR. Specify
|
||||
a zero value to temporarily disable an existing handler.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever the channel indicated by \fIchannel\fR meets
|
||||
the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannelHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be called in the
|
||||
future whenever input or output becomes possible on the channel identified
|
||||
by \fIchannel\fR, or whenever an exceptional condition exists for
|
||||
\fIchannel\fR. The conditions of interest under which \fIproc\fR will be
|
||||
invoked are specified by the \fImask\fR argument.
|
||||
See the manual entry for \fBfileevent\fR for a precise description of
|
||||
what it means for a channel to be readable or writable.
|
||||
\fIProc\fR must conform to the following prototype:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_ChannelProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument is the same as the value passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannelHandler\fR when the handler was created. Typically,
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR points to a data structure containing application-specific
|
||||
information about the channel. \fIMask\fR is an integer mask indicating
|
||||
which of the requested conditions actually exists for the channel; it will
|
||||
contain a subset of the bits from the \fImask\fR argument to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateChannelHandler\fR when the handler was created.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Each channel handler is identified by a unique combination of \fIchannel\fR,
|
||||
\fIproc\fR and \fIclientData\fR.
|
||||
There may be many handlers for a given channel as long as they do not
|
||||
have the same \fIchannel\fR, \fIproc\fR, and \fIclientData\fR.
|
||||
If \fBTcl_CreateChannelHandler\fR is invoked when there is already a handler
|
||||
for \fIchannel\fR, \fIproc\fR, and \fIclientData\fR, then no new
|
||||
handler is created; instead, the \fImask\fR is changed for the
|
||||
existing handler.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteChannelHandler\fR deletes a channel handler identified by
|
||||
\fIchannel\fR, \fIproc\fR and \fIclientData\fR; if no such handler exists,
|
||||
the call has no effect.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Channel handlers are invoked via the Tcl event mechanism, so they
|
||||
are only useful in applications that are event-driven.
|
||||
Note also that the conditions specified in the \fImask\fR argument
|
||||
to \fIproc\fR may no longer exist when \fIproc\fR is invoked: for
|
||||
example, if there are two handlers for \fBTCL_READABLE\fR on the same
|
||||
channel, the first handler could consume all of the available input
|
||||
so that the channel is no longer readable when the second handler
|
||||
is invoked.
|
||||
For this reason it may be useful to use nonblocking I/O on channels
|
||||
for which there are event handlers.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Notifier(3), Tcl_CreateChannel(3), Tcl_OpenFileChannel(3), vwait(n).
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
blocking, callback, channel, events, handler, nonblocking.
|
||||
58
doc/CrtCloseHdlr.3
Normal file
58
doc/CrtCloseHdlr.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateCloseHandler 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
'\" Note: do not modify the .SH NAME line immediately below!
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateCloseHandler, Tcl_DeleteCloseHandler \- arrange for callbacks when channels are closed
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCloseHandler\fR(\fIchannel, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCloseHandler\fR(\fIchannel, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_CloseProc clientData
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Channel channel in
|
||||
The channel for which to create or delete a close callback.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CloseProc *proc in
|
||||
The procedure to call as the callback.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCloseHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be called when
|
||||
\fIchannel\fR is closed with \fBTcl_Close\fR or
|
||||
\fBTcl_UnregisterChannel\fR, or using the Tcl \fBclose\fR command.
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should match the following prototype:
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_CloseProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR is the same as the value provided in the call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCloseHandler\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCloseHandler\fR removes a close callback for \fIchannel\fR.
|
||||
The \fIproc\fR and \fIclientData\fR identify which close callback to
|
||||
remove; \fBTcl_DeleteCloseHandler\fR does nothing if its \fIproc\fR and
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR arguments do not match the \fIproc\fR and \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
for a close handler for \fIchannel\fR.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
close(n), Tcl_Close(3), Tcl_UnregisterChannel(3)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
callback, channel closing
|
||||
143
doc/CrtCommand.3
Normal file
143
doc/CrtCommand.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateCommand 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateCommand \- implement new commands in C
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Command
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, proc, clientData, deleteProc\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which to create new command.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *cmdName in
|
||||
Name of command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdProc *proc in
|
||||
Implementation of new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
|
||||
allows for command-specific cleanup. If NULL, then no procedure is
|
||||
called before the command is deleted.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR defines a new command in \fIinterp\fR and associates
|
||||
it with procedure \fIproc\fR such that whenever \fIcmdName\fR is
|
||||
invoked as a Tcl command (via a call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR) the Tcl interpreter
|
||||
will call \fIproc\fR to process the command.
|
||||
It differs from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR in that a new string-based
|
||||
command is defined;
|
||||
that is, a command procedure is defined that takes an array of
|
||||
argument strings instead of objects.
|
||||
The object-based command procedures registered by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
|
||||
can execute significantly faster than the string-based command procedures
|
||||
defined by \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR.
|
||||
This is because they take Tcl objects as arguments
|
||||
and those objects can retain an internal representation that
|
||||
can be manipulated more efficiently.
|
||||
Also, Tcl's interpreter now uses objects internally.
|
||||
In order to invoke a string-based command procedure
|
||||
registered by \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR,
|
||||
it must generate and fetch a string representation
|
||||
from each argument object before the call
|
||||
and create a new Tcl object to hold the string result returned by the
|
||||
string-based command procedure.
|
||||
New commands should be defined using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
|
||||
We support \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR for backwards compatibility.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The procedures \fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR, \fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR,
|
||||
and \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR are used in conjunction with
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR will delete an existing command \fIcmdName\fR,
|
||||
if one is already associated with the interpreter.
|
||||
It returns a token that may be used to refer
|
||||
to the command in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.
|
||||
If \fIcmdName\fR contains any \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers,
|
||||
then the command is added to the specified namespace;
|
||||
otherwise the command is added to the global namespace.
|
||||
If \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR is called for an interpreter that is in
|
||||
the process of being deleted, then it does not create a new command
|
||||
and it returns NULL.
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type
|
||||
\fBTcl_CmdProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_CmdProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIargc\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
parameters will be copies of the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
arguments given to \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR.
|
||||
Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to an application-specific
|
||||
data structure that describes what to do when the command procedure
|
||||
is invoked. \fIArgc\fR and \fIargv\fR describe the arguments to
|
||||
the command, \fIargc\fR giving the number of arguments (including
|
||||
the command name) and \fIargv\fR giving the values of the arguments
|
||||
as strings. The \fIargv\fR array will contain \fIargc\fR+1 values;
|
||||
the first \fIargc\fR values point to the argument strings, and the
|
||||
last value is NULL.
|
||||
Note that the argument strings should not be modified as they may
|
||||
point to constant strings or may be shared with other parts of the
|
||||
interpreter.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that the argument strings are encoded in normalized UTF-8 since
|
||||
version 8.1 of Tcl.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIProc\fR must return an integer code that is expected to be one of
|
||||
\fBTCL_OK\fR, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR, \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR, or
|
||||
\fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR. See the Tcl overview man page
|
||||
for details on what these codes mean. Most normal commands will only
|
||||
return \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. In addition, \fIproc\fR must set
|
||||
the interpreter result to point to a string value;
|
||||
in the case of a \fBTCL_OK\fR return code this gives the result
|
||||
of the command, and in the case of \fBTCL_ERROR\fR it gives an error message.
|
||||
The \fBTcl_SetResult\fR procedure provides an easy interface for setting
|
||||
the return value; for complete details on how the interpreter result
|
||||
field is managed, see the \fBTcl_Interp\fR man page.
|
||||
Before invoking a command procedure,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Eval\fR sets the interpreter result to point to an empty string,
|
||||
so simple commands can return an empty result by doing nothing at all.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The contents of the \fIargv\fR array belong to Tcl and are not
|
||||
guaranteed to persist once \fIproc\fR returns: \fIproc\fR should
|
||||
not modify them, nor should it set the interpreter result to point
|
||||
anywhere within the \fIargv\fR values.
|
||||
Call \fBTcl_SetResult\fR with status \fBTCL_VOLATILE\fR if you want
|
||||
to return something from the \fIargv\fR array.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIDeleteProc\fR will be invoked when (if) \fIcmdName\fR is deleted.
|
||||
This can occur through a call to \fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR or \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR,
|
||||
or by replacing \fIcmdName\fR in another call to \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR.
|
||||
\fIDeleteProc\fR is invoked before the command is deleted, and gives the
|
||||
application an opportunity to release any structures associated
|
||||
with the command. \fIDeleteProc\fR should have arguments and
|
||||
result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_CmdDeleteProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
argument passed to \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_SetObjResult
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
bind, command, create, delete, interpreter, namespace
|
||||
90
doc/CrtFileHdlr.3
Normal file
90
doc/CrtFileHdlr.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateFileHandler 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateFileHandler, Tcl_DeleteFileHandler \- associate procedure callbacks with files or devices (Unix only)
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR(\fIfd, mask, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteFileHandler\fR(\fIfd\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_FileProc clientData
|
||||
.AP int fd in
|
||||
Unix file descriptor for an open file or device.
|
||||
.AP int mask in
|
||||
Conditions under which \fIproc\fR should be called:
|
||||
OR-ed combination of \fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fBTCL_WRITABLE\fR,
|
||||
and \fBTCL_EXCEPTION\fR. May be set to 0 to temporarily disable
|
||||
a handler.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_FileProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke whenever the file or device indicated
|
||||
by \fIfile\fR meets the conditions specified by \fImask\fR.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be
|
||||
invoked in the future whenever I/O becomes possible on a file
|
||||
or an exceptional condition exists for the file. The file
|
||||
is indicated by \fIfd\fR, and the conditions of interest
|
||||
are indicated by \fImask\fR. For example, if \fImask\fR
|
||||
is \fBTCL_READABLE\fR, \fIproc\fR will be called when
|
||||
the file is readable.
|
||||
The callback to \fIproc\fR is made by \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR, so
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR is only useful in programs that dispatch
|
||||
events through \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or through Tcl commands such
|
||||
as \fBvwait\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the
|
||||
type \fBTcl_FileProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_FileProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fImask\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a copy
|
||||
of the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
argument given to \fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR when the callback
|
||||
was created. Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to a data
|
||||
structure containing application-specific information about
|
||||
the file. \fIMask\fR is an integer mask indicating which
|
||||
of the requested conditions actually exists for the file; it
|
||||
will contain a subset of the bits in the \fImask\fR argument
|
||||
to \fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
There may exist only one handler for a given file at a given time.
|
||||
If \fBTcl_CreateFileHandler\fR is called when a handler already
|
||||
exists for \fIfd\fR, then the new callback replaces the information
|
||||
that was previously recorded.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteFileHandler\fR may be called to delete the
|
||||
file handler for \fIfd\fR; if no handler exists for the
|
||||
file given by \fIfd\fR then the procedure has no effect.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The purpose of file handlers is to enable an application to respond to
|
||||
events while waiting for files to become ready for I/O. For this to work
|
||||
correctly, the application may need to use non-blocking I/O operations on
|
||||
the files for which handlers are declared. Otherwise the application may
|
||||
block if it reads or writes too much data; while waiting for the I/O to
|
||||
complete the application will not be able to service other events. Use
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetChannelOption\fR with \fB\-blocking\fR to set the channel into
|
||||
blocking or nonblocking mode as required.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that these interfaces are only supported by the Unix
|
||||
implementation of the Tcl notifier.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
callback, file, handler
|
||||
127
doc/CrtInterp.3
Normal file
127
doc/CrtInterp.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateInterp 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateInterp, Tcl_DeleteInterp, Tcl_InterpDeleted \- create and delete Tcl command interpreters
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR()
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_Interp *interp
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Token for interpreter to be destroyed.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateInterp\fR creates a new interpreter structure and returns
|
||||
a token for it. The token is required in calls to most other Tcl
|
||||
procedures, such as \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR, \fBTcl_Eval\fR, and
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR.
|
||||
Clients are only allowed to access a few of the fields of
|
||||
Tcl_Interp structures; see the \fBTcl_Interp\fR
|
||||
and \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR man pages for details.
|
||||
The new interpreter is initialized with the built-in Tcl commands
|
||||
and with the variables documented in tclvars(n). To bind in
|
||||
additional commands, call \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR marks an interpreter as deleted; the interpreter
|
||||
will eventually be deleted when all calls to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR for it have
|
||||
been matched by calls to \fBTcl_Release\fR. At that time, all of the
|
||||
resources associated with it, including variables, procedures, and
|
||||
application-specific command bindings, will be deleted. After
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR returns any attempt to use \fBTcl_Eval\fR on the
|
||||
interpreter will fail and return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. After the call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR it is safe to examine the interpreter's result,
|
||||
query or set the values of variables, define, undefine or retrieve
|
||||
procedures, and examine the runtime evaluation stack. See below, in the
|
||||
section \fBINTERPRETERS AND MEMORY MANAGEMENT\fR for details.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR returns nonzero if \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR was
|
||||
called with \fIinterp\fR as its argument; this indicates that the
|
||||
interpreter will eventually be deleted, when the last call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Preserve\fR for it is matched by a call to \fBTcl_Release\fR. If
|
||||
nonzero is returned, further calls to \fBTcl_Eval\fR in this interpreter
|
||||
will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR is useful in deletion callbacks to distinguish
|
||||
between when only the memory the callback is responsible for is being
|
||||
deleted and when the whole interpreter is being deleted. In the former case
|
||||
the callback may recreate the data being deleted, but this would lead to an
|
||||
infinite loop if the interpreter were being deleted.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "INTERPRETERS AND MEMORY MANAGEMENT"
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR can be called at any time on an interpreter that may
|
||||
be used by nested evaluations and C code in various extensions. Tcl
|
||||
implements a simple mechanism that allows callers to use interpreters
|
||||
without worrying about the interpreter being deleted in a nested call, and
|
||||
without requiring special code to protect the interpreter, in most cases.
|
||||
This mechanism ensures that nested uses of an interpreter can safely
|
||||
continue using it even after \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR is called.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The mechanism relies on matching up calls to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR with calls
|
||||
to \fBTcl_Release\fR. If \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR has been called, only when
|
||||
the last call to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR is matched by a call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Release\fR, will the interpreter be freed. See the manual entry for
|
||||
\fBTcl_Preserve\fR for a description of these functions.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The rules for when the user of an interpreter must call \fBTcl_Preserve\fR
|
||||
and \fBTcl_Release\fR are simple:
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
Interpreters Passed As Arguments
|
||||
Functions that are passed an interpreter as an argument can safely use the
|
||||
interpreter without any special protection. Thus, when you write an
|
||||
extension consisting of new Tcl commands, no special code is needed to
|
||||
protect interpreters received as arguments. This covers the majority of all
|
||||
uses.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
Interpreter Creation And Deletion
|
||||
When a new interpreter is created and used in a call to \fBTcl_Eval\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_VarEval\fR, \fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar\fR, or
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetVar\fR, a pair of calls to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_Release\fR should be wrapped around all uses of the interpreter.
|
||||
Remember that it is unsafe to use the interpreter once \fBTcl_Release\fR
|
||||
has been called. To ensure that the interpreter is properly deleted when
|
||||
it is no longer needed, call \fBTcl_InterpDeleted\fR to test if some other
|
||||
code already called \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR; if not, call
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR before calling \fBTcl_Release\fR in your own code.
|
||||
.TP
|
||||
Retrieving An Interpreter From A Data Structure
|
||||
When an interpreter is retrieved from a data structure (e.g. the client
|
||||
data of a callback) for use in \fBTcl_Eval\fR, \fBTcl_VarEval\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GlobalEval\fR, \fBTcl_SetVar\fR, or \fBTcl_GetVar\fR, a pair of
|
||||
calls to \fBTcl_Preserve\fR and \fBTcl_Release\fR should be wrapped around
|
||||
all uses of the interpreter; it is unsafe to reuse the interpreter once
|
||||
\fBTcl_Release\fR has been called. If an interpreter is stored inside a
|
||||
callback data structure, an appropriate deletion cleanup mechanism should
|
||||
be set up by the code that creates the data structure so that the
|
||||
interpreter is removed from the data structure (e.g. by setting the field
|
||||
to NULL) when the interpreter is deleted. Otherwise, you may be using an
|
||||
interpreter that has been freed and whose memory may already have been
|
||||
reused.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
All uses of interpreters in Tcl and Tk have already been protected.
|
||||
Extension writers should ensure that their code also properly protects any
|
||||
additional interpreters used, as described above.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_Preserve(3), Tcl_Release(3)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
command, create, delete, interpreter
|
||||
156
doc/CrtMathFnc.3
Normal file
156
doc/CrtMathFnc.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateMathFunc 3 8.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateMathFunc, Tcl_GetMathFuncInfo, Tcl_ListMathFuncs \- Define, query and enumerate math functions for expressions
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgs, argTypes, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR(\fIinterp, name, numArgsPtr, argTypesPtr, procPtr,
|
||||
clientDataPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *
|
||||
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR(\fIinterp, pattern\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_ValueType *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which new function will be defined.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *name in
|
||||
Name for new function.
|
||||
.AP int numArgs in
|
||||
Number of arguments to new function; also gives size of \fIargTypes\fR array.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ValueType *argTypes in
|
||||
Points to an array giving the permissible types for each argument to
|
||||
function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MathProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure that implements the function.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR when it is invoked.
|
||||
.AP int *numArgsPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the number of
|
||||
arguments to the function.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ValueType **argTypesPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to an array
|
||||
giving the permissible types for each argument to the function which
|
||||
will need to be freed up using \fITcl_Free\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_MathProc **procPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain a pointer to the
|
||||
implementation code for the function (or NULL if the function is
|
||||
implemented directly in bytecode).
|
||||
.AP ClientData *clientDataPtr out
|
||||
Points to a variable that will be set to contain the clientData
|
||||
argument passed to \fITcl_CreateMathFunc\fR when the function was
|
||||
created if the function is not implemented directly in bytecode.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *pattern in
|
||||
Pattern to match against function names so as to filter them (by
|
||||
passing to \fITcl_StringMatch\fR), or NULL to not apply any filter.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Tcl allows a number of mathematical functions to be used in
|
||||
expressions, such as \fBsin\fR, \fBcos\fR, and \fBhypot\fR.
|
||||
These functions are represented by commands in the namespace,
|
||||
\fBtcl::mathfunc\fR. The \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR function is
|
||||
an obsolete way for applications to add additional functions
|
||||
to those already provided by Tcl or to replace existing functions.
|
||||
It should not be used by new applications, which should create
|
||||
math functions using \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR to create a command
|
||||
in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
In the \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR interface,
|
||||
\fIName\fR is the name of the function as it will appear in expressions.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR does not already exist in the \fB::tcl::mathfunc\fR
|
||||
namespace, then a new command is created in that namespace.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR does exist, then the existing function is replaced.
|
||||
\fINumArgs\fR and \fIargTypes\fR describe the arguments to the function.
|
||||
Each entry in the \fIargTypes\fR array must be
|
||||
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR, \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR,
|
||||
or \fBTCL_EITHER\fR to indicate whether the corresponding argument must be an
|
||||
integer, a double-precision floating value, a wide (64-bit) integer,
|
||||
or any, respectively.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Whenever the function is invoked in an expression Tcl will invoke
|
||||
\fIproc\fR. \fIProc\fR should have arguments and result that match
|
||||
the type \fBTcl_MathProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_MathProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *\fIargs\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Value *\fIresultPtr\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR is invoked the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
arguments will be the same as those passed to \fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR.
|
||||
\fIArgs\fR will point to an array of \fInumArgs\fR Tcl_Value structures,
|
||||
which describe the actual arguments to the function:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_Value {
|
||||
Tcl_ValueType \fItype\fR;
|
||||
long \fIintValue\fR;
|
||||
double \fIdoubleValue\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_WideInt \fIwideValue\fR;
|
||||
} Tcl_Value;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fItype\fR field indicates the type of the argument and is
|
||||
one of \fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR.
|
||||
It will match the \fIargTypes\fR value specified for the function unless
|
||||
the \fIargTypes\fR value was \fBTCL_EITHER\fR. Tcl converts
|
||||
the argument supplied in the expression to the type requested in
|
||||
\fIargTypes\fR, if that is necessary.
|
||||
Depending on the value of the \fItype\fR field, the \fIintValue\fR,
|
||||
\fIdoubleValue\fR or \fIwideValue\fR
|
||||
field will contain the actual value of the argument.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should compute its result and store it either as an integer
|
||||
in \fIresultPtr->intValue\fR or as a floating value in
|
||||
\fIresultPtr->doubleValue\fR.
|
||||
It should set also \fIresultPtr->type\fR to one of
|
||||
\fBTCL_INT\fR, \fBTCL_DOUBLE\fR or \fBTCL_WIDE_INT\fR
|
||||
to indicate which value was set.
|
||||
Under normal circumstances \fIproc\fR should return \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
If an error occurs while executing the function, \fIproc\fR should
|
||||
return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error message in the interpreter's result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMathFuncInfo\fR retrieves the values associated with
|
||||
function \fIname\fR that were passed to a preceding
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateMathFunc\fR call. Normally, the return code is
|
||||
\fBTCL_OK\fR but if the named function does not exist, \fBTCL_ERROR\fR
|
||||
is returned and an error message is placed in the interpreter's
|
||||
result.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If an error did not occur, the array reference placed in the variable
|
||||
pointed to by \fIargTypesPtr\fR is newly allocated, and should be
|
||||
released by passing it to \fBTcl_Free\fR. Some functions (the
|
||||
standard set implemented in the core, and those defined by placing
|
||||
commands in the \fBtcl::mathfunc\fR namespace) do not have
|
||||
argument type information; attempting to retrieve values for
|
||||
them causes a NULL to be stored in the variable pointed to by
|
||||
\fIprocPtr\fR and the variable pointed to by \fIclientDataPtr\fR
|
||||
will not be modified. The variable pointed to by \fInumArgsPointer\fR
|
||||
will contain -1, and no argument types will be stored in the variable
|
||||
pointed to by \fIargTypesPointer\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ListMathFuncs\fR returns a Tcl object containing a list of all
|
||||
the math functions defined in the interpreter whose name matches
|
||||
\fIpattern\fR. The returned object has a reference count of zero.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
expr(n), info(n), Tcl_CreateObjCommand(3), Tcl_Free(3), Tcl_NewListObj(3)
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
expression, mathematical function
|
||||
297
doc/CrtObjCmd.3
Normal file
297
doc/CrtObjCmd.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1996-1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateObjCommand 3 8.0 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateObjCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommand, Tcl_DeleteCommandFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandInfo, Tcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_SetCommandInfo, Tcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken, Tcl_GetCommandName, Tcl_GetCommandFullName, Tcl_GetCommandFromObj \- implement new commands in C
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Command
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, proc, clientData, deleteProc\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCommandFromToken\fR(\fIinterp, token\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, infoPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, infoPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken\fR(\fItoken, infoPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR(\fItoken, infoPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
const char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR(\fIinterp, token\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
void
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR(\fIinterp, token, objPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Command
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR(\fIinterp, objPtr\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in/out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which to create a new command or that contains a command.
|
||||
.AP char *cmdName in
|
||||
Name of command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_ObjCmdProc *proc in
|
||||
Implementation of the new command: \fIproc\fR will be called whenever
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR is invoked as a command.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR and \fIdeleteProc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call before \fIcmdName\fR is deleted from the interpreter;
|
||||
allows for command-specific cleanup. If NULL, then no procedure is
|
||||
called before the command is deleted.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Command token in
|
||||
Token for command, returned by previous call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
|
||||
The command must not have been deleted.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdInfo *infoPtr in/out
|
||||
Pointer to structure containing various information about a
|
||||
Tcl command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj *objPtr in
|
||||
Object containing the name of a Tcl command.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR defines a new command in \fIinterp\fR
|
||||
and associates it with procedure \fIproc\fR
|
||||
such that whenever \fIname\fR is
|
||||
invoked as a Tcl command (e.g., via a call to \fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR)
|
||||
the Tcl interpreter will call \fIproc\fR to process the command.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR deletes any existing command
|
||||
\fIname\fR already associated with the interpreter
|
||||
(however see below for an exception where the existing command
|
||||
is not deleted).
|
||||
It returns a token that may be used to refer
|
||||
to the command in subsequent calls to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR contains any \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers,
|
||||
then the command is added to the specified namespace;
|
||||
otherwise the command is added to the global namespace.
|
||||
If \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR is called for an interpreter that is in
|
||||
the process of being deleted, then it does not create a new command
|
||||
and it returns NULL.
|
||||
\fIproc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int Tcl_ObjCmdProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Obj *const \fIobjv\fR[]);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
When \fIproc\fR is invoked, the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters
|
||||
will be copies of the \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR arguments given to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR. Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to an
|
||||
application-specific data structure that describes what to do when the
|
||||
command procedure is invoked. \fIObjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR describe the
|
||||
arguments to the command, \fIobjc\fR giving the number of argument objects
|
||||
(including the command name) and \fIobjv\fR giving the values of the
|
||||
arguments. The \fIobjv\fR array will contain \fIobjc\fR values, pointing to
|
||||
the argument objects. Unlike \fIargv\fR[\fIargv\fR] used in a
|
||||
string-based command procedure, \fIobjv\fR[\fIobjc\fR] will not contain NULL.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Additionally, when \fIproc\fR is invoked, it must not modify the contents
|
||||
of the \fIobjv\fR array by assigning new pointer values to any element of the
|
||||
array (for example, \fIobjv\fR[\fB2\fR] = \fBNULL\fR) because this will
|
||||
cause memory to be lost and the runtime stack to be corrupted. The
|
||||
\fBconst\fR in the declaration of \fIobjv\fR will cause ANSI-compliant
|
||||
compilers to report any such attempted assignment as an error. However,
|
||||
it is acceptable to modify the internal representation of any individual
|
||||
object argument. For instance, the user may call
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetIntFromObj\fR on \fIobjv\fR[\fB2\fR] to obtain the integer
|
||||
representation of that object; that call may change the type of the object
|
||||
that \fIobjv\fR[\fB2\fR] points at, but will not change where
|
||||
\fIobjv\fR[\fB2\fR] points.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIproc\fR must return an integer code that is either \fBTCL_OK\fR,
|
||||
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR, \fBTCL_RETURN\fR, \fBTCL_BREAK\fR, or \fBTCL_CONTINUE\fR.
|
||||
See the Tcl overview man page
|
||||
for details on what these codes mean. Most normal commands will only
|
||||
return \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR.
|
||||
In addition, if \fIproc\fR needs to return a non-empty result,
|
||||
it can call \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR to set the interpreter's result.
|
||||
In the case of a \fBTCL_OK\fR return code this gives the result
|
||||
of the command,
|
||||
and in the case of \fBTCL_ERROR\fR this gives an error message.
|
||||
Before invoking a command procedure,
|
||||
\fBTcl_EvalObjEx\fR sets interpreter's result to
|
||||
point to an object representing an empty string, so simple
|
||||
commands can return an empty result by doing nothing at all.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The contents of the \fIobjv\fR array belong to Tcl and are not
|
||||
guaranteed to persist once \fIproc\fR returns: \fIproc\fR should
|
||||
not modify them.
|
||||
Call \fBTcl_SetObjResult\fR if you want
|
||||
to return something from the \fIobjv\fR array.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Ordinarily, \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR deletes any existing command
|
||||
\fIname\fR already associated with the interpreter.
|
||||
However, if the existing command was created by a previous call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR does not delete the command
|
||||
but instead arranges for the Tcl interpreter to call the
|
||||
\fBTcl_ObjCmdProc\fR \fIproc\fR in the future.
|
||||
The old string-based \fBTcl_CmdProc\fR associated with the command
|
||||
is retained and its address can be obtained by subsequent
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR calls. This is done for backwards compatibility.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIDeleteProc\fR will be invoked when (if) \fIname\fR is deleted.
|
||||
This can occur through a call to \fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCommandFromToken\fR, or \fBTcl_DeleteInterp\fR,
|
||||
or by replacing \fIname\fR in another call to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
|
||||
\fIDeleteProc\fR is invoked before the command is deleted, and gives the
|
||||
application an opportunity to release any structures associated
|
||||
with the command. \fIDeleteProc\fR should have arguments and
|
||||
result that match the type \fBTcl_CmdDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_CmdDeleteProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR argument will be the same as the \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
argument passed to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR deletes a command from a command interpreter.
|
||||
Once the call completes, attempts to invoke \fIcmdName\fR in
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR will result in errors.
|
||||
If \fIcmdName\fR is not bound as a command in \fIinterp\fR then
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR does nothing and returns -1; otherwise
|
||||
it returns 0.
|
||||
There are no restrictions on \fIcmdName\fR: it may refer to
|
||||
a built-in command, an application-specific command, or a Tcl procedure.
|
||||
If \fIname\fR contains any \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers,
|
||||
the command is deleted from the specified namespace.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Given a token returned by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCommandFromToken\fR deletes the command
|
||||
from a command interpreter.
|
||||
It will delete a command even if that command has been renamed.
|
||||
Once the call completes, attempts to invoke the command in
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR will result in errors.
|
||||
If the command corresponding to \fItoken\fR
|
||||
has already been deleted from \fIinterp\fR then
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteCommand\fR does nothing and returns -1;
|
||||
otherwise it returns 0.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR checks to see whether its \fIcmdName\fR argument
|
||||
exists as a command in \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR may include \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers
|
||||
to identify a command in a particular namespace.
|
||||
If the command is not found, then it returns 0.
|
||||
Otherwise it places information about the command
|
||||
in the \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR structure
|
||||
pointed to by \fIinfoPtr\fR and returns 1.
|
||||
A \fBTcl_CmdInfo\fR structure has the following fields:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef struct Tcl_CmdInfo {
|
||||
int \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_ObjCmdProc *\fIobjProc\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIobjClientData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIproc\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_CmdDeleteProc *\fIdeleteProc\fR;
|
||||
ClientData \fIdeleteData\fR;
|
||||
Tcl_Namespace *\fInamespacePtr\fR;
|
||||
} Tcl_CmdInfo;
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR field has the value 1
|
||||
if \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR was called to register the command;
|
||||
it is 0 if only \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR was called.
|
||||
It allows a program to determine whether it is faster to
|
||||
call \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR:
|
||||
\fIobjProc\fR is normally faster
|
||||
if \fIisNativeObjectProc\fR has the value 1.
|
||||
The fields \fIobjProc\fR and \fIobjClientData\fR
|
||||
have the same meaning as the \fIproc\fR and \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
arguments to \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR;
|
||||
they hold information about the object-based command procedure
|
||||
that the Tcl interpreter calls to implement the command.
|
||||
The fields \fIproc\fR and \fIclientData\fR
|
||||
hold information about the string-based command procedure
|
||||
that implements the command.
|
||||
If \fBTcl_CreateCommand\fR was called for this command,
|
||||
this is the procedure passed to it;
|
||||
otherwise, this is a compatibility procedure
|
||||
registered by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
|
||||
that simply calls the command's
|
||||
object-based procedure after converting its string arguments to Tcl objects.
|
||||
The field \fIdeleteData\fR is the ClientData value
|
||||
to pass to \fIdeleteProc\fR; it is normally the same as
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR but may be set independently using the
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR procedure.
|
||||
The field \fInamespacePtr\fR holds a pointer to the
|
||||
Tcl_Namespace that contains the command.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken\fR is identical to
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfo\fR except that it uses a command token returned
|
||||
from \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR in place of the command name. If the
|
||||
\fItoken\fR parameter is NULL, it returns 0; otherwise, it returns 1
|
||||
and fills in the structure designated by \fIinfoPtr\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR is used to modify the procedures and
|
||||
ClientData values associated with a command.
|
||||
Its \fIcmdName\fR argument is the name of a command in \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR may include \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers
|
||||
to identify a command in a particular namespace.
|
||||
If this command does not exist then \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR returns 0.
|
||||
Otherwise, it copies the information from \fI*infoPtr\fR to
|
||||
Tcl's internal structure for the command and returns 1.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR is identical to
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR except that it takes a command token as
|
||||
returned by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR instead of the command name.
|
||||
If the \fItoken\fR parameter is NULL, it returns 0. Otherwise, it
|
||||
copies the information from \fI*infoPtr\fR to Tcl's internal structure
|
||||
for the command and returns 1.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR and
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR both allow the ClientData for a
|
||||
command's deletion procedure to be given a different value than the
|
||||
ClientData for its command procedure.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Note that neither \fBTcl_SetCommandInfo\fR nor
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR will change a command's namespace.
|
||||
Use \fBTcl_Eval\fR to call the \fBrename\fR command to do that.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR provides a mechanism for tracking commands
|
||||
that have been renamed.
|
||||
Given a token returned by \fBTcl_CreateObjCommand\fR
|
||||
when the command was created, \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR returns the
|
||||
string name of the command. If the command has been renamed since it
|
||||
was created, then \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR returns the current name.
|
||||
This name does not include any \fB::\fR namespace qualifiers.
|
||||
The command corresponding to \fItoken\fR must not have been deleted.
|
||||
The string returned by \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR is in dynamic memory
|
||||
owned by Tcl and is only guaranteed to retain its value as long as the
|
||||
command is not deleted or renamed; callers should copy the string if
|
||||
they need to keep it for a long time.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandFullName\fR produces the fully qualified name
|
||||
of a command from a command token.
|
||||
The name, including all namespace prefixes,
|
||||
is appended to the object specified by \fIobjPtr\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandFromObj\fR returns a token for the command
|
||||
specified by the name in a \fBTcl_Obj\fR.
|
||||
The command name is resolved relative to the current namespace.
|
||||
Returns NULL if the command is not found.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
Tcl_CreateCommand, Tcl_ResetResult, Tcl_SetObjResult
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
bind, command, create, delete, namespace, object
|
||||
236
doc/CrtSlave.3
Normal file
236
doc/CrtSlave.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1995-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateSlave 3 7.6 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_IsSafe, Tcl_MakeSafe, Tcl_CreateSlave, Tcl_GetSlave, Tcl_GetMaster, Tcl_GetInterpPath, Tcl_CreateAlias, Tcl_CreateAliasObj, Tcl_GetAlias, Tcl_GetAliasObj, Tcl_ExposeCommand, Tcl_HideCommand \- manage multiple Tcl interpreters, aliases and hidden commands
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsSafe\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR(\fIinterp, slaveName, isSafe\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR(\fIinterp, slaveName\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR(\fIinterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR(\fIaskingInterp, slaveInterp\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR(\fIslaveInterp, slaveCmd, targetInterp, targetCmd,
|
||||
argc, argv\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR(\fIslaveInterp, slaveCmd, targetInterp, targetCmd,
|
||||
objc, objv\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAlias\fR(\fIinterp, slaveCmd, targetInterpPtr, targetCmdPtr,
|
||||
argcPtr, argvPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAliasObj\fR(\fIinterp, slaveCmd, targetInterpPtr, targetCmdPtr,
|
||||
objcPtr, objvPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_ExposeCommand\fR(\fIinterp, hiddenCmdName, cmdName\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_HideCommand\fR(\fIinterp, cmdName, hiddenCmdName\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS "const char *const" **targetInterpPtr out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter in which to execute the specified command.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *slaveName in
|
||||
Name of slave interpreter to create or manipulate.
|
||||
.AP int isSafe in
|
||||
If non-zero, a
|
||||
.QW safe
|
||||
slave that is suitable for running untrusted code
|
||||
is created, otherwise a trusted slave is created.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *slaveInterp in
|
||||
Interpreter to use for creating the source command for an alias (see
|
||||
below).
|
||||
.AP "const char" *slaveCmd in
|
||||
Name of source command for alias.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *targetInterp in
|
||||
Interpreter that contains the target command for an alias.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *targetCmd in
|
||||
Name of target command for alias in \fItargetInterp\fR.
|
||||
.AP int argc in
|
||||
Count of additional arguments to pass to the alias command.
|
||||
.AP "const char *const" *argv in
|
||||
Vector of strings, the additional arguments to pass to the alias command.
|
||||
This storage is owned by the caller.
|
||||
.AP int objc in
|
||||
Count of additional object arguments to pass to the alias object command.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj **objv in
|
||||
Vector of Tcl_Obj structures, the additional object arguments to pass to
|
||||
the alias object command.
|
||||
This storage is owned by the caller.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp **targetInterpPtr in
|
||||
Pointer to location to store the address of the interpreter where a target
|
||||
command is defined for an alias.
|
||||
.AP "const char" **targetCmdPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to location to store the address of the name of the target command
|
||||
for an alias.
|
||||
.AP int *argcPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to location to store count of additional arguments to be passed to
|
||||
the alias. The location is in storage owned by the caller.
|
||||
.AP "const char" ***argvPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to location to store a vector of strings, the additional arguments
|
||||
to pass to an alias. The location is in storage owned by the caller, the
|
||||
vector of strings is owned by the called function.
|
||||
.AP int *objcPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to location to store count of additional object arguments to be
|
||||
passed to the alias. The location is in storage owned by the caller.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Obj ***objvPtr out
|
||||
Pointer to location to store a vector of Tcl_Obj structures, the additional
|
||||
arguments to pass to an object alias command. The location is in storage
|
||||
owned by the caller, the vector of Tcl_Obj structures is owned by the
|
||||
called function.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *cmdName in
|
||||
Name of an exposed command to hide or create.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *hiddenCmdName in
|
||||
Name under which a hidden command is stored and with which it can be
|
||||
exposed or invoked.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
These procedures are intended for access to the multiple interpreter
|
||||
facility from inside C programs. They enable managing multiple interpreters
|
||||
in a hierarchical relationship, and the management of aliases, commands
|
||||
that when invoked in one interpreter execute a command in another
|
||||
interpreter. The return value for those procedures that return an \fBint\fR
|
||||
is either \fBTCL_OK\fR or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR. If \fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned
|
||||
then the \fBresult\fR field of the interpreter contains an error message.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR creates a new interpreter as a slave of \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
It also creates a slave command named \fIslaveName\fR in \fIinterp\fR which
|
||||
allows \fIinterp\fR to manipulate the new slave.
|
||||
If \fIisSafe\fR is zero, the command creates a trusted slave in which Tcl
|
||||
code has access to all the Tcl commands.
|
||||
If it is \fB1\fR, the command creates a
|
||||
.QW safe
|
||||
slave in which Tcl code has access only to set of Tcl commands defined as
|
||||
.QW "Safe Tcl" ;
|
||||
see the manual entry for the Tcl \fBinterp\fR command for details.
|
||||
If the creation of the new slave interpreter failed, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_IsSafe\fR returns \fB1\fR if \fIinterp\fR is
|
||||
.QW safe
|
||||
(was created with the \fBTCL_SAFE_INTERPRETER\fR flag specified),
|
||||
\fB0\fR otherwise.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR marks \fIinterp\fR as
|
||||
.QW safe ,
|
||||
so that future
|
||||
calls to \fBTcl_IsSafe\fR will return 1. It also removes all known
|
||||
potentially-unsafe core functionality (both commands and variables)
|
||||
from \fIinterp\fR. However, it cannot know what parts of an extension
|
||||
or application are safe and does not make any attempt to remove those
|
||||
parts, so safety is not guaranteed after calling \fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR.
|
||||
Callers will want to take care with their use of \fBTcl_MakeSafe\fR
|
||||
to avoid false claims of safety. For many situations, \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR
|
||||
may be a better choice, since it creates interpreters in a known-safe state.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetSlave\fR returns a pointer to a slave interpreter of
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR. The slave interpreter is identified by \fIslaveName\fR.
|
||||
If no such slave interpreter exists, \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetMaster\fR returns a pointer to the master interpreter of
|
||||
\fIinterp\fR. If \fIinterp\fR has no master (it is a
|
||||
top-level interpreter) then \fBNULL\fR is returned.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetInterpPath\fR sets the \fIresult\fR field in \fIaskingInterp\fR
|
||||
to the relative path between \fIaskingInterp\fR and \fIslaveInterp\fR;
|
||||
\fIslaveInterp\fR must be a slave of \fIaskingInterp\fR. If the computation
|
||||
of the relative path succeeds, \fBTCL_OK\fR is returned, else
|
||||
\fBTCL_ERROR\fR is returned and the \fIresult\fR field in
|
||||
\fIaskingInterp\fR contains the error message.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR creates an object command named \fIslaveCmd\fR in
|
||||
\fIslaveInterp\fR that when invoked, will cause the command \fItargetCmd\fR
|
||||
to be invoked in \fItargetInterp\fR. The arguments specified by the strings
|
||||
contained in \fIargv\fR are always prepended to any arguments supplied in the
|
||||
invocation of \fIslaveCmd\fR and passed to \fItargetCmd\fR.
|
||||
This operation returns \fBTCL_OK\fR if it succeeds, or \fBTCL_ERROR\fR if
|
||||
it fails; in that case, an error message is left in the object result
|
||||
of \fIslaveInterp\fR.
|
||||
Note that there are no restrictions on the ancestry relationship (as
|
||||
created by \fBTcl_CreateSlave\fR) between \fIslaveInterp\fR and
|
||||
\fItargetInterp\fR. Any two interpreters can be used, without any
|
||||
restrictions on how they are related.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_CreateAlias\fR except
|
||||
that it takes a vector of objects to pass as additional arguments instead
|
||||
of a vector of strings.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAlias\fR returns information about an alias \fIaliasName\fR
|
||||
in \fIinterp\fR. Any of the result fields can be \fBNULL\fR, in
|
||||
which case the corresponding datum is not returned. If a result field is
|
||||
non\-\fBNULL\fR, the address indicated is set to the corresponding datum.
|
||||
For example, if \fItargetNamePtr\fR is non\-\fBNULL\fR it is set to a
|
||||
pointer to the string containing the name of the target command.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetAliasObj\fR is similar to \fBTcl_GetAlias\fR except that it
|
||||
returns a pointer to a vector of Tcl_Obj structures instead of a vector of
|
||||
strings.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_ExposeCommand\fR moves the command named \fIhiddenCmdName\fR from
|
||||
the set of hidden commands to the set of exposed commands, putting
|
||||
it under the name
|
||||
\fIcmdName\fR.
|
||||
\fIHiddenCmdName\fR must be the name of an existing hidden
|
||||
command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
|
||||
message in the \fIresult\fR field in \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
If an exposed command named \fIcmdName\fR already exists,
|
||||
the operation returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leaves an error message in the
|
||||
object result of \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will again succeed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_HideCommand\fR moves the command named \fIcmdName\fR from the set of
|
||||
exposed commands to the set of hidden commands, under the name
|
||||
\fIhiddenCmdName\fR.
|
||||
\fICmdName\fR must be the name of an existing exposed
|
||||
command, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and leave an error
|
||||
message in the object result of \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
Currently both \fIcmdName\fR and \fIhiddenCmdName\fR must not contain
|
||||
namespace qualifiers, or the operation will return \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and
|
||||
leave an error message in the object result of \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
The \fICmdName\fR will be looked up in the global namespace, and not
|
||||
relative to the current namespace, even if the current namespace is not the
|
||||
global one.
|
||||
If a hidden command whose name is \fIhiddenCmdName\fR already
|
||||
exists, the operation also returns \fBTCL_ERROR\fR and the \fIresult\fR
|
||||
field in \fIinterp\fR contains an error message.
|
||||
If the operation succeeds, it returns \fBTCL_OK\fR.
|
||||
After executing this command, attempts to use \fIcmdName\fR in a call to
|
||||
\fBTcl_Eval\fR or with the Tcl \fBeval\fR command will fail.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
For a description of the Tcl interface to multiple interpreters, see
|
||||
\fIinterp(n)\fR.
|
||||
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
||||
interp
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
alias, command, exposed commands, hidden commands, interpreter, invoke,
|
||||
master, slave
|
||||
73
doc/CrtTimerHdlr.3
Normal file
73
doc/CrtTimerHdlr.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateTimerHandler 3 7.5 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateTimerHandler, Tcl_DeleteTimerHandler \- call a procedure at a given time
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_TimerToken
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateTimerHandler\fR(\fImilliseconds, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteTimerHandler\fR(\fItoken\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_TimerToken milliseconds
|
||||
.AP int milliseconds in
|
||||
How many milliseconds to wait before invoking \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TimerProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to invoke after \fImilliseconds\fR have elapsed.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_TimerToken token in
|
||||
Token for previously created timer handler (the return value
|
||||
from some previous call to \fBTcl_CreateTimerHandler\fR).
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateTimerHandler\fR arranges for \fIproc\fR to be
|
||||
invoked at a time \fImilliseconds\fR milliseconds in the
|
||||
future.
|
||||
The callback to \fIproc\fR will be made by \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR,
|
||||
so \fBTcl_CreateTimerHandler\fR is only useful in programs that
|
||||
dispatch events through \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR or through Tcl commands
|
||||
such as \fBvwait\fR.
|
||||
The call to \fIproc\fR may not be made at the exact time given by
|
||||
\fImilliseconds\fR: it will be made at the next opportunity
|
||||
after that time. For example, if \fBTcl_DoOneEvent\fR is not
|
||||
called until long after the time has elapsed, or if there
|
||||
are other pending events to process before the call to
|
||||
\fIproc\fR, then the call to \fIproc\fR will be delayed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIProc\fR should have arguments and return value that match
|
||||
the type \fBTcl_TimerProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_TimerProc(ClientData \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter to \fIproc\fR is a
|
||||
copy of the \fIclientData\fR argument given to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateTimerHandler\fR when the callback
|
||||
was created. Typically, \fIclientData\fR points to a data
|
||||
structure containing application-specific information about
|
||||
what to do in \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteTimerHandler\fR may be called to delete a
|
||||
previously created timer handler. It deletes the handler
|
||||
indicated by \fItoken\fR so that no call to \fIproc\fR
|
||||
will be made; if that handler no longer exists
|
||||
(e.g. because the time period has already elapsed and \fIproc\fR
|
||||
has been invoked then \fBTcl_DeleteTimerHandler\fR does nothing.
|
||||
The tokens returned by \fBTcl_CreateTimerHandler\fR never have
|
||||
a value of NULL, so if NULL is passed to \fBTcl_DeleteTimerHandler\fR
|
||||
then the procedure does nothing.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
callback, clock, handler, timer
|
||||
185
doc/CrtTrace.3
Normal file
185
doc/CrtTrace.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1989-1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 2002 by Kevin B. Kenny <kennykb@acm.org>. All rights reserved.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_CreateTrace 3 "" Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_CreateTrace, Tcl_CreateObjTrace, Tcl_DeleteTrace \- arrange for command execution to be traced
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Trace
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR(\fIinterp, level, proc, clientData\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
Tcl_Trace
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR(\fIinterp, level, flags, objProc, clientData, deleteProc\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR(\fIinterp, trace\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc *deleteProc
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in
|
||||
Interpreter containing command to be traced or untraced.
|
||||
.AP int level in
|
||||
Only commands at or below this nesting level will be traced unless
|
||||
0 is specified. 1 means
|
||||
top-level commands only, 2 means top-level commands or those that are
|
||||
invoked as immediate consequences of executing top-level commands
|
||||
(procedure bodies, bracketed commands, etc.) and so on.
|
||||
A value of 0 means that commands at any level are traced.
|
||||
.AP int flags in
|
||||
Flags governing the trace execution. See below for details.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdObjTraceProc *objProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call for each command that is executed. See below for
|
||||
details of the calling sequence.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdTraceProc *proc in
|
||||
Procedure to call for each command that is executed. See below for
|
||||
details on the calling sequence.
|
||||
.AP ClientData clientData in
|
||||
Arbitrary one-word value to pass to \fIobjProc\fR or \fIproc\fR.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc *deleteProc in
|
||||
Procedure to call when the trace is deleted. See below for details of
|
||||
the calling sequence. A NULL pointer is permissible and results in no
|
||||
callback when the trace is deleted.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Trace trace in
|
||||
Token for trace to be removed (return value from previous call
|
||||
to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR).
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR arranges for command tracing. After it is
|
||||
called, \fIobjProc\fR will be invoked before the Tcl interpreter calls
|
||||
any command procedure when evaluating commands in \fIinterp\fR.
|
||||
The return value from \fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR is a token for the trace,
|
||||
which may be passed to \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR to remove the trace.
|
||||
There may be many traces in effect simultaneously for the same
|
||||
interpreter.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fIobjProc\fR should have arguments and result that match the type,
|
||||
\fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef int \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Interp\fR* \fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIlevel\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIcommand\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Command\fR \fIcommandToken\fR,
|
||||
int \fIobjc\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_Obj\fR *const \fIobjv\fR[] );
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR and \fIinterp\fR parameters are copies of the
|
||||
corresponding arguments given to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR.
|
||||
\fIClientData\fR typically points to an application-specific data
|
||||
structure that describes what to do when \fIobjProc\fR is invoked. The
|
||||
\fIlevel\fR parameter gives the nesting level of the command (1 for
|
||||
top-level commands passed to \fBTcl_Eval\fR by the application, 2 for
|
||||
the next-level commands passed to \fBTcl_Eval\fR as part of parsing or
|
||||
interpreting level-1 commands, and so on). The \fIcommand\fR parameter
|
||||
points to a string containing the text of the command, before any
|
||||
argument substitution. The \fIcommandToken\fR parameter is a Tcl
|
||||
command token that identifies the command to be invoked. The token
|
||||
may be passed to \fBTcl_GetCommandName\fR,
|
||||
\fBTcl_GetCommandInfoFromToken\fR, or \fBTcl_SetCommandInfoFromToken\fR to
|
||||
manipulate the definition of the command. The \fIobjc\fR and \fIobjv\fR
|
||||
parameters designate the final parameter count and parameter vector
|
||||
that will be passed to the command, and have had all substitutions
|
||||
performed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIobjProc\fR callback is expected to return a standard Tcl status
|
||||
return code. If this code is \fBTCL_OK\fR (the normal case), then
|
||||
the Tcl interpreter will invoke the command. Any other return code
|
||||
is treated as if the command returned that status, and the command is
|
||||
\fInot\fR invoked.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
The \fIobjProc\fR callback must not modify \fIobjv\fR in any way. It
|
||||
is, however, permissible to change the command by calling
|
||||
\fBTcl_SetCommandTokenInfo\fR prior to returning. Any such change
|
||||
takes effect immediately, and the command is invoked with the new
|
||||
information.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Tracing will only occur for commands at nesting level less than
|
||||
or equal to the \fIlevel\fR parameter (i.e. the \fIlevel\fR
|
||||
parameter to \fIobjProc\fR will always be less than or equal to the
|
||||
\fIlevel\fR parameter to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR).
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Tracing has a significant effect on runtime performance because it
|
||||
causes the bytecode compiler to refrain from generating in-line code
|
||||
for Tcl commands such as \fBif\fR and \fBwhile\fR in order that they
|
||||
may be traced. If traces for the built-in commands are not required,
|
||||
the \fIflags\fR parameter may be set to the constant value
|
||||
\fBTCL_ALLOW_INLINE_COMPILATION\fR. In this case, traces on built-in
|
||||
commands may or may not result in trace callbacks, depending on the
|
||||
state of the interpreter, but run-time performance will be improved
|
||||
significantly. (This functionality is desirable, for example, when
|
||||
using \fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR to implement an execution time
|
||||
profiler.)
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Calls to \fIobjProc\fR will be made by the Tcl parser immediately before
|
||||
it calls the command procedure for the command (\fIcmdProc\fR). This
|
||||
occurs after argument parsing and substitution, so tracing for
|
||||
substituted commands occurs before tracing of the commands
|
||||
containing the substitutions. If there is a syntax error in a
|
||||
command, or if there is no command procedure associated with a
|
||||
command name, then no tracing will occur for that command. If a
|
||||
string passed to Tcl_Eval contains multiple commands (bracketed, or
|
||||
on different lines) then multiple calls to \fIobjProc\fR will occur,
|
||||
one for each command.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR removes a trace, so that no future calls will be
|
||||
made to the procedure associated with the trace. After \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR
|
||||
returns, the caller should never again use the \fItrace\fR token.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
When \fBTcl_DeleteTrace\fR is called, the interpreter invokes the
|
||||
\fIdeleteProc\fR that was passed as a parameter to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR. The \fIdeleteProc\fR must match the type,
|
||||
\fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void \fBTcl_CmdObjTraceDeleteProc\fR(
|
||||
\fBClientData\fR \fIclientData\fR);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The \fIclientData\fR parameter will be the same as the
|
||||
\fIclientData\fR parameter that was originally passed to
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR is an alternative interface for command tracing,
|
||||
\fInot recommended for new applications\fR. It is provided for backward
|
||||
compatibility with code that was developed for older versions of the
|
||||
Tcl interpreter. It is similar to \fBTcl_CreateObjTrace\fR, except
|
||||
that its \fIproc\fR parameter should have arguments and result that
|
||||
match the type \fBTcl_CmdTraceProc\fR:
|
||||
.CS
|
||||
typedef void Tcl_CmdTraceProc(
|
||||
ClientData \fIclientData\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_Interp *\fIinterp\fR,
|
||||
int \fIlevel\fR,
|
||||
char *\fIcommand\fR,
|
||||
Tcl_CmdProc *\fIcmdProc\fR,
|
||||
ClientData \fIcmdClientData\fR,
|
||||
int \fIargc\fR,
|
||||
const char *\fIargv\fR[]);
|
||||
.CE
|
||||
The parameters to the \fIproc\fR callback are similar to those of the
|
||||
\fIobjProc\fR callback above. The \fIcommandToken\fR is
|
||||
replaced with \fIcmdProc\fR, a pointer to the (string-based) command
|
||||
procedure that will be invoked; and \fIcmdClientData\fR, the client
|
||||
data that will be passed to the procedure. The \fIobjc\fR parameter
|
||||
is replaced with an \fIargv\fR parameter, that gives the arguments to
|
||||
the command as character strings.
|
||||
\fIProc\fR must not modify the \fIcommand\fR or \fIargv\fR strings.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
If a trace created with \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR is in effect, inline
|
||||
compilation of Tcl commands such as \fBif\fR and \fBwhile\fR is always
|
||||
disabled. There is no notification when a trace created with
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR is deleted.
|
||||
There is no way to be notified when the trace created by
|
||||
\fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR is deleted. There is no way for the \fIproc\fR
|
||||
associated with a call to \fBTcl_CreateTrace\fR to abort execution of
|
||||
\fIcommand\fR.
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
command, create, delete, interpreter, trace
|
||||
153
doc/DString.3
Normal file
153
doc/DString.3
Normal file
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
|
||||
'\" Copyright (c) 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
'\" See the file "license.terms" for information on usage and redistribution
|
||||
'\" of this file, and for a DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES.
|
||||
'\"
|
||||
.TH Tcl_DString 3 7.4 Tcl "Tcl Library Procedures"
|
||||
.so man.macros
|
||||
.BS
|
||||
.SH NAME
|
||||
Tcl_DStringInit, Tcl_DStringAppend, Tcl_DStringAppendElement, Tcl_DStringStartSublist, Tcl_DStringEndSublist, Tcl_DStringLength, Tcl_DStringValue, Tcl_DStringSetLength, Tcl_DStringTrunc, Tcl_DStringFree, Tcl_DStringResult, Tcl_DStringGetResult \- manipulate dynamic strings
|
||||
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
||||
.nf
|
||||
\fB#include <tcl.h>\fR
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringInit\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR(\fIdsPtr, bytes, length\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR(\fIdsPtr, element\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringStartSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
int
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringLength\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
char *
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringValue\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR(\fIdsPtr, newLength\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR(\fIdsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.sp
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringGetResult\fR(\fIinterp, dsPtr\fR)
|
||||
.SH ARGUMENTS
|
||||
.AS Tcl_DString newLength in/out
|
||||
.AP Tcl_DString *dsPtr in/out
|
||||
Pointer to structure that is used to manage a dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *bytes in
|
||||
Pointer to characters to append to dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP "const char" *element in
|
||||
Pointer to characters to append as list element to dynamic string.
|
||||
.AP int length in
|
||||
Number of bytes from \fIbytes\fR to add to dynamic string. If -1,
|
||||
add all characters up to null terminating character.
|
||||
.AP int newLength in
|
||||
New length for dynamic string, not including null terminating
|
||||
character.
|
||||
.AP Tcl_Interp *interp in/out
|
||||
Interpreter whose result is to be set from or moved to the
|
||||
dynamic string.
|
||||
.BE
|
||||
|
||||
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
Dynamic strings provide a mechanism for building up arbitrarily long
|
||||
strings by gradually appending information. If the dynamic string is
|
||||
short then there will be no memory allocation overhead; as the string
|
||||
gets larger, additional space will be allocated as needed.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringInit\fR initializes a dynamic string to zero length.
|
||||
The Tcl_DString structure must have been allocated by the caller.
|
||||
No assumptions are made about the current state of the structure;
|
||||
anything already in it is discarded.
|
||||
If the structure has been used previously, \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should
|
||||
be called first to free up any memory allocated for the old
|
||||
string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR adds new information to a dynamic string,
|
||||
allocating more memory for the string if needed.
|
||||
If \fIlength\fR is less than zero then everything in \fIbytes\fR
|
||||
is appended to the dynamic string; otherwise \fIlength\fR
|
||||
specifies the number of bytes to append.
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR returns a pointer to the characters of
|
||||
the new string. The string can also be retrieved from the
|
||||
\fIstring\fR field of the Tcl_DString structure.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR is similar to \fBTcl_DStringAppend\fR
|
||||
except that it does not take a \fIlength\fR argument (it appends
|
||||
all of \fIelement\fR) and it converts the string to a proper list element
|
||||
before appending.
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR adds a separator space before the
|
||||
new list element unless the new list element is the first in a
|
||||
list or sub-list (i.e. either the current string is empty, or it
|
||||
contains the single character
|
||||
.QW { ,
|
||||
or the last two characters of the current string are
|
||||
.QW " {" ).
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR returns a pointer to the
|
||||
characters of the new string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringStartSublist\fR and \fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR can be
|
||||
used to create nested lists.
|
||||
To append a list element that is itself a sublist, first
|
||||
call \fBTcl_DStringStartSublist\fR, then call \fBTcl_DStringAppendElement\fR
|
||||
for each of the elements in the sublist, then call
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR to end the sublist.
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringStartSublist\fR appends a space character if needed,
|
||||
followed by an open brace; \fBTcl_DStringEndSublist\fR appends
|
||||
a close brace.
|
||||
Lists can be nested to any depth.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringLength\fR is a macro that returns the current length
|
||||
of a dynamic string (not including the terminating null character).
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringValue\fR is a macro that returns a pointer to the
|
||||
current contents of a dynamic string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
|
||||
If \fInewLength\fR is less than the string's current length, then
|
||||
the string is truncated.
|
||||
If \fInewLength\fR is greater than the string's current length,
|
||||
then the string will become longer and new space will be allocated
|
||||
for the string if needed.
|
||||
However, \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR will not initialize the new
|
||||
space except to provide a terminating null character; it is up to the
|
||||
caller to fill in the new space.
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR does not free up the string's storage space
|
||||
even if the string is truncated to zero length, so \fBTcl_DStringFree\fR
|
||||
will still need to be called.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringTrunc\fR changes the length of a dynamic string.
|
||||
This procedure is now deprecated. \fBTcl_DStringSetLength\fR should
|
||||
be used instead.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringFree\fR should be called when you are finished using
|
||||
the string. It frees up any memory that was allocated for the string
|
||||
and reinitializes the string's value to an empty string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringResult\fR sets the result of \fIinterp\fR to the value of
|
||||
the dynamic string given by \fIdsPtr\fR. It does this by moving
|
||||
a pointer from \fIdsPtr\fR to the interpreter's result.
|
||||
This saves the cost of allocating new memory and copying the string.
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringResult\fR also reinitializes the dynamic string to
|
||||
an empty string.
|
||||
.PP
|
||||
\fBTcl_DStringGetResult\fR does the opposite of \fBTcl_DStringResult\fR.
|
||||
It sets the value of \fIdsPtr\fR to the result of \fIinterp\fR and
|
||||
it clears \fIinterp\fR's result.
|
||||
If possible it does this by moving a pointer rather than by copying
|
||||
the string.
|
||||
|
||||
.SH KEYWORDS
|
||||
append, dynamic string, free, result
|
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Reference in New Issue
Block a user